bizhu_C500FieldService

SERVICE MANUAL

8050/CF5001 C500

8150

FIELD SERVICE

2004. 12Ver. 3.0

Confidential – for internal use only, do not distribute

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

S-1 1

Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing ser-

vice work.

Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this copier as well as the risk of damage to

the copier, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that

all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.

Changes may have been made to this copier to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.

Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service

Manual is complete and accurate.

The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the copier while ser-

vicing the copier for which this Service Manual is intended.

Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical

training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the copier properly.

Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and “ CAUTION” is defined

as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.

When servicing the copier, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,

etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:


IMPORTANT NOTICE

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING ANDCAUTION

DANGER :Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING:Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury

CAUTION :Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble, and

property damage

:Precaution when using the copier.General precaution Electric hazard High temperature

:Prohibition when using the copier.General prohibition Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble

:Direction when using the copier.General instruction Unplug Ground/Earth



S-21

1. MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY

KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Konica Minolta brand copiers are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through high-quality design

and a solid service network.

Copier design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects

have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unau-

thorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore

strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.

SAFETY WARNINGS

PROHIBITED ACTIONS

DANGER

• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be

assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, sol-

der or similar object.

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be

assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

• Making any modification to the copier unless instructed by KMBT

• Using parts not specified by KMBT



S-3 2

2. CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Konica Minolta brand copiers are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met,

in order to protect the customer and customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury. However, in daily

use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability,

the CE must perform regular safety checks.

2.1 Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply

WARNING

• Check that mains voltage is as specified. Plug the power cord into the dedi-

cated wall outlet with a capacity greater than the maximum power consump-

tion.

If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load

must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.

If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as the

plug.

Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power

supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or elec-

tric shock.

If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact quali-

fied electrician for the installation.

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.

Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the

risk of fire.

Ground Lead

WARNING

• Check whether the copier is grounded properly.

If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded copier, you may suffer electric

shock while operating the copier. Connect the ground lead to one of the

following points:

a. Ground terminal of wall outlet

b. Ground terminal for which Class D work has been done

kw



S-42

• Pay attention to the point to which the ground lead is connected.

Connecting the ground lead to an improper point such as the points listed

below results in a risk of explosion and electric shock:

a. Gas pipe (A risk of explosion or fire exists.)

b. Lightning rod (A risk of electric shock or fire exists.)

c. Telephone line ground (A risk of electric shock or fire exists in the case

of lightning.)

d. Water pipe or faucet (It may include a plastic portion.)

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING

• For the products that use the power cord set (inlet type), be sure to follow the

directions given below.

When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture prop-

erly.

a. Be sure to check to see if the power cord is securely inserted into the

main body side inlet.

b. When the fixing of the cord is indicated in the installation instructions,

be sure to fix it securely by using the fixing materials provided in the

same package.

c. When the power cord is damaged with its sheath broken, be sure to

replace it with the specified power cord set.

When the power cord is not securely inserted, an abnormal heat may gen-

erates due to a poor contact of the cord, thus resulting in a fire.

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and

so on.

Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is

damaged.

If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power

cord (with plugs on both ends) specified by KMBT. Using the damaged

power cord may result in fire or electric shock.

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.

Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

Ground Lead

WARNING



S-5 2

2.2. Installation Requirements

• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.

Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in

fire.

• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.

The risk of electric shock exists.

• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.

The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.

Wiring

WARNING

• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same out-

let.

If used, the risk of fire exists.

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long

extension cord may result in fire.

Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may

result.

Prohibited Installation Place

WARNING

• Do not place the copier near flammable materials such as curtains or volatile

materials that may catch fire.

A risk of fire exists.

• Do not place the copier in a place exposed to water such as rain water.

A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

Power Plug and Cord

WARNING



S-62

When not using product for a long time

WARNING

• When the copier is not used over an extended period of time (holidays, etc.),

switch it off and unplug the power cord.

Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.

Ventilation

CAUTION

• The copier generates ozone gas during operation, but it is not sufficient to be

harmful to the human body.

If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the

room.

a. When the copier is used in a poorly ventilated room

b. When taking a lot of copies

c. When using multiple copiers at the same time

Fixing

CAUTION

• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.

In the case of an earthquake and so on, the copier may slide, leading to a

injury.

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION

• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service

manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following the

prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools. Do

not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.

If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the copier may break and a

risk of injury or fire exists.

• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs from

the copier and options.

When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still pow-

ered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock

exists.



S-7 2

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.

You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the Copier Powered

WARNING

• Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation check

with the copier powered.

If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external

cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be

caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.

High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING

• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.

The user or CE may be injured.

• Be careful not to drop metal chips such as a clip, staple and/or a screw into

the inside of the product or its gaps.

A short circuit may occurs inside the product, thus resulting in an electric

shock and/or a fire.

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.

Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and elec-

trode units such as a charging corona unit.

Current can leak, leading to a risk of copier trouble or fire.

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and

sign of leakage.

Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.

Inspection before Servicing

CAUTION



S-82

• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit incorporating a laser, make

sure that the power cord has been disconnected.

The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the write

unit shifted from the specified mounting position.

The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery speci-

fied in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the

method specified by local authority.

Improper replacement can cause explosion.

• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and

fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.


• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether the

interlock functions properly.

If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be

injured when you insert your hand in the copier (e.g., for clearing paper

jam).

• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or

other pointed parts.


• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were

removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the orig-

inal location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,

forgotten screws, etc.)

A risk of copier trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

Safety Checkpoints

WARNING



S-9 2

Consumables

WARNING

• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken not

to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact with

eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.

If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.

When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.

You may be burned due to dust explosion.

HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS

DANGER : HANDLING OF SERVICE MATERIALS

• When solution is used for cleaning, be sure to unplug the power cord from

the power outlet.

Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are

highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

• Do not replace the cover or turn the copier ON before any solvent remnants

on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.


• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any

liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.


• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.

Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.



S-10

The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented

regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products mar-

keted in the United States.

This copier is certified as a “Class 1” laser product under the U.S.

Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation

Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within

protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user opera-

tion.

SAFETY INFORMATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION



S-11

This machine is provided with the following safety circuits to prevent machine faults from resulting in serious accidents.

• Overall protection circuit

• Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating prevention circuit

These safety circuits are described below to provide the service engineer with a renewed awareness of them in order to pre-

vent servicing errors that may impair their functions.

1. Overall protection circuit

1.1 Protection by circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) and circuit breaker /2 (CBR2)

CBR1 and CBR2 interrupt the AC line instantaneously when an excessive current flows due to a short in the AC

line.

CAUTION:

The CBR1 and CBR2 functions must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

SAFETY CIRCUITS

NF

CBR1

CBR2

8050sf001



S-12

2. Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2), Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3), Fixing lower lamp (L4) overheating

prevention circuit

2.1 Protection by software

The output voltage from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) and fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) is read by the

CPU. If this voltage is abnormal, L2, L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening main relay (RL1).

CAUTION:

• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing

lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with

the specified clearances.

• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.2 Protection by the hardware circuit

The output voltages from fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1), fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2), fixing temperature

sensor /3 (TH3), and fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) are compared with the abnormality judgment reference

value in the comparator circuit. If the output voltage from TH1, TH2, TH3, or TH4 exceeds the reference value, L2,

L3, and L4 are turned OFF by opening RL1.

CAUTION:

• The clearance between the fixing upper roller and TH1 and the clearance between the fixing

lower roller and TH2 must not be changed. When replacing them, make sure to comply with

the specified clearances.

• Periodically check the contact between the fixing upper roller and TH3 and the contact

between the fixing lower roller and TH4, and replace them if any abnormality is detected.

• The RL1 function must not be deactivated under any circumstances.

2.3 Protection by thermostat /1 (TS1) and thermostat /2 (TS2)

When the temperature of the fixing upper roller exceeds the specified value, TS1 is turned OFF, thus interrupting the

power to L2 and L3 directly. When the temperature of the fixing lower roller exceeds the specified value, TS2 is

turned OFF, thus interrupting the power to L4 directly.

CAUTION:

Do not use any other electrical conductor in place of TS1 and TS2.

Control

section

AC driver

section

TS1

PRCB ACDB

TS2

L2

L3

L4

RL1RL1

TH1

TH3

TH2

TH4

FHCB

8050sf002e



S-13

Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.

When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns and electric

shock.

CAUTION

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE

You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep your-

self away from.

Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot

be read, contact our Service Office.

8050sf003e



S-14

CAUTION


self away from.



8050sf004e



S-15

CAUTION


self away from.



8050sf005e



S-162

CAUTION


self away from.



8050sf006e



S-17 1

CAUTION


self away from.



8050sf007e

8050sf008e

Unplug the machine before removing platen glass.

Debrancher le copieur avant de retirer la vitre d'exposition.

Desenchufe la maquina antes de quitar el vidrio.

Desconecte a unidade da tomada antes de remover o vidro de exposicao.

PS

~



S-182

CAUTION


self away from.



8050sf009


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONTENTS

i

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

2

CONTENTS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

IMPORTANT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1

SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2

SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

IMPORTANT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10

SAFETY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Composition of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

Notation of the service manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ix

Measures to take in case of an accident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xi

List of major differences between the old type and the new type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

I ADJUSTMENT

1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1 Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN REPLACING PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

4. MODE CHANGE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

4.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

5. CHECKING BY THE P FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

5.1 Checking method of the P function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

6. 25 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

6.1 List of adjustment items for 25 mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

6.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

6.3 Setting software DIPSW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

6.4 Paper size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

6.4.1 Standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

6.4.2 Non-standard size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

6.4.3 Wide paper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

6.5 PM count setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

6.5.1 Count reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

6.5.2 Change setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

6.6 Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

6.7 Parts counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40

6.7.1 Count of special parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40

6.7.2 Count of each parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47

6.8 Password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49


CONTENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

ii

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

2

6.9 Telephone number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

6.10 M/C serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50

6.11 Indication of ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50

6.12 KRDS setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50

6.13 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50

6.14 Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51

6.15 Board change mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51

7. 36 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52

7.1 Setting method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52

7.2 Process adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52

7.2.1 High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

7.2.3 Sensor output check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59

7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-59

7.2.5 Recall standard data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61

7.3 Image adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62

7.3.1 Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62

7.3.2 Timing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68

7.3.3 RADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76

7.3.4 Centring adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78

7.3.5 Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80


7.4 Image quality adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82

7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82

7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83

7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88

7.4.4 Contrast adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89

7.4.5 Image judge adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89

7.4.6 ACS adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91

7.4.7 Density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92

7.4.8 Tone adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94


7.5 Running test mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96

7.5.1 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96

7.6 Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97

7.7 Test pattern density setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106

7.8 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-106

7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107

7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107

7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108

7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/TMG-3 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108

7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-109

7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-111

7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112

7.9 List output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-112

8. 47 MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113

8.1 47 mode/multi mode setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-113



iii

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

2

8.2 Adjustment data display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114

8.3 Hard disk check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114

8.4 Input check list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-116

8.5 Output check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-127

9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139

9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139

9.2 Paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment (bypass). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-140

9.3 Pick-up movement amount adjustment (bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-142

9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-centering adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-143

9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-144

9.6 FNS adjustment of the bypass conveyance guide plate magnet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-146

9.7 FNS adjustment of the bypass gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-147

9.8 FNS adjustment of the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-149

9.9 FNS adjustment of the paper exit opening solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-150

9.10 FNS adjustment of the position of paper exit arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-152

9.11 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-154

9.12 FNS adjustment of the position of alignment plate /L (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . 1-156

9.13 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-158

9.14 FNS adjustment of the stapling position in a vertical direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-160

9.15 FNS adjustment of the stapling position (flat stapling) (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . 1-168

9.16 FNS adjustment of the angle of the folding stopper (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606). . . . . . . . . 1-170

9.17 FNS adjustment of the folding force (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-172

9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-holding position (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-173

9.19 FNS adjustment of the stapler drive belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-174

9.20 TU adjustment of the sheet cutting parallelism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-178

9.21 LCT tray mis-centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-179

9.22 LCT skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-181

9.23 LCT paper feed roller pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-183

9.24 LCT up/down plate horizontal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-184

9.25 LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-185

9.26 LCT paper feed height (upper limit) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-186

9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-188

II SERVICE TOOL

1. Description of the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

1.1 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

1.1.1 Board used for the ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

1.1.2 Data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

1.1.3 ISW transfer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

1.1.5 Setup procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

2. USB ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2.1 What is the USB ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

3. INTERNET ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

3.1 What is the Internet ISW? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

3.2 Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

3.3 Main features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11



iv

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

3.4.1 Setting on Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

3.4.2 Setting on Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

3.5.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

3.6.1 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

3.6.2 How to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

3.7 Precautions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

3.8.1 What is a proxy server? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

3.8.4 Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

4.2 Operation environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

4.3 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

4.5 Disabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

III SERVICE

1. SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

1.1 Service schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

1.2 Maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

1.3 Periodic check items (main body) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

1.9 Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

1.10 Important maintenance parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

2. COPY MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

2.1 Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

2.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

2.3 PM parts kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

4. CE TOOLS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24



v

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

2

IV JAM CODE LIST

1. JAM CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

V ERROR CODE LIST

1. ERROR CODE LIST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

2. ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

VI DIAGRAMS

1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

1.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

2.1.1 Relay connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

2.1.2 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39

2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51

2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

3. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

3.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

3.2 DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

3.3 LT-211/C-208 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61

3.4 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

3.5 TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66

3.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-68

4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69

4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69

4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71

4.3 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-73

4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-75

4.5 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-77

5. APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-1

5.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-1





5.6 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (6/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix-11

5.7 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (7/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-13

5.8 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (8/8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix-15



vi

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

LIII S

ER

VIC

EIV

JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

TV

I D

IAG

RA

MS

Blank page


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

vii

Introduction

Revision history

After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for improvement

of their performance.

Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.

When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be issued

with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show to the left of the revised section.

A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.

• To indicate clearly a section revised, show in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.

A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.

Note:

Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.

• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:

• The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.

• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:

• The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.

1

1

2004/12 3.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing

2004/04 2.0 Change of design and correction of errors in writing

2003/08 1.0 — Issue of the first edition

DateService

manual Ver.Revision mark Descriptions of revision


Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

viii

Composition of the service manual

This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>

I OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, paper

path, drive system, and image creation process *

II UNIT EXPLANATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system, and

explanation of the control system

III DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY: Removal/reinstallation method of periodically replaced parts and

major parts.

As information for the CE to have a better understanding of the product, this part outlines the object of each

functions, its role, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system, and the timing

of the operations of each part, and then explains the removal and reinstallation procedure of the periodically

replaced parts and the major parts.

The contents of * are described only in the service manual of the main body.

<Field service section>

I ADJUSTMENT: General description of items to be adjusted, 25 mode, 36 mode, 47

mode, and other adjustments (mechanical adjustments)

II SERVICE TOOL: Various types of ISW *, and mail remote notification system

III SERVICE: Service schedule, copy materials, service materials, and CE tools *

IV JAM CODE LIST: List of jam codes, causes, operations when a jam occurs, and removal

methods

V ERROR CODE LIST: List of error codes, causes, operations when a warning is issued, and

expected defective parts

VI DIAGRAMS: Parts layout drawing, connector layout drawing, timing chart, and

overall wiring diagram

As information that the CE requires at the job site (customer's premise), this part explains the service sched-

ule and its contents, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Introduction

ix

Notation of the service manual

1. Product name

In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:

(1) IC board: Standard printer

(2) KonicaMinolta 8050/CF5001/bizhub PROC500/8150:

Main body or this machine

(3) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95

Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98

Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me

Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT

Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000

Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP

When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:

Windows 95/98/Me

Windows NT 4.0/2000

Windows NT/2000/XP

Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP

2. Brand name

The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered

trademark of each company.

3. Electrical parts and signals

Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description

Sensor PS

IN

Sensor detection signal

PS

Door PS1

SIG

102 PS

Solenoid SD

24V Power to drive the solenoid

DRVDrive signal

SOL

Clutch CL

24V Power to drive the clutch

DRVDrive signal

SOL

Motor M

24V Power to drive the motor

CONT Drive signal

DRV1

Drive signals of two kindsDRV2

D1

D2


Introduction KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

x

Motor M

_U

Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds

_V

_W

DRV1

DRV2

DRV3

D1

Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds

Motor, phases A and B control signals

D2

D3

D4

DRV A

DRV A

DRV B

DRV B

A

/A

B

/B

AB

BB

CLK, PLL PLL control signal

LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal

FR Forward/reverse rotation signal

EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality

BLK Drive brake signal

P/S Power/stop

S/SOperating load start/stop signal

SS

CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal

ENB Effective signal

TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal

Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal

GroundSG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground

PG, P.GND Power ground

Serial

communication

DCD Data carrier detection

SIN Serial input

SOUT Serial output

DTR Data terminal operation available

GND Signal ground (earth)

DSR, DSET Data set ready

RTS Transmission request signal

CTS Consent transmission signal

RI Ring indicator

TXD Serial transmission data

RXD Serial reception data

Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Measures to take in case of an accident

xi

Measures to take in case of an accident

1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately take emer-

gency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.

2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation must be car-

ried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.

3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded through direct on-

site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.

4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in "Serious Acci-

dent Report/Follow-up Procedures."


List of major differences KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

xii2

List of major differences between the old type and the new type

*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when it is provided with a kit against uneven wax.

The discrimination of the old type from the new type is made according to the list of product numbers as

shown below. The judgement is made based on the upper 4-digit alphanumeric characters of the serial num-

ber.

And also in this manual the model name is not given, but only "Old type" and "New type" given.

Classification Old type New type

Material Developer (each

color)

Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type

Toner (each color) Used exclusively by the old type Used exclusively by the new type

Drum Common to Old type/New type

Registration/

ADU/Reverse/

Paper exit

Registration roller Torque limiter not provided Torque limiter provided

ADU reverse roller Rubber roller

(Driven roller is of resin)

Spike roller (metal)

(Driven roller is of rubber)

Reverse/exit roller /2 Rubber roller

(Driven roller is of resin)

Spike roller (metal)

(Driven roller is of rubber)

Paper exit roller Normal Surface fluorine-treated

Periodic replace-

ment cycle of paper

exit roller

Every 1,000,000 copies/prints

*1

Every 200,000 copies/prints

Exit paper upper

face cooling fan

Not provided Provided

Secondary

transfer

Secondary transfer

pressure cam

White

Cam distance: Small

Spring pressure: Large

Black

Cam distance: Large

Spring pressure: Small

Control Printer control

board


Printer control pro-

gram


Image control pro-

gram


Fixing Paper exit roller /Up Resin roller Ceramic coated roller

Paper exit roller /

Up replacement

cycle

— Every 200,000 copies/prints

Model nameProduct number

Old type New type

8050 65AE, 65AJ, 65AF, 65AN, 65AK, 65AT, 65AP 65LT, 65LU

CF5001 65BE, 65BF 65LQ

C500 — 65LE, 65LF, 65LJ, 65LN, 65LG

8150 — 65LK, 65LP


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION

1-1

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

I ADJUSTMENT

1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION

1.1 Composition

This part "Adjustment" describes items to be

adjusted and their method of adjustment that are

required by this machine and gives detailed expla-

nations.

A. Checking before starting work

When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary

to check in advance the following:

1. Are the power source and voltage secured in

accordance with the specifications?

2. Is the power source properly grounded?

3. Is any equipment that consumes repeatedly a

lot of electricity connected to the same power

source? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as

elevator and air conditioner)

4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the

machine?

• High temperature and high humidity, direct sun-

light, ventilation, etc.

• Levelness of the location on which the machine

is installed.

5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original

itself?

6. Is density selected properly?

7. Is the original glass stained?

8. Is proper paper used for copy?

9. Are copy materials replaced with new ones at

their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning

blade, etc.)

10. Is toner filled?

B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site ser-

vice

Due attention should be paid to the following when

repairing the machine.

1. In this machine, when the main power switch

(SW1) is turned off, only one side of the AC line

is shut off. So, be sure to unplug the power cord

from the power outlet. Also, when operating the

machine with the power supplied, be careful of

the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to

get caught by the gear.

2. The fixing section may be very hot. Be careful

not to get burnt when handling it.

3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be

careful not to bring a watch and instrument near

to the unit.

4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.

5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare

hands.

2. ADJUSTMENTS WHEN REPLACING PARTS

Adjustments and setting are required when there

occurs a claim for poor image quality. However,

these adjustments (including checking) and setting

are also required when a part is replaced with a new

one.

[How to use the tables]

Each item represents the following:

1. Mode

Shows which mode is used for adjustments.

"25": 25 mode

"36": 36 mode

"47": 47 mode

2. A circle " " in the table

, ................. : Shows that the order of

priority has been speci-

fied for adjustments

(including checking) and

setting.

(Empty circle) : Shows that adjustments

(including checking) and

setting can be done

independently.


LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1-2

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

3. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in " " by the pri-ority if there is any.

*1 After replacing the developer, be sure that you do not make any copies until you have first performedthe L detection adjustment.

*2 When replacing memory board (MB), be sure to replace the developer, 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K,and fixing cleaning unit.

*3 When adjust the belt line speed adjustment, be sure to adjust the fixing line speed adjustment and autocolor registration adj.

• When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to the OACB being damaged, the memory board(MB) that was installed on the damaged OACB should be used on the new OACB. Contact the servicemanager of the authorized distributor if it is considered that the MB is also damaged. Never perform the47 mode - 92 (output).

Adjustment items

Replacement parts

Mo

de

Dru

m c

artr

idge

(dr

um)

/Y, M

, C, K

De

velo

pe

r *1

Tra

nsf

er

be

lt

Belt

cleanin

g b

lade

PM count PM counter resetting 25

PM cycle set

Parts counter Count of special parts 1st transfer roller /Y, M, C, K

Fixing cleaning unit

Developer /Y, M, C, K 4

Decurler roller

ISW

Board change mode

Process adjustment Drum peculiarity adjustment Blade setting mode 36 2 2

LD bias adjustment

Automatic gamma adjustment (0) 5 3 7

Automatic developer charge 1

L detection initial auto. adjustment 2

Initial drum rotation 2

Image adjustment Magnification adjustment Printer vertical mag. adjustment

Printer horizontal mag. adjustment

Belt line speed adjustment 3*3

Fixing line speed adjustment 4

Timing adjustment Printer lead edge timing adj.

Auto. color registration adj. 3 5

Color registration manual adjustment 4 6

Image quality adjustment

Scanner gamma adjustment

Printer gamma adjustment Printer gamma offset adj.

Printer gamma sensor adj.

Printer screen gradation adj.

Sharpness adjustment

Image judge adjustment Dot detect adjustment

Color text adjustment

ACS adjustment

Other adjustment FNS stapler position adjustment —

Setting powder application 1 1 1

Mirror unit positioning (require the jig)


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

1-3

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Dru

m c

artr

idge

(dr

um)

/Y, M

, C, K

De

velo

pe

r, T

ran

sfe

r b

elt,

B

elt

cle

anin

g b

lade

1st

tra

nsf

er

rolle

r /Y

, M

, C

, K

Image c

orr

ect

ion u

nit

Ch

arg

ing

co

ron

a /

Y,

M,

C,

K

Fix

ing r

olle

r /U

, L

Fix

ing c

lean

ing u

nit

Decu

rler

rolle

r

Write

un

it /K

Write

un

it /Y

, M

, C

Du

st-p

roo

f g

lass

/Y,

M,

C,

K

CC

D u

nit

Ea

ch s

can

ne

r m

irro

r

Exp

osu

re la

mp (

L1)

Ori

gin

al g

lass

Ove

rall

con

tro

l bo

ard

(O

AC

B)

Pri

nte

r co

ntr

ol b

oard

(P

RC

B)

Image p

roce

ssin

g b

oard

(IP

B)

Op

era

tion

bo

ard

/1

(O

B1

)

Me

mo

ry b

oa

rd (

MB

) *2

Regis

tratio

n r

olle

r

RA

DF

contr

ol b

oard

(D

FC

B)

FN

S c

on

tro

l bo

ard

(F

NS

CB

)

Sta

ple

r unit

1

0

1 1 1

2 2 2 1

4

1 1

7 2 3 7 6 4 4 1 1

2

3

1

2 1

8*3 3*3 2*3

9 4 3

5 1 5 4 2 2 2

6 2 6 5 3 3 3

7 7 4 4

6 6 3 3

4 5 5 2 2

1

1


MODE CHANGE MENU KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1-4

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

4. MODE CHANGE MENU

4.1 Setting method

From this screen, the following modes can be

selected without turning off/on the power.

"1 Basic screen"

"2 36 mode"

"3 25 mode"

"4 Key operator mode"

"5 47 mode"

A. Procedure

5. CHECKING BY THE P FUNCTION

The P function is a function that allows you to con-

firm the following various numeric values by using

the P button.

[1] Total counter

[2] Full color counter

[3] Mono color counter

[4] Monochrome counter

[5] Copier counter

[6] Printer counter

5.1 Checking method of theP function

A. Procedure

1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the

sub power switch (SW2).

2. Press the P button and wait until "Enter 4-digit

password to change mode" appears.

3. Input 9272 as the password and press the

START button. (The password is fixed and

cannot be changed.) "Mode changing menu

screen" is displayed.

4. Press any desired key.

5. To return to the "Mode changing menu

screen," press the P button and wait until the

"Mode changing menu screen" appears.

6. After completion of adjustment, press the [Exit]

key to return to the basic screen.

1. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the


2. Press the P button.

3. "Counter list screen" appears.

4. Press the ! button in "Counter list screen," and

the PM counter is displayed.

5. To output the counter value list, press the

[Counter list output] key.

6. Pressing the [Exit] key, or the stop or clear but-

ton returns to the basic screen.


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 25 MODE

1-5

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6. 25 MODE

6.1 List of adjustment items for25 mode

Adjustment item menu Remarks

1. Software SW setting See the "List of software DIPSW".

2. Paper size setting LCT paper size setting

3. PM count 1. Count reset

2. Change setting

4. Data collection 1. Total count of each paper setting

2. Copy count of each paper size

3. Print count of each paper size

4. RADF count

5. Page fill of each section

6. JAM data of time series

7. JAM count

8. Count of each copy mode

9. SC count

10. JAM count of each section

11. SC count of each section

5. Parts counter 1. Count of special parts

2. Count of each parts

6. Password setting 1. Key operator password 4 digits

2. EKC master key code 8 digits

3. Weekly timer password 4 digits

7. Telephone number setting 1. Service centre Telephone number 16 digits

2. Service centre FAX number 16 digits

8. M/C serial number setting 1. Main body

2. Option tray

3. RADF

4. Finisher

9. Indication of ROM version

10. KRDS setting See the KRDS manual

provided separately

11. ISW

12. Setting date input

13. Board change mode


25 MODE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1-6

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

6.2 Setting method

This machine is provided with the 25 mode as an

adjustment method. This mode is used when the

memory board (MB) is rewritten or various settings

are made.

A. Procedure

6.3 Setting software DIPSW

A. Setting method

The software DIPSW is set on "Software SW setting

screen."

Note:

• Please note that DIPSW bits are written into

the memory board (MB) each time a change is

made.

B. Meaning of the values displayed on the

screen

C. Procedure

• For each function of the DIPSW, see "List of soft-

ware DIPSW."

1. Turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2) with the

main power switch (SW1) left ON.

2. While pressing the numeric keys 2 and 5 at the

same time, turn on the SW2. the "25 mode

menu screen" appears.

At this point, the machine enters the 25 mode

with normal copy operations unavailable.

3. Press the item keys on the liquid crystal dis-

play (LCD). A setting screen corresponding to

each item appears.

4. Confirm the input data on the setting screen of

each item.

5. Turn off the SW2 to release the 25 mode.

6. New data will be effective after restarting.

[1] DIPSW number

[2] Bit number (0 to 7)

[3] Bit data : 1:ON, 0:OFF

[4] 8-bit switch values in indicated in hexadec-imals from 00 to FF.

1. Enter the 25 mode.

2. "25 mode menu screen"

Press the [1. Software SW setting] key.

3. "Software SW setting screen"

Select a DIPSW number by using the arrow

key on the left.

4. Select a bit number of the DIPSW by using the

arrow key on the right.

5. Select the ON (1) or OFF (0) of the DIPSW by

using the [ON] or [OFF] key.

6. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] key to return

to the "25 mode menu screen".

8050fs1026e[2][1] [3] [4]



1-7

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

List of software DIPSW

Note:

• Be sure not to change bits data with no particular reference made of the function.

• Bit number of the default values in parentheses is the default value for the new type.

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default values

Japan Inch Metric

DIPSW1 0 — — — 1 1 1

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 Print stop method after toner

supply or waste toner full dis-

play

*1 *1 1 1 1

3 *1 *1 0 0 0

4 Prohibition of printing when

the PM count is reached

Not prohibited Prohibited 0 0 0

5 Print number setting until

printing is prohibited after PM

is displayed

*2 *2 0 0 0

6 *2 *2 0 0 0

7 *2 *2 0 0 0

DIPSW2 0 Hard disk connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 Switchover of the main body

paper exit speed (measures

against uneven wax)

For machines with

measures not taken

Speed increased while

in the paper exit

For machines with

measures taken

Speed not increased

while in the paper exit

1 1 1

3 Paper exit full sensor (PS12)

type (Measure against

uneven wax)

For machines with

measures not taken

Photo interrupter type

For machines with

measures taken

Reflective type

1 1 1

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 Switchover of the rotational

speed of the polygon motor

*4 *4 1 1 1

7 *4 *4 0 0 0

DIPSW3 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 SC latch (SC34/35/36) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0

2 Password request for 25, 36,

47 mode (password: 9272)

Not requested Requested 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 47 mode 15-01, 02 counter clear Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0



1-8

I A

DJ

US

TM

EN

T

2

DIPSW4 0 — — — 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)1 — — — 0 0 02 — — — 0 1 03 — — — 0 0 14 Recovery from removal of the

key counterDisabled Enabled 0 1 0

5 APS when change magnifica-tion

Enabled Disabled 0 1 0

6 Change of fixed magnifications setting in key operator mode


7 Large size paper counting method (Other than PM counter)

Count as 1 Count as 2 * * *

DIPSW5 0 Image background restraint (toner density) Y

*27 Standard *27 Restrained 0 0 0

1 Image background restraint (toner density) M


2 Image background restraint (toner density) C


3 Image background restraint (toner density) K


4 — — — 0 0 05 Change of the size of the

large size paperB4, 8.5 x 14 or

largerA3, 11 x 17 or

larger0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 07 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW6 0 — — — 0 0 01 — — — 0 0 02 — — — 0 0 03 — — — 0 0 04 — — — 0 0 05 — — — 0 0 06 — — — 0 0 07 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default valuesJapan Inch Metric



1-9

I A

DJ

US

TM

EN

T

2

DIPSW7 0 Image background restraint (potential difference) Y


1 Image background restraint (potential difference) M


2 Image background restraint (potential difference) C


3 Image background restraint (potential difference) K


4 — — — 0 0 05 — — — 0 0 06 — — — 0 0 07 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW8 0 — — — 0 0 01 — — — 0 0 02 — — — 0 0 03 — — — 0 0 04 — — — 0 0 05 — — — 0 0 06 Large size paper PM counting

methodCount as 1 Count as 2 1 1 1

7 — — — 0 0 0DIPSW9 0 Operation when the key

counter is removed (copier)Same as

the stop buttonImmediate stop

jam0 0 0

1 Operation when the key counter is removed (IP)

Ignored Same as DIPSW9-0

0 0 0

2 Message switchover *5 *5 0 0 03 *5 *5 0 0 04 Copy quantity limit selection *6 *6 0 0 05 *6 *6 0 0 06 *6 *6 0 0 07 *6 *6 0 0 0

DIPSW10 0 Page memory reservation at power on

No reservation 94MB (177MB when MU-412 is installed)

0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 02 — — — 0 0 03 Change of the size of the large size

paper (Other than PM counter)B4 / 81/2 x 14 or

largerA3 / 11X17 or

larger* * *

4 — — — 0 0 05 — — — 0 0 06 Black characters for printer

output (IP)*28 *28 0 0 0

7 0 0 0

* Refer to attached page

DIPSW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default valuesJapan Inch Metric


Destination Counter Mode Number of large size count Default value of DIPSWA3/11x17 B4/8.5x14

JapanPM counter Color 2 2 5-5-0

8-6-1B/W 2 2

Other than PM counter Color 1 1 4-7-010-3-0B/W 1 1

EuropePM counter Color 2 2 5-5-0

8-6-1B/W 2 2


U.S.APM counter Color 2 2 5-5-0

8-6-1B/W 2 2


OthersPM counter Color 2 2 5-5-0

8-6-1B/W 2 2




1-10

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW11 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 Filter for jagged edges on

slanting lines

Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

DIPSW12 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 Adjustment of the image qual-

ity in the key operator mode


2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 Black text screen with overlay

function

*7 Screen *7 Error diffusion 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW13 0 Size detection switchover 1 A5, A4R 5.5 x 8.5, 8.5x11R 0 1 0

1 Size detection switchover 2 A6R Post card 1 0 0

2 Size detection switchover 3 8.5 x 14 F4 0 0 0

3 Size detection switchover 4 *8 *8 0 0 0

4 *8 *8 0 1 0

5 F4 size setting *9 *9 0 0 0

6 *9 *9 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW14 0 Size detection switchover 5

(main body)

B4, 11 x 17 / B5,

8.5 x 11 / B5R

8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 Size detection switchover 5

(bypass)

B4, 11 x 17 / B5,

8.5 x 11 / B5R

8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0


(platen)

B4, 11 x 17 / B5,

8.5 x 11/B5R

8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0


(ADF)

B4, 11 x 17 / B5,

8.5 x 11 / B5R

8K/16K / 16KR 0 0 0


(PI)

B4, 11 x 17 / B5,

8.5 x 11 / B5R

8K / 16K / 16KR 0 0 0

7 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-11

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW15 0 Selection of the KRDS type Telephone line E-mail 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 FNS alarm stop method *10 *10 0 0 0

4 *10 *10 0 0 0

5 KRDS connection Disconnected Connected 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW16 0 Remote diagnostic system

selection

KRDS RD mode 0 0 0

1 Recognizing the copy reser-

vation function/coin vendor

Copy reservation

function enabled

Coin vendor disabled

Copy reservation

function prohibited

Coin vendor enabled

0 0 0

2 Coin vendor type Parallel

communication

Serial

communication

0 0 0

3 Counting of the key counter in

the printer mode (IP)

Not counted Counted 0 0 0

4 Display of the total count start

date (P function)

Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 NIC selection for E-Mail

KRDS

IP NIC Copier NIC 0 0 0

DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *11 *11 0 0 0

1 *11 *11 1 1 1

2 *11 *11 1 1 1

3 *11 *11 0 0 0

4 Density selection at scanning

the tabed paper

*12 *12 0 0 0

5 *12 *12 0 0 0

6 *12 *12 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW18 0 Tray 1 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

1 Tray 2 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

2 Tray 3 faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

3 Tray 4 (LCT) faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 Folding, stitch & folding, tri-fold,

trimmer faulty part isolation

Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

6 PI faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

7 HDD faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-12

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW19 0 — — — 0 0 1

1 Fixing upper and lower roller

temperature selection

*13 *13 1 1 1

2 *13 *13 1 1 1

3 *13 *13 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 PK faulty part isolation Normal Unavailable 0 0 0

6 Default resolution of the IP

scanner

*14 *14 0 0 0

7 *14 *14 0 0 0

DIPSW20 0 Group stapling mode Disabled Enabled 0 0 0

1 Image scanning area with

shift function

*15 Normal * 15 Original priority 0 0 0

2 Selection of the stamped

page number

Based on

original

Based on

transfer paper

0 0 0

3 Keyboard layout ABC layout QWERTY layout 0 0 0

4 Periodical black toner band

creation on the transfer belt

*29 Normal *29 Increased at

the edges

0 0 0

5 Switchover of the fixing con-

trol table (Old type only)

*30 Measures

against uneven

wax not provided

*30 Measures

against uneven

wax provided

1 1 1

6 — — — 1 1 1

7 Front and back registration of

the tray

*31 Not provided *31 Provided 0 0 0

DIPSW21 0 Paper exit cooling fan (M61,

62, 63)

Not provided Provided 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1)

1 LCT size setting in the key

operator mode


2 Display of the original count Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0

3 210 to 256 g/m2 paper exit

with its face up


4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 Type of paper selection with

APS

*34 Special paper

not applicable

*34 Paper weight

6 not applicable

0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-13

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW22 0 IP address setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1

1 Number of punch holes *16 *16 0 1 0

2 *16 *16 0 0 1

3 Image reference position for

the non-standard size original

Based on user

selection

Based on APS at

ADF

0 0 0

4 Function of the power save

button


5 — — — 0 0 0

6 Operation when FNS runs out

of staple

Staple supply

request

Selecting between

staple supply or

staple release

0 0 0

7 IP gamma correction when

machine is powered ON

Not requested Requested 0 0 0

DIPSW23 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 Output when EKC (ECM)

user ID is unmatched (IP)

Enabled (counted

as the other user)

Disabled (regis-

tered in JOB list)

0 0 0

2 Precision of the color registration

automatic correction (periodical correction)

*17 Normal *17 Fine 0 0 0

3 Control of the color registration automatic

correction (periodical correction)

*18 Enabled *18 Disabled 0 0 0

4 Main scan correction of the color

registration automatic correction

(periodic correction)

*19 Enabled *19 Disabled 0 0 0

5 IP gamma correction *20 Enabled *20 Disabled 0 0 0

6 Job memory registration of the spe-

cial paper setting on the bypass tray


7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW24 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 Vs/Vp switch control *21 Disabled *21 Enabled 0 0 0

2 Image stabilization control

timing

*22 *22 0 0 0

3 *22 *22 1 1 1

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW25 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 Color registration correction

control

*23 *23 0 0 0

4 *23 *23 0 0 0

5 Color registration fine correction Yes No 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 De-humid heater ON OFF 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-14

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW26 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW27 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW28 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 Toner refresh mode (at job end) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0

3 Toner refresh mode (periodical) *24 Disabled *24 Enabled 0 0 0

4 Printer gamma offset adjust-

ment

*25 Only high light *25 Whole area 0 0 0

5 PK punch mode restriction Enabled Disabled 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW29 0 Toner refresh mode cycle

(periodical)

*24 *24 0 0 0

1 0 0 0

2 Increase transfer current against

white spots image (Old type only)

Not

correspond

Correspond 1 1 1

3 Include of proof copy to the

set copy quantity

Not included Included 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW30 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 Restriction of the display of

the 25 mode data correction

Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 1 1 1

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-15

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DIPSW31 0 — — — 1 1 1

1 — — — 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 — — — 0 0 0

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0

DIPSW32 0 — — — 0 0 0

1 Reset condition for the spe-

cial paper setting of the

bypass tray

Auto reset, reset

button, tray selec-

tion, power OFF

Power OFF 0 0 0

2 — — — 0 0 0

3 Measures against paper

reverse/exit jam

For machines with

measures not taken

Rubber roller

For machines with

measures taken

Spike roller

1 1 1

4 — — — 0 0 0

5 — — — 0 0 0

6 — — — 0 0 0

7 — — — 0 0 0


Japan Inch Metric



1-16

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

*1 Print stop method after toner supply or waste

toner full display

*2 Print number setting until printing is prohibited

after PM is displayed

*4 Switchover of the rotational speed of the poly-

gon motor

*5 Message switchover

*6 Copy quantity limit selection

*7 Black text screen with overlay function

When using the overlay of the applied func-

tion, the image creation method of black char-

acters is switched between the error diffusion

and the screen.

*8 Size detection switchover 4

*9 F4 size setting

Mode 1-3 1-2

Stops after ejecting

paper in the machine

0 0

Stops at a break

between copy set

0 1

Stops at the end of the

current job

1 0

Does not stop 1 1

Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5

1,000 prints 0 0 0

2,000 prints 0 0 1

3,000 prints 0 1 0

4,000 prints 1 1 0

5,000 prints 1 0 0

1,000 prints 1 0 1

1,000 prints 0 1 1

1,000 prints 1 1 1

Mode 2-7 2-6

1/1 speed 0 0

1/1 speed 0 1

2/3 speed 1 0

1/2 speed 1 1

Mode 9-3 9-2

Please insert key

counter

0 0

Please insert copy card 0 1

Please insert coin 1 0

Please insert key

counter

1 1

Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4

No limit 0 0 0 0

1 sheet 0 0 0 1

3 sheets 0 0 1 0

5 sheets 0 0 1 1

9 sheets 0 1 0 0

10 sheets 0 1 0 1

20 sheets 0 1 1 0

30 sheets 0 1 1 1

50 sheets 1 0 0 0

99 sheets 1 0 0 1

No limit 1 0 1 0

No limit 1 0 1 1

No limit 1 1 0 0

No limit 1 1 1 0

No limit 1 1 1 1

Mode 12-6

Screen 0

Error diffusion 1

Mode 13-4 13-3

A5R 0 0

B6R 0 1

5.5 x 8.5R 1 0

— 1 1

Mode 13-6 13-5

8 x 13 0 0

8.25 x 13 0 1

8.125 x 13.25 1 0

8.5 x 13 1 1



1-17

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

*10 FNS alarm stop method

This setting is used to determine when to stop

if a FNS full alarm is detected.

Functions detected are;

Lower limit of the FNS tray, the number of the

FNS trays, FNS booklet tray, PK punch

scraps, TU scraps and TU stacker

*11 Summer time setting

*12 Density selection when scanning the tabed

paper

*13 Fixing upper and lower roller temperature

selection

Temperature up: Decrease a insufficient

fixing or fixing winding

jam

Temperature down: Decrease paper exit curl-

ing or waving

Note:

• Parentheses are setting value for the new

type.

*14 Default resolution of the IP scanner

Mode 15-4 15-3

Stops immediately after

detection

0 0

Stops at a break

between copy set after

detection

0 1

Does not stop while in

printing

1 0

Does not stop while in

printing

1 1

Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0

0 minute 0 0 0 0

10 minutes 0 0 0 1

20 minutes 0 0 1 0

30 minutes 0 0 1 1

40 minutes 0 1 0 0

50 minutes 0 1 0 1

60 minutes 0 1 1 0

70 minutes 0 1 1 1

80 minutes 1 0 0 0

90 minutes 1 0 0 1

100 minutes 1 0 1 0

110 minutes 1 0 1 1

120 minutes 1 1 0 0

130 minutes 1 1 0 1

140 minutes 1 1 1 0

150 minutes 1 1 1 1

Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4

80 0 0 0

40 (most lighter) 0 0 1

60 0 1 0

100 0 1 1

120 1 0 0

160 1 0 1

200 1 1 0

255 (most darker) 1 1 1

Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1

-30°C (-15°C) 0 0 0

-20°C (-10°C) 0 0 1

-10°C (-5°C) 0 1 0

Standard 0 1 1

Upper roller: standard (+5°C)

Lower roller: +10°C (+5°C)

1 0 0

Standard (+10°C) 1 0 1

Standard (-25°C) 1 1 0

Standard (-20°C) 1 1 1

Mode 19-7 19-6

400dpi 0 0

600 dpi 0 1

200 dpi 1 0

300 dpi 1 1



1-18

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

*15 Image scanning area with shift function

Normal: Compare the original size and the

transfer paper size and the smaller

one is to be the image area.

Original priority:

Original size is to be the image

area.

*16 Number of punch holes

*17 Precision of the color registration automatic

correction (periodical correction)

"Fine" is used when the precision of the color

registration correction that is periodically con-

ducted is increased with the amount of error

reduced. However, it takes about 2 minutes

longer for correction.

*18 Color registration auto correction control (peri-

odical correction)

Down time while in the continuous printing is

reduced with the color registration correction

omitted that is periodically performed (color

registration correction at power ON is not

omitted).

*19 Main scan correction of the color registration

auto correction (periodical correction)

The color registration corrections, in the main

scanning direction that are periodically per-

formed can be omitted. This is used tempo-

rarily when there is a registration error along

the main scan as a result of a trouble around

the transfer belt unit, or when separating

faulty points.

*20 IP gamma correction

In order to separate defective items when

there is poor images sent from IP. The gamma

correction can be omitted. The gamma correc-

tion table is stored in the printer controller.

Note:

• When installing the printer controller, be sure

that the setting is made to "1."

*21 Vs/Vp switch control

This Vs/Vp switch control is used when there

is an image erasure around a solid image in

the half-tone section in early stage after the

change of developer.

Mode 20-1

Normal 0

Original priority 1

Mode 22-2 22-1

2 holes (for Japan) 0 0

3 holes (for inch area) 0 1

4 holes (for metric area) 1 0

— 1 1

Mode 23-2

Normal 0

Fine 1

Mode 23-3

Enabled 0

Disabled 1

Mode 23-4

Enabled 0

Disabled 1

Mode 23-5

Enabled 0

Disabled 1

Mode 24-1

Disabled 0

Enabled 1



1-19

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

*22 Image stabilization control timing

Correction made:

Correction is performed by sus-

pending print at specified print.

No correction made:

Correction is omitted temporarily to

reduce down time when the

machine cannot be used with SC

due to the malfunction of the drum

potential sensor or gamma sensor.

No correction while in printing:

Correction that is performed by

suspending print at every specified

print is performed after the print job

to reduce down time.

*23 Color registration correction control

Correction made:

Correction is performed by sus-

pending print at specified print.

No correction made:

Correction is omitted temporarily to

reduce down time when the

machine cannot be used with SC

due to malfunctions around the

color registration sensor.

No correction while in printing:

Correction that is performed by sus-

pending print at every specified

print is performed after the print job

to reduce down time.

*24 Toner refresh mode

When printing coverage is low (5% or less of

each color), rough image, white spot or toner

spillage tend to occur due to toner deteriora-

tion.

The effective measure against these are as

follows.

• DIPSW 28-2

Toner refresh mode (at Job end)

For the colors of which print coverage of

the previous job is 5% or less (convert into

A4), solid toner of the difference amount

from the 5% is developed to consume

toner.

• DIPSW 28-3

Toner refresh mode (periodical)

Check the average print coverage for each

color at prescribed distance of developing

sleeve drive develops the toner amount

equivalent of 8-sheet A3 solid for the color

of which the average print coverage is 5%

or less (convert into A4).

• DIPSW29-0,1

Toner refresh mode cycle (periodical)

Effective only when the DIPSW 28-3 is set

to "1". The execution cycle of the toner

refresh mode is changed. The cycle varies

according to the developer drive distance

and the temperature.

Mode 24-3 24-2

Correction made 0 0

Correction not made 0 1

No correction while in

printing

1 0

— 1 1

Mode 25-4 25-3

Correction made 0 0

Correction not made 0 1

No correction while in

printing

1 0

— 1 1

Mode 28-2

Disabled 0

Enabled 1

Mode 28-3

Disabled 0

Enabled 1

Mode 29-1 29-0

Equivalent to every

1,000 prints

0 0

Equivalent to every 500

prints

0 1

Equivalent to every 330

prints

1 0

— 1 1



1-20

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

*25 Printer gamma offset adjustment

Change the area in which the printer gamma

offset of the 36 mode can be adjusted.

0: High light area only

1: Possible in whole area

*27 Image background restraint (toner density)

Y, M, C, K

Restrain image background by reducing the

toner density of the developer (toner and car-

rier ratio) by about 0.2%.

This setting changes the toner density of the

developer so that image density does not

change at once.

After changing the DIPSW, set the test pattern

density of the color changed to 128 (with the

density of other colors set to 0), and output 10

sheets of the test pattern No. 1 to check

image background.

And also, after changing the DIPSW, be sure

to conduct the automatic gamma adjustment

(0) of the process adjustment.

There are two DIPSW that restrain image

background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)

and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3).

Image background can be restrained more

effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When

image background occurs, be sure to use the

DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not

sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3

at the same time.

Note:

• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten-

tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and

damage the drum and the cleaning blade.

Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-

sary.

*28 Black characters for printer output (IP)

Change the black laser PWM for printing from

PC.

However, if the black laser is set thinner, the

gradation changed. Check the gradation after

changing the setting.

*29 Periodical black toner band creation on the

transfer belt

When set to "1," the black toner band periodi-

cally created on the transfer belt, more toner

is supplied to the both edges of the belt clean-

ing blade to prevent the occurrence of white

stripes on the image and the flipping of the

both edges of the belt cleaning blade.

*30 Switchover of the fixing control table (Old type only)

When set to "1", the fixing temperature in the

slower line speed mode is controlled low to

improve uneven wax. However, when tray

switches to a tray in which paper of different

fixing temperature control is loaded (tempera-

ture is lowered), it takes long waiting time.

Max. approx. 150 seconds. (It takes long only

when the memory switch "No.52 Time lag to

switch tray" is set to "Standard" in the key

operator mode.)

Mode 28-4

High light area only 0

Possible in whole area 1

Mode 5-3 5-2 5-1 5-0

K C M Y

Standard 0 0 0 0

Restrained 1 1 1 1

Mode 10-7 10-6

Standard 0 0

Make black characters thin. (Mild) 0 1

Make black characters thin.

(Medium)

1 0

Make black characters thin.

(Intense)

1 1

Mode 20-4

Normal 0

Increased at the edges 1

Mode 20-5

Measures against uneven wax not

provided

0

Measures against uneven wax pro-

vided

1



1-21

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

*31 Front and back registration of the tray

The image timing and the magnification for

each tray and paper type can be adjusted.

(user mode)

*33 Image background restraint (potential differ-

ence)

Increase the potential difference between the

charging potential and the developing bias to

restrain image background. After changing

the DIPSW, be sure to conduct the automatic

gamma adjustment (0) of the process adjust-

ment.

There are two DIPSW that restrain image

background: toner density (DIPSW 5-0 to 3)

and a potential difference (DIPSW 7-0 to 3).

Image background can be restrained more

effectively with the DIPSW 7-0 to 3. When

image background occurs, be sure to use the

DIPSW 7-0 to 3 for the first priority. If it is not

sufficiently effective, use the DIPSW 5-0 to 3

at the same time.

Note:

• Since the DIPSW 7-0 to 3 changes the poten-

tial, the carrier may stick to the drum and

damage the drum and the cleaning blade.

Therefore, use this DIPSW only when neces-

sary.

*34 Type of paper selection with APS

Select a type of paper that can be selected for

the APS.

Special paper not applicable:

Coated, tab and exclusive paper are

not applicable. All types of paper from

paper weight 4 (106 to 162 g/m2) to 6

(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.

Paper weight 6 not applicable:

All types of paper in paper weight 6

(210 to 256 g/m2) are not applicable.

Mode 20-7

Not provided 0

Provided 1

Mode 7-3 7-2 7-1 7-0

K C M Y

Standard 0 0 0 0

Restrained 1 1 1 1

Mode 21-6

Special paper not applicable 0

Paper weight 6 not applicable 1



1-22

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.4 Paper size setting

Conduct this setting when changing the paper size

of the LCT.

The paper size is available in the standard size,

non-standard size and wide paper.

6.4.1 Standard size setting

A. Procedure

6.4.2 Non-standard size setting

A. Procedure

6.4.3 Wide paper setting

A. Procedure



Press the [2. Paper size setting] key.

3. "Paper size setting screen"

Press the [Standard size] key.

4. Press the arrow key to select the paper size.

5. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu screen."

To invalidate the setting that you have

changed, press the [Cancel] key and return to

"25 mode menu screen."





Press the [Non-standard size] key.

4. Press the main scan direction key and enter

the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric

keys.

5. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the

paper size using the arrow keys or numeric keys.

6. Press the [OK] key to return to "25 Mode menu

screen."


changed, press the [CANCEL] key and return

to "25 mode menu screen."





Press the [Wide paper] key.

4. Press the arrow keys and select the standard

size of the wide paper.

5. Press the [Enter size] key.

6. Press the main scan direction key and enter

the paper size using the arrow keys or numeric

keys.

7. Press the sub-scan direction key and enter the

paper size using the arrow keys or numeric

keys.


screen."






1-23

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.5 PM count setting

Reset the PM count after implementation of the PM

and set and/or change the PM cycle.

The selection of the PM cycle is available in the

total count and the distance in operation of the

developing unit /K. In default, the total count is set.

6.5.1 Count reset

A. Procedure

6.5.2 Change setting

A. Procedure



Press the [3. PM count] key.

3. "PM count/cycle screen"

Press the [Count reset] key.

4. "PM count reset confirmation screen"

Press the [YES] key when resetting the PM

count. The PM count is reset and the starting

date of the PM count is automatically entered.

When the [NO] key is pressed, the PM count is

not reset and return to "PM count/cycle

screen."



Press the [3. PM count] key.

3. "PM count/cycle screen"

Press the [Page] or [Distance] key.

4. Enter a cycle value through the numeric keys.

Only the upper three digits can be entered.


screen."






1-24

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.6 Data collection

It is possible to confirm various data held in the

machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data

by the KRDS, list output and the mail remote notifi-

cation system.

A. Data that can be confirmed

1. Total count of each paper size

2. Copy count of each paper size

3. Print count of each paper size

4. RADF count

5. Page fill of each section

6. JAM data of time series

7. JAM count

8. Count of each copy mode

• Count of each copy mode (1)

• Count of each copy mode (2)

9. SC count

10. JAM count of each section

11. SC count of each section

Note:

• When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 6 to 11 can be

confirmed.

B. Data collection confirmation method

(1) Procedure

Note:

• The [Count reset] key is shown in the individ-

ual data confirmation screen of the [10. JAM

count of each section] and the [11. SC count

of each section].

When pressing the [COUNT RESET] key,

"Count reset confirmation screen" is shown,

and when pressing the [YES] key, the section

data is reset.

Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Individual

data confirmation screen" with the interval

data not reset.

Reset these data while in the PM implementa-

tion to confirm the jam or SC occurrence

count after it was visited last time.



Press the [4. Data collection] key.

3. "Data collection menu screen"

Press the key of a data collection item that you

want to confirm.

To select any succeeding key to the key 11,

press the arrow key.

4. "Individual data confirmation screen"

Press the arrow key to scroll the screen.





1-25

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

C. Details of the data collection

(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and

printer counts of each paper size

• Maximum count: 99,999,999

• 1 count is made for paper of All types regardless

of the paper size.

• All sheets of paper that do not come under the

size of No. 1 to No. 9 are counted as special.

However, SEL and LEF are counted as the same

size.

• The non-standard and the wide paper are

counted as special.

NO KRDS parameter

(B1, B6, B8, BD, BE, BF)

For Remark

Japan Inch Metric

1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used

2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3

3 02 B4 8.5 x 14 B4 (8K)

4 03 A4 8.5 x 11 A4

5 04 B5 5.5 x 8.5 B5 (16K)

6 05 A5 — A5

7 06 B6 — F4

8 07 8.5 x 14 — —

9 08 8.5 x 11 A4 —

10 09 Special Special Special



1-26

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(2) Data collection No. 4: RADF count


(3) Data collection No. 5: Page fill of each sec-

tion

It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of

5,000 print sheets of the latest 30 data for each of Y,

M, C and K.

This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the

dot area of pixels and the transfer paper area, and

is different from the print ratio when actually printed.

(4) Data collection No. 6: JAM date of time

series

With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible

to confirm originating jam code, total count, date of

occurrence, time of occurrence, tray, paper size and

magnification.

NO KRDS parameter (F0) Item Remark

1 00 No. of originals fed in ADF mode

2 01 No. of originals fed in RADF mode

3 02 No. of originals fed in RDH mode Not used

4 03 No. of originals fed in RRDH mode

5 04 No. of originals fed in LDH mode

6 05 No. of originals fed in CFF mode

7 06 No. of 1 sided SDF original fed

8 07 No. of mix originals fed in ADF mode

9 08 No. of mix originals fed in RADF mode

10 09 No. of originals fed in 2 in 1 mode Not used

11 0A No. of 1 sided z-folded original fed

12 0B No. of 2 sided z-folded original fed

13 0C No. of 2 sided SDF original fed Not used

14 0D —



1-27

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(5) Data collection No. 7: Jam count / No. 10.

JAM count of each section

NO KRDSParameter

(J0)

Jam code is shown on the LCD display when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

Section

1 00 J10-01 Bypass

2 01 J10-02

3 02 J10-03

4 03 J11-01 Tray 1

5 04 J12-01 Tray 2

6 05 J13-01 Tray 3

7 06 J14-01 LCT

8 07 J17-01 Paper feed9 08 J17-02

10 09 J17-03

11 0A J17-04

12 0B J17-05

13 0C J17-06

14 0D J17-07

15 0E J17-08

16 0F J17-09

17 10 J31-02 Reversed paper exit18 11 J32-08

19 12 J32-04

20 13 J32-01

21 14 J32-05

22 15 J32-07

23 16 J32-02

24 17 J32-03

25 18 J92-01 ADU

26 19 J93-01

27 1A J94-02

28 1B J19-01 Vertical conveyance

29 1C J19-02 LCT

30 1D J51-01 Main body

31 1E J71-01 FNS

32 1F J71-02 TU

33 20 J72-16 FNS

34 21 J72-17

35 22 J72-18

36 23 J72-19

37 24 J72-20

38 25 J72-21

39 26 J72-22

40 27 J72-23

41 28 J72-24

42 29 J72-25

43 2A J72-26

44 2B J72-28

45 2C J72-29

46 2D J72-30

47 2E J72-32 TU

48 2F J72-33

49 30 J72-34

50 31 J72-35 PI

51 32 J72-38 Not used

52 33 J72-39

53 34 J72-40

54 35 J72-41

55 36 J72-42

56 37 J72-43 PK

57 38 J72-44 Not used

58 39 J72-45

59 3A J72-46

60 3B J72-47

61 3C J72-48 FNS

62 3D J72-49 PI

63 3E J72-50

64 3F J72-51

65 40 J72-60 Not used

66 41 J72-61

67 42 J72-62

68 43 J72-63

69 44 J72-64

70 45 J72-80 PK

71 46 J72-81 FNS

72 47 J72-82

73 48 J72-83

74 49 J72-90

NO KRDSParameter

(J0)


Section



1-28

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT


75 4A J61-01 DF

76 4B J61-02

77 4C J61-03

78 4D J62-01

79 4E J62-02

80 4F J62-03

81 50 J62-04

82 51 J62-05

83 52 J62-06

84 53 J62-07

85 54 J17-10 LCT

86 55 — Not used

87 56

88 57

89 58

90 59

NO KRDSParameter

(J0)


Section



1-29

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(6) Data collection No. 8-1: Count of each copy mode (1)

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)

Item Count conditions

1 00 1-1 mode

2 01 1-2 mode

3 02 2-1 mode

4 03 2-2 mode

5 04 ADF 1-1 mode

6 05 ADF 1-2 mode

7 06 Mixed original mode

8 07 Tab original mode

9 08 Z-folded original mode

10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)

11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)

12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)

13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)

14 0D Enhance Mode: text/photo

15 0E Enhance Mode: Text

16 0F Enhance Mode: Photo

17 10 Enhance Mode: Map

18 11 Non STD size

19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)

20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)

21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)

22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)

23 16 Left binding

24 17 Right binding

25 18 Upper binding

26 19 Three-Folding

27 1A Stapling & Folding

28 1B Folding

29 1C Main tray: Group

30 1D Main tray: Sort

31 1E Main tray: Non sort

32 1F Subtray: Group (FACE DOWN)

33 20 Subtray: Group (FACE UP)

34 21 Subtray: Sort (FACE DOWN)

35 22 Subtray: Sort (FACE UP)

36 23 Subtray: Non sort (FACE DOWN)

37 24 Subtray: Non sort (FACE UP)

38 25 Cover sheet

39 26 Trimmer

40 27 Real size copy

41 28 Preset magnification E4

42 29 Preset magnification E3

43 2A Preset magnification E2



1-30

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

44 2B Preset magnification E1

45 2C Preset magnification R4

46 2D Preset magnification R3

47 2E Preset magnification R2

48 2F Preset magnification R1

49 30 User lens mode 1



52 33 Zoom

53 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom

54 35 Maximum zoom

55 36 Minimum zoom

56 37 APS

57 38 AMS

58 39 AE (AES)

59 3A User density level 1 (Not used)

60 3B User density level 2 (Not used)

61 3C Interrupted copy

62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation

63 3E Sheet insertion

64 3F Chapter control

65 40 Combination

66 41 Booklet copy

67 42 OHP interleave (copy) (Not used)

68 43 OHP interleave (blank) (Not used)

69 44 Image insert

70 45 Book copy

71 46 Program job

72 47 Non-image area erase

73 48 Reverse image

74 49 Auto repeat

75 4A Manual repeat

76 4B STD size repeat

77 4C Frame erasure

78 4D Fold erasure

79 4E Auto layout

80 4F All-image area (Not used)

81 50 Image Shift

82 51 Reduction shift

83 52 Overlay

84 53 Water mark

85 54 Stamp

86 55 Date/Time

87 56 Page

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)




1-31

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

88 57 Numbering

89 58 Set quantity 1

90 59 Set quantity 2-5

91 5A Set quantity 6-10

92 5B Set quantity 11 or more

93 5C Time while power remote 1 is ON Accumulation of time during which the

overall control board is powered

94 5D Time while power remote 2 is ON Accumulation of time during which the

remote power 1 is on (in minutes)

95 5E Time while power remote 3 is ON Accumulation of time during which the

remote power 2 is on (in minutes)

96 5F Time while power remote 4 is ON Accumulation of time during which the

built-in controller operates (in minutes)

97 60 Time during Low Power mode Accumulation of time in the low power

mode (1 count for each minute)

98 61 Time during warm up time Accumulation of warm-up time (in min-

utes)

99 62 Time during front door open Accumulation of time during which the front

door is open (in minutes)

100 63 Ope. Time in 1side straight exit Accumulation of time from the start of

print to the end of print (in minutes)

Down time due to jam omitted

101 64 Ope. Time in 1side reverse exit

102 65 Operation time in 2 side print

103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Accumulation of time during which ADF

operates (in minutes)

104 67 Morning Correction count (Not used)

105 68 Time during APS sensor ON Accumulation of time during which the

APS sensor is on (in minutes)

106 69 N of main tray used jobs

107 6A N of subtray used jobs

108 6B N of stapling & folding used jobs

109 6C N of folding used jobs

110 6D N of ADF NF occurred

111 6E N of ADF special error1 occurred Wrong detection of original size

112 6F N of ADF special error2 occurred Next original information error

113 70 N of ADF special error3 occurred Error in size for which mixed paper is

not allowed

114 71 N of scanner scanned No. of scans in platen mode

115 72 N of electrode cleaned (Not used)

116 73 N of memory overflow

117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred (Not used)

118 75 N of no toner stop occurred (Not used)

119 76 N of AGC retry (Not used)

120 77 N of sub scan beam correct error (Not used)

121 78 N of mis-centering correct error (Not used)

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)




1-32

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


122 79 N of distortion adjust error (Not used)

123 7A N of ADF distortion data error (Not used)

124 7B Compression memory overflow

125 7C Page memory overflow (scan)

126 7D Page memory overflow (print)

127 7E FNS alarm (tray/trimming)

128 7F FNS alarm (staple)

129 80 Scanner count

130 81 N of ADF special error4 occurred (Not used)

131 82 Store for HDD (Sync. With Copying)

(Not used)

132 83 Store for HDD (SRVmode Scan → HDD)

(Not used)

133 84 Store for PC (SRVmode Scan → PC)

(Not used)

134 85 Store for PC (SRVmode HDD → PC)

(Not used)

135 86 Recall from HDD (SRVmode HDD) (Not used)

136 87 Recall from PC (SRVmode PC) (Not used)

137 88 Image edit count by SRV

138 89 Wide paper count (A3W) or (11 x 17R)

139 8A Wide paper count (A4W) or (8.5 x 11W)

140 8B Wide paper count (A4WR) or (8.5 x 11RW)

141 8C Wide paper count (A5W) or (5.5 x 8.5W)

142 8D Wide paper count (Others)

143 8E Punch

144 8F Z-Folding (Not used)

145 90 —

146 91 MixPlex (1 side)

147 92 MixPlex (2 side)

148 93 ADF original-thin

149 94

150 95

151 96

152 97

153 98

154 99

155 9A

156 9B

157 9C

158 9D

159 9E

160 9F

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)




1-33

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(7) Data collection No. 8-2: Count of each copy mode (2)

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)


1 00 ACS

2 01 Full color

3 02 Monochrome

4 03 Mono color (Y)

5 04 Mono color (M)

6 05 Mono color (C)

7 06 Mono color (R)

8 07 Mono color (G)

9 08 Mono color (B)

10 09 DF thick paper

11 0A DF thin paper

12 0B Original type: Printed paper

13 0C Original type: Photo paper

14 0D Original type: Copied paper

15 0E Original type: Inkjet paper

16 0F Original type: Pencil

17 10 Original type: Newspaper

18 11 Screen: Line screen/Smooth tone

19 12 Screen: Line screen/High resolution

20 13 Screen: Dot screen/Smooth tone

21 14 Screen: Dot screen/High resolution

22 15 Screen: High compression

23 16 Gloss mode

24 17 Density shift

25 18 Background adjustment

26 19 Red adjust

27 1A Green adjust

28 1B Blue adjust

29 1C Hue adjustment

30 1D Saturation adjustment

31 1E Brightness adjustment

32 1F Color balance adjustment

33 20 Sharpness adjustment

34 21 Contrast adjustment

35 22 Image judge adjustment

36 23 Paper Type: Normal paper

37 24 Paper Type: Recycle paper

38 25 Paper Type: Color paper

39 26 Paper Type: High quality paper

40 27 Paper Type: Coated paper

41 28 Paper Type: Tab paper

42 29 Paper Type: Color specific paper

43 2A Paper Type: Exclusive paper A



1-34

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

44 2B Paper Type: Exclusive paper B

45 2C Paper Type: Exclusive paper C

46 2D Paper Type: Exclusive paper D

47 2E Paper Weight: 1

48 2F Paper Weight: 2

49 30 Paper Weight: 3




53 34 Multi page enlargement

54 35 Main Tray: Face up

55 36 N of no toner stop occurred (Y)

56 37 N of no toner stop occurred (M)

57 38 N of no toner stop occurred (C)

58 39 N of no toner stop occurred (K)

59 3A N of toner recovery box is full

60 3B N of color regist. auto. adj. Counts 1 per every correction operation

61 3C N of auto stability control Counts 1 per every correction operation

62 3D —

63 3E —

64 3F —

65 40 OFF mode time Sum of the OFF mode time (unit: minute)

66 41 ON time of heater (Main body) Sum of the time the heater is on (unit: minute)

67 42 ON time of heater (tray 4) Sum of the time the LCT heater is on (unit: minute)

68 43 Polygon motor operation time Sum of the time the polygon motor is on (unit: minute)

69 44 Develop motor ope. time (color) Sum of the time the developing motor

(color) operates (unit: minute)

70 45 Develop motor ope. time (black) Sum of the time the developing motor

(black) operates (unit: minute)

71 46 ON time of PCL (color) Sum of the time the PCL (color) is on

(unit: minute)

72 47 ON time of PCL (black) Sum of the time the PCL (black) is on

(unit: minute)

73 48 Operation time in Scanner motor Sum of the time the scanner motor oper-

ates (unit: minute)

74 49 Time while power (ADF) Sum of the time the 24V is applied to the

ADF (unit: minute)

75 4A —

76 4B —

77 4C —

78 4D Number of the executions of the toner

refresh Y (auto)

1 count for each execution

79 4E Number of the executions of the toner

refresh M (auto)


NO KRDSParameter

(F1)




1-35

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1


80 4F Number of the executions of the toner

refresh C (auto)


81 50 Number of the executions of the toner

refresh K (auto)


82 51 Number of the manual executions of the

toner refresh


83 52 Number of the executions of the filming

recovery mode


84 53 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper E

85 54 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper F

86 55 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper G

87 56 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper H

88 57 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper I

89 58 Paper type selection: Exclusive paper J

NO KRDSParameter

(F1)




1-36

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(8) Data collection No. 9: SC occurrence count/

No. 11: Sectional SC occurrence count

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section

1 00 SC10-10 Communicationabnormality

2 01 SC13-01 Paper feed motor abnormality3 02 SC13-02

4 03 SC18-01 Paper feed tray abnormality5 04 SC18-02

6 05 SC18-03

7 06 SC18-04

8 07 SC18-50 LT abnormality

9 08 SC18-51

10 09 SC18-60

11 0A SC18-61

12 0B SC18-70

13 0C SC18-71

14 0D SC20-10 Communicationabnormality15 0E SC20-11

16 0F SC20-12

17 10 SC21-01 PCL abnormality

18 11 SC21-02

19 12 SC21-03

20 13 SC21-04

21 14 SC23-01 Developing motor abnormality22 15 SC23-02

23 16 SC23-03

24 17 SC23-04

25 18 SC23-05 Drum motor abnormality26 19 SC23-06

27 1A SC23-07

28 1B SC23-08

29 1C SC23-09 Transfer belt section abnormality30 1D SC23-10

31 1E SC23-11 Toner supply abnormality

32 1F SC27-01 L-detection abnormality

33 20 SC27-02 L-detection abnormality34 21 SC27-03

35 22 SC27-04

36 23 SC28-01 High voltage abnormality37 24 SC28-02

38 25 SC28-03

39 26 SC28-04

40 27 SC29-01

41 28 SC29-02

42 29 SC29-03

43 2A SC29-04

44 2B SC29-06 Process abnormality45 2C SC29-07

46 2D SC29-08

47 2E SC29-09

48 2F SC29-10

49 30 SC29-11

50 31 SC29-12

51 32 SC29-13

52 33 SC29-14

53 34 SC29-15

54 35 SC29-16

55 36 SC29-17

56 37 SC29-18

57 38 SC29-19

58 39 SC29-20

59 3A SC29-21

60 3B SC29-22

61 3C SC29-23

62 3D SC30-01

63 3E SC30-02

64 3F SC30-10 Communicationabnormality

65 40 SC32-01 Fan abnormality

66 41 SC32-02

67 42 SC32-03

68 43 SC32-04

69 44 SC32-05

70 45 SC32-06

71 46 SC33-01 Motor abnormality72 47 SC33-02

73 48 SC33-03

74 49 SC33-04

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section



1-37

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

75 4A SC34-01 High fixing temperature abnormality

76 4B SC34-02

77 4C SC34-03

78 4D SC34-04

79 4E SC34-05

80 4F SC34-06

81 50 SC34-07

82 51 SC34-08

83 52 SC35-01 Low fixing temperature abnormality

84 53 SC35-02

85 54 SC35-03

86 55 SC35-04

87 56 SC35-05

88 57 SC35-06

89 58 SC36-02 Fixing sensor abnormality90 59 SC36-04

91 5A SC36-05

92 5B SC36-06

93 5C SC36-07

94 5D SC36-08

95 5E SC36-09

96 5F SC36-10

97 60 SC36-11

98 61 SC36-12

99 62 SC38-02

100 63 SC38-03

101 64 SC39-01

102 65 SC41-01 Scanner abnormality

103 66 SC41-02 Write abnormality104 67 SC41-03

105 68 SC41-04

106 69 SC41-05

107 6A SC41-06 Scanner abnormality

108 6B SC41-07 Write abnormality109 6C SC41-08

110 6D SC41-09

111 6E SC41-10

112 6F SC41-11

113 70 SC42-01 Fan abnormality

114 71 SC42-02

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section

115 72 SC45-01 Color registration abnormality116 73 SC45-03

117 74 SC45-07

118 75 SC45-08

119 76 SC45-09

120 77 SC45-10

121 78 SC45-11

122 79 SC45-12

123 7A SC45-20

124 7B SC46-01 Image processing abnormality

125 7C SC46-02

126 7D SC46-03

127 7E SC46-05

128 7F SC46-06

129 80 SC46-07

130 81 SC46-08

131 82 SC46-09

132 83 SC46-11

133 84 SC46-12

134 85 SC46-13

135 86 SC46-14

136 87 SC46-15

137 88 SC46-16

138 89 SC46-17

139 8A SC46-18

140 8B SC46-19

141 8C SC46-21

142 8D SC46-23

143 8E SC46-24

144 8F SC46-25

145 90 SC46-26

146 91 SC46-31

147 92 SC46-32

148 93 SC46-35

149 94 SC46-40

150 95 SC46-41

151 96 SC46-42

152 97 SC46-43

153 98 SC46-58

154 99 SC46-59

155 9A SC46-62

156 9B SC46-63

157 9C SC46-64

158 9D SC46-66

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section



1-38

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

159 9E SC46-80 Image processing abnormality

160 9F SC46-81

161 A0 SC46-82

162 A1 SC46-83

163 A2 SC46-90

164 A3 SC46-91

165 A4 SC46-98

166 A5 SC46-99

167 A6 SC49-00 Communicationabnormality168 A7 SC49-01

169 A8 SC49-02

170 A9 SC50-01

171 AA SC50-02

172 AB SC50-03

173 AC SC50-04

174 AD SC50-05

175 AE SC50-10

176 AF SC50-11

177 B0 SC52-01 Fan abnormality

178 B1 SC52-02

179 B2 SC52-03

180 B3 SC56-02 Operation board abnormality181 B4 SC56-11

182 B5 SC56-12

183 B6 SC56-13

184 B7 SC60-01 DF abnormality

185 B8 SC61-01

186 B9 SC61-02

187 BA SC61-03

188 BB SC61-04

189 BC SC61-05

190 BD SC61-06

191 BE SC61-07

192 BF SC61-08

193 C0 SC61-09

194 C1 SC61-10

195 C2 SC70-01

196 C3 SC77-01

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section

197 C4 SC77-02 FNS abnormality

198 C5 SC77-03

199 C6 SC77-04

200 C7 SC77-05

201 C8

202 C9 SC77-06

203 CA SC77-07

204 CB SC77-08

205 CC SC77-11

206 CD SC77-12

207 CE SC77-13

208 CF SC77-14

209 D0 SC77-21

210 D1 SC77-22

211 D2 SC77-25

212 D3 SC77-26

213 D4 SC77-31 TU abnormality

214 D5 SC77-32

215 D6 SC77-33

216 D7 SC77-34

217 D8 SC77-35

218 D9 SC77-36

219 DA SC37-37

220 DB SC77-41 PI abnormality

221 DC SC77-42

222 DD

223 DE SC77-43

224 E0 SC77-44 PK abnormality

225 E0 SC77-45 Not used

226 E1 SC77-46



229 E4 SC77-53



232 E7 SC77-56

233 E8 SC77-57

234 E9 SC77-81 FNS abnormality

235 EA SC77-91

236 EB SC77-92

237 EC SC77-98

238 ED SC77-99

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section



1-39

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


239 EE SC80-01 Communication abnormality240 EF SC80-02

241 F0 SC80-03

242 F1 SC80-11 ISW abnormality

243 F2 SC80-21

244 F3 SC80-30

245 F4 SC80-31

246 F5 SC80-32

247 F6 SC80-40 Main body abnormality248 F7 SC89-01

249 F8 SC89-02

250 F9 SC89-03

251 FA SC89-04

252 FB SC32-07 Fan abnormality

253 FC —

254 FD

255 FE

256 FF

257 G0

258 G1

259 G2

260 G3

262 G4

263 G5

264 G6

265 G7

266 G8

267 G9

268 GA

269 GB

270 GC

271 GD

272 GE

NO KRDSParameter

(E0)

SC code Section



1-40

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.7 Parts counter

The following are conducted with respect to each

replacement part: display of copy count used, reset-

ting of count, setting of limit value, and new registra-

tion of replacement parts.

The copy count by parts that need to be replaced

includes the following:

• Count of special parts

• Count of each parts

6.7.1 Count of special parts

When a periodically replaced part is replaced, reset

the counter of the part that has been replaced.

Display the name, part number and the copy count

of a replacement part that has been registered, and

reset the count.

A. Procedure



Press the [5. Parts counter] key.

3. "Parts counter menu screen"

Press the [1. Count of special parts] key.

4. "Parts counter (fixed) screen"

Press the arrow key to select a part that you

want to reset.

5. Press the [Count reset] key.

6. "Parts count reset screen"

Press the [YES] key when resetting the part

count. The part count is reset.

Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Parts counter

menu screen" with the part count not reset.



1-41

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

B. Count of special parts list

NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions

1 00 Toner collection box 65AA-245 *1

2 01 Ozone filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1043

3 02 Deodorant filter (Rear side) 65AA1137

4 03 Dust-proof filter /1 (Right side) 65AA1044

5 04 Dust-proof filter /2 (Rear side) 65AA-142

6 05 Charging dust proof filter 65AA-387

7 06 Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200 *2

8 07 Drum /Y 65AA-219

9 08 Drum cleaning blade /Y 65AA2003

10 09 Lubricant applying unit /Y 65AA-202

11 0A — —

12 0B Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200

13 0C Drum /M 65AA-219

14 0D Drum cleaning blade /M 65AA2003

15 0E Lubricant applying unit /M 65AA-202

16 0F — —

17 10 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200 *2

18 11 Drum /C 65AA-219

19 12 Drum cleaning blade /C 65AA2003

20 13 Lubricant applying unit /C 65AA-202

21 14 — —

22 15 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200 *1

23 16 Drum /K 65AA-219

24 17 Drum cleaning blade /K 65AA2003

25 18 Lubricant applying unit /K 65AA-202

26 19 — —

27 1A Charging corona /Y 65AA-250 *2

28 1B Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252

29 1C Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507

30 1D Charging corona /M 65AA-250

31 1E Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252

32 1F Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507

33 20 Charging corona /C 65AA-250

34 21 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252

35 22 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507

36 23 Charging corona /K 65AA-250 *1

37 24 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252

38 25 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507

39 26 Transfer belt unit Old type:

65AA-260

New type:

65LA-260

40 27 Transfer belt 65AA2642



1-42

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

41 28 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612 *2

42 29 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612

43 2A 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612

44 2B 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604 *1

45 2C 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611

46 2D Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287

47 2E Transfer belt cleaning

unit

Old type:

65AA-275

New type:

65LA-275

48 2F Belt cleaning brush unit Old type:

65AA-288

New type:

65LA-288

49 30 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293

50 31 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630

51 32 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501

52 33 Separation discharging

unit

65AA-452

53 34 Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573

54 35 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301

55 36 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302

56 37 Developer /Y (Page) Old type:

65AA3079

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079

*2

57 38 Developer /M (Page) 6Old type:

65AA3080

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080

58 39 Developer /C (Page) Old type:

65AA3081

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081

59 3A Developer /K (Page) Old type:

65AA3082

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082

*1

60 3B Developing unit /Y 65AA-300 *2

61 3C Developing unit /M 65AA-300

62 3D Developing unit /C 65AA-300

63 3E Developing unit /K 65AA-300 *1

NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions



1-43

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

64 3F Developer /Y (Distance) Old type:

65AA3079

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079

Displays developing sleeve travel distance

(in meters)

65 40 Developer /M (Distance) Old type:

65AA3080

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080

66 41 Developer /C (Distance) Old type:

65AA3081

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081

67 42 Developer /K (Distance) Old type:

65AA3082

New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082

68 43 — — —

69 44 FNS tray up/down motor 13QE-115 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit

1 count for each 1 paper exit in staple mode

70 45 FNS stapler /F 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of

the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the

stitch-and-fold modes

71 46 FNS stapler /R 20AK4241 1 count for each paper exit in each of

the 1-staple at front, 2-staple and the

stitch-and-fold modes

72 47 FNS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count for each paper exit at even num-

ber of copies in the sort mode

73 48 FNS exit opening motor 12QR-361 1 count for starting the job of "large size"

(A4R/8.5 x 11R or larger) in the staple

mode, and 1 count for each paper exit

1 count for starting each of the stitch-

and-fold and folding jobs

74 49 FNS folding knife motor 13QJ-502 1 count for each copy exit in each of the

stitch-and-fold and folding and the three-

folding modes

75 4A Bypass gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each A4 / B5 / 8.5 x 11 / 16K

copy exit in the staple mode

76 4B Tri-folding gate SD 12QR-263 1 count for each copy exit in the three-

folding mode

77 4C Pl conveyance clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper

stand78 4D Pl feed roller /A /U 50BA-574

79 4E Pl feed roller /B /U 50BA-575

80 4F Pl reverse roller /U 13QN-443 1 count for each paper feed in PI upper

stand81 50 Pl torque limiter /U 13QN4073

NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions



1-44

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

82 51 Pl conveyance clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each paper feed in PI lower

stand83 52 Pl feed roller /A /L 50BA-574

84 53 Pl feed roller /B /L 50BA-575

85 54 Pl reverse roller /L 13QN-443

86 55 Pl torque limiter /L 13QN4073

87 56 Trimmer blade 13LHK001/002 1 count for each cutter operation

88 57 PK punching unit (2 hole) 14EA/14EF 1 count for each punch operation

89 58 PK punching unit (3 hole) 14EB

90 59 PK punching unit (4 hole) 14EE/14EG

91 5A — — —

92 5B ADF paper feed roller 13YH4064 Original passage count in all modes

93 5C ADF feed roller 13YH4039

94 5D — —

95 5E ADF Dfeed prevention

roller

20AJ4015 Original passage count in all modes

96 5F ADF exit solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the

double side copy mode and the mixing

original mode

97 60 ADF feed clutch 13YH8059 Single side copy mode: 1 count for each

original

Double side copy mode: 3 counts for

each original

98 61 ADF reversal solenoid 20AJ8251 1 count for each original passage in the

double side copy mode and the mixing

original mode

99 62 — — —

100 63 Exposure ON time 65AA8301 Accumulation of on-time (in: minute)

101 64 Sub power switch 65AA8603 1 count each time the sub power switch

turns off the power

102 65 Door SW 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is

opened

103 66 Toner supply door switch 13GG-802 1 count each time the toner supply door

is opened

104 67 Main power SW 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power

switch turns off the power

105 68 Pl regist clutch 13QN8202 1 count each time PI feeds a sheet

106 69 Punch motor 54008004 1 count for each punch operation

107 6A — — —

108 6B Paper exit roller /A 122H4825 1 count for each FNS main tray paper exit

109 6C Intermediate conveyance

roller

13QE4531 1 count for each sheet in each of the

FNS flat stapling, stitch-and-fold, folding

and three-folding modes110 6D Stacking assist roller 20AK4210

111 6E — — —

112 6F Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365 *1

NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions



1-45

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

113 70 Registration cleaning

sheet

65AA462 1 count for each paper exit in the single

side copy mode

2 counts in the double side copy mode

114 71 Ball bearing /U 45407504 *1

115 72 Heat insulating sleeve /U 45405339

116 73 Intermediate convey. clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the single

side copy mode


117 74 Intermediate convey. clutch /2 56AA8201

118 75 Intermediate convey. clutch /3 56AA8201

119 76 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Tray-1) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-

plied from the tray 1





122 79 Feed/Dfeed rubber (Bypass) 25SA4096 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-

plied from the bypass tray

123 7A Registration roller 65AA4601 1 count for each paper exit in the single

side copy mode


124 7B Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251

125 7C Fixing upper lamp /1 65AA8303/

65AF8303

1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-


126 7D Fixing upper lamp /2 65AA8304/

65AF8304

*1

65AA: For Japan and inch area

65EA: For metric area127 7E Fixing lower lamp 65AA8305/

65AF8305

128 7F Fixing temp. sensor /3 65AA-553

129 80 Fixing temp. sensor /4 65AA-554

130 81 Paper feed roller (Tray-1) 56AA-458 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-






133 84 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-


134 85 ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the double

side copy mode (no count is made in the

single side copy mode)

135 86 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201

136 87 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201

137 88 Ball bearing /L 26NA5371 *1

138 89 Heat insulating sleeve /L 65AA5341

139 8A Fixing drive gear 65AA7727

140 8B Decurler roller 65AA4905 1 count for each paper exit in the single

side copy mode


NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions



1-46

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


*1 Count in all color modes

25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit

in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in

the double side copy mode

= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in

the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the

double side copy mode

*2 Count only in full color or single color mode

25DIPSW8-6 = 0: 1 count for each paper exit

in the single side copy mode, and 2 counts in

the double side copy mode

= 1: 2 counts for each large size paper exit in

the single side copy mode, and 4 counts in the

double side copy mode

141 8C LCT paper feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-

plied from the LCT142 8D LCT feed/Dfeed roller 55VA-483

143 8E LCT feed clutch 56AA8201

144 8F LCT pre-registration clutch 56AA8201

145 90 Paper feed clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-

plied from the tray 1146 91 Pre-regist. clutch (Tray-1) 56AA8201





151 96 Paper feed clutch

(Bypass)

56AA8202 1 count for each paper exit of paper sup-


152 97 Transfer earth plate unit 65AA-456 1 count for each paper exit in the single

side copy mode


153 98 Center fixing temp. sensor /U 65AA8801 *1

154 99 Center fixing temp. sensor /L 65AA8802

155 100 Paper exit guide roller /2

(New type only)

65AA4818

156 101 Paper exit roller

(New type only)

65LA4808

157 102 Paper exit roller /U

(New type only)

65LA5343

NO KRDS

Parameter

(F1)

Parts name P/N

(Parts No.)

Count conditions



1-47

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.7.2 Count of each parts

This is used when you want to control the part

counter.

Set the part name, part number and the limit value,

and display and reset the copy count.

Up to 30 data from No. 01 to No. 30 can be set. A

count is taken for each passage of paper, regard-

less of the paper size.

Reference:

• When the copy count is in excess of a limit

value, an asterisk [*] is shown to the left of No.

A. Setting of each replacement part and dis-

play of the copy count

(1) Procedure

B. Resetting of each replacement part

(1) Procedure





Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.

4. "Copy count of each part screen"

Press the arrow key to select a number you

want to set or change.

5. Press one of the [Parts name setting], [P/N

setting] and [Limit setting] key.

6. Press an item you want to set or change out of

the [Parts name setting], [P/N setting] and

[Limit setting] key, and enter it with the alpha-

numeric keys.

• [Part name setting]: Enter a part name (8 digits

in alphanumeric)

• [P/N setting]: Enter a part number (9 digits in

alphanumeric)

• [Limit setting]: Limit value (8 digits in numeric)

7. Press the [OK] key to update the data.


changed, press the [CANCEL] key.





Press the [2. Count of each parts] key.

4. "Count of each part screen"

Press the arrow key to select a number you

want to set or change.

5. Press the [COUNT RESET] key.

6. "Parts count reset screen"

Press the [YES] key when resetting a part

count. This resets the part counter.

Pressing the [NO] key returns to "Count of

each part" with the part count not reset.



1-48

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

C. Relationship between each data No. and

KRDS parameter

NO PARTS NAME P/N COUNT LIMIT

1 Z4:00 Z3:00 G0:00 H0:00

2 Z4:01 Z3:01 G0:01 H0:01

3 Z4:02 Z3:02 G0:02 H0:02

4 Z4:03 Z3:03 G0:03 H0:03

5 Z4:04 Z3:04 G0:04 H0:04

6 Z4:05 Z3:05 G0:05 H0:05

7 Z4:06 Z3:06 G0:06 H0:06

8 Z4:07 Z3:07 G0:07 H0:07

9 Z4:08 Z3:08 G0:08 H0:08

10 Z4:09 Z3:09 G0:09 H0:09

11 Z4:0A Z3:0A G0:0A H0:0A

12 Z4:0B Z3:0B G0:0B H0:0B

13 Z4:0C Z3:0C G0:0C H0:0C

14 Z4:0D Z3:0D G0:0D H0:0D

15 Z4:0E Z3:0E G0:0E H0:0E

16 Z4:0F Z3:0F G0:0F H0:0F

17 Z4:10 Z3:10 G0:10 H0:10

18 Z4:11 Z3:11 G0:11 H0:11

19 Z4:12 Z3:12 G0:12 H0:12

20 Z4:13 Z3:13 G0:13 H0:13

21 Z4:14 Z3:14 G0:14 H0:14

22 Z4:15 Z3:15 G0:15 H0:15

23 Z4:16 Z3:16 G0:16 H0:16

24 Z4:17 Z3:17 G0:17 H0:17

25 Z4:18 Z3:18 G0:18 H0:18

26 Z4:19 Z3:19 G0:19 H0:19

27 Z4:1A Z3:1A G0:1A H0:1A

28 Z4:1B Z3:1B G0:1B H0:1B

29 Z4:1C Z3:1C G0:1C H0:1C

30 Z4:1D Z3:1D G0:1D H0:1D



1-49

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.8 Password setting

Set the following passwords.

• Key operator password (4 digits): Password

used to enter the key operator mode.

• EKC master key code (8 digits): Password

required when entering various EKC setting

modes.

• Weekly timer password (4 digits): Password

required when entering various weekly timer set-

ting modes.

Note:

• A password can be set only when the set-

ting for use of the weekly timer is set to

"Use" in the key operator mode.

A. Procedure

Note:

• Setting "0000" for the key operator password

and the weekly timer password allows you to

use each mode with no password.

6.9 Telephone number setting

Set the customer support center telephone and FAX

numbers that are used in an emergency for a ser-

vice call and shown on the basic screen for help.

A. Procedure

Note:

• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure

to use hyphens to fill up the blanks.



Press the [6. Password setting] key.

3. "Password setting mode screen"

Press the key of an item you want to set.

• Key operator password (4 digits)

• EKC master key code (8 digits)

• Weekly timer password (4 digits)

4. Enter a new password through the numeric

keys.






Press the [7. Telephone number setting] key.

3. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"

Press either of the [Service centre Telephone

number (16 digits)] and [Service centre FAX

number (16)] keys that you want to set.

4. Enter a TEL or FAX number through the

numeric keys.






1-50

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

6.10 M/C serial number setting

Display and set the serial numbers of the main body

and options.

A. Procedure

Note:

• The serial number of the main body cannot be

changed.

6.11 Indication of ROM version

Display the ROM versions of the main body and the

option and a product number that discriminates a

new ROM from an old ROM.

A. Procedure

6.12 KRDS setting

See the "KRDS manual."

6.13 ISW

See chapter "Service tools."



Press the [8. M/C serial number setting] key.

3. "Serial number setting mode screen"

Press the key of an item you want to set and

enter a serial number through the alphanu-

meric keys.


5. To invalidate the setting that you have




Press the [9. Indication of ROM version] key.

3. "Indication of ROM version screen"

Each ROM version and product number are

displayed.

Note:

• * varies according to the destination.



Old type New type

Image control I 65AA 65LA

Printer control C 65AA 65LA

Operation O 65A* 65L*

Finisher N 20AK 20GA



1-51

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6.14 Setting date input

Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis-

played on the LCD in the P function.

A. Procedure

6.15 Board change mode

When changing any of the following four types of

boards, be sure to set the serial number of the main

body in this setting.

• OPERATION (operation board /1)

• OVERALL CB (overall control board)

• NVRAM (memory board)

• PRINTER (printer control board)

Note:

• The number of boards that can be replaced at

the same time is restricted only to two boards.

A. Procedure



Press the [12.Setting date input] key.

3. "Setting date input screen"

Enter an installation date through the numeric

keys.


5. To invalidate the setting that you have




Press the [13. Board change mode] key.

3. "Board change mode screen"

Select a key of the board that you have

replaced a part.

4. "Serial number input screen"

Enter the serial number of the main body

through the alphanumeric keys.






1-52

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

7. 36 MODE

7.1 Setting method

This machine is provided with the 36 mode to make

various adjustment in this mode.

A. Procedure

7.2 Process adjustment

Make various adjustments around the process.

A. Procedure

1. With the main power switch (SW1) left ON,

turn OFF the sub power switch (SW2).

2. Turn ON the SW2 while pressing the numeric

buttons 3 and 6 at the same time. The "36

mode menu screen" is shown.

At this point, the machine enters the 36 mode

with the normal copy operation unavailable.

3. Press the item key on the liquid crystal display

(LCD) to show a setting screen of each item.

4. Confirm the details of input in the setting

screen of each item.

5. Turn OFF the SW2 to release the 36 mode.

6. New data will be effective after restarting.



Press the [1. Process adjustment] key.

3. "Process adjustment mode menu screen"

For the process adjustment, there are the fol-

lowing items provided:

[1. High voltage adjustment]

[2. Drum peculiarity adjustment]

[3. Sensor output adjustment]

[4. Exclusive paper setting]

[5. Recall standard data]

4. Press the key of an item you want to adjust.


from each of the adjustment screen to the

"Process adjustment menu screen."



1-53

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.2.1 High voltage adjustment

For the high voltage adjustment, the following items

are provided. However, be sure not to conduct a

high voltage adjustment in the field.

[1. 1st transfer manual adj.]

[2. 2nd transfer manual adj.]

[3. HV adjustment (Separation AC)]

[4. HV adjustment (Separation DC)]

[5. Pre-transfer guide HV check]

7.2.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment

Conduct the blade setting, charging potential cor-

rection, gamma, developer charge, L-detection

adjustment and the initial drum rotation.

A. Procedure

(1) Blade setting mode

Perform this adjustment when changing the belt

cleaning blade or the transfer belt. In this mode,

apply toner onto the transfer belt then clean with the

belt cleaning blade. This prevents the damages of

the transfer belt and the belt cleaning blade.

a. Procedure




3. "Process adjustment menu screen"

Press the [2. Drum peculiarity adjustment] key.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen"

For the drum peculiarity adjustment, the follow-

ing items are provided:

[1. Blade setting mode]

[2. Automatic drum potential adj.]

[3. Automatic gamma adjustment]

[4. LD bias adjustment]

[5. Automatic developer charge]

[6. L-detect initial auto. adj.]

[7. Initial drum rotation]



from each of the adjustment screens to the

"Drum peculiarity adjustment menu screen.







Press [1. Blade setting mode] key.

5. "Blade setting mode screen"

Press the [Start] key. This process completes

in about 15 seconds and complete message is

shown on the screen.


to the "Drum peculiarity adjustment menu

screen."



1-54

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

(2) Automatic drum potential adjustment

Measure the charging potential of each drum of Y,

M, C and K to adjust automatically the developing

bias value and the charging voltage.

This adjustment is not necessary because of the

automatic gamma adjustment contain this adjust-

ment.

a. Procedure

(3) Automatic gamma adjustment

The gamma adjustment is performed automatically.

This adjustment can be shown in the key operator

mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.

a. Procedure







Press [2. Automatic drum potential adjustment]

key.

5. "Automatic drum potential adjustment screen"


in about 20 seconds and the charging potential

is displayed for each line speed (1/1 speed, 1/

2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each color (Y,

M, C and K) on the screen, with an exit mes-

sage shown.



screen."







Press the [3. Automatic gamma adjustment]

key.

5. "Automatic gamma adjustment 0 screen"

There are 8 kinds of the gamma adjustment (0

to 7). However, conduct "Gamma auto adjust-

ment 0" in the field.

"Automatic gamma adjustment 0": Perform the

Dmax density adjustment, dot diameter adjust-

ment, automatic drum potential adjustment,

and the gamma adjustment. The developing

bias value is shown for each line speed (1/1

speed, 1/2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each

color (Y, M, C and K) with a complete mes-

sage.


in about 2.5 minutes and the developing bias

value is displayed for each line speed (1/1

speed, 1/ 2 speed and 1/3 speed) and for each

color (Y, M, C and K) on the screen with a com-

plete message.

Note:

• When an abnormality occurs, an error code

is displayed. Correct the error referring to

the following.

Error 1: The gamma correction is unavailable

due to the abnormal gamma sensor

output. When an error occurs,

machine is controlled by using a

correction value previously used.



screen."



1-55

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(4) LD bias adjustment

Perform this adjustment when replacing the write

unit.

Note:

• Do not perform this adjustment except when

replacing the write unit.

a. Procedure

1. Read the numeric value on the bar code

labeled [1] on the replacing write unit.







Press the [4. LD bias adjustment] key.

8050fs1025[1]

6. "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1) screen"

For the LD bias adjustment, the following items

are provided. Press the arrow key to select the

color of the write unit you just replaced.

• "LD bias adjustment Y (LS 1/1)"



• "LD bias adjustment M (LS 1/1)"



• "LD bias adjustment C (LS 1/1)"



• "LD bias adjustment K (LS 1/1)"



7. Enter the numeric value on the bar code

labeled on the replacing write unit through the

numeric keys and press the [SET] key.

Note:

• Be sure to enter the same numeric value in

LS 1/1, LS 1/2, and LS 1/3.



screen."



1-56

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(5) Automatic developer charge

In this mode, after discharging developer from the

developing unit manually, a new developer is auto-

matically charged.

Note:

• Do not open the upper cover of the develop-

ing unit. Otherwise, dust gets in the unit caus-

ing image failure.

a. Procedure

1. Open the toner supply section.

2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the

developer charging plate [3] provided inside

the toner supply section [2]. Remove 2 screws

[4] and then remove the developer charging

funnel /L [5].

[2]

[3] [5]

[4][1]

8050fs1002

3. Set the developer charging plate /L [2] to the

shoulder screws [1] provided above the devel-

oping unit of a color the developer of which is

changed.

[2]

[1]

[2]

[1]

8050fs1003



1-57

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

4. Set the developer charging funnel /L [2] to the

developer charging plate [1].

Note:

• Be sure to attach the tip of the developer

charging funnel /L [2] securely to the toner

supply opening [3].

5. Set the developer charging funnel /U [2] pack-

aged together with developer to the developer

charging funnel /L [1].

Note:

• The developer charge funnel /U [2] is pack-

aged together with each developer. So, be

sure to avoid its reuse.


[1]

[3] [2] 8050fs1004

[1] [2] 8050fs1005






Press the [5. Automatic developer charge] key.

10. "Automatic developer charge Y screen"

Press the arrow key to select the color of

developer you want to charge.

For the automatic developer charge, the fol-

lowing items are provided:

• Automatic developer charge Y

• Automatic developer charge M

• Automatic developer charge C

• Automatic developer charge K

11. Press the [Start] key to introduce a new devel-

oper into the developer charging funnel /U.

12.Make sure that the developer has been

charged successfully before pressing the

[CANCEL] key.

13.When charging another developer, repeat

steps 3 to 11.



screen."

15. Return the installed parts back to their original

positions.

Note:

• After completion of this adjustment, be sure

to perform the L-detect initial auto. adjust-

ment. If printing is started without perform-

ing the L-detect initial auto. adjustment, a

proper image density cannot be obtained,

thus resulting in the change of developer

again.



1-58

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(6) L-detect initial automatic adjustment

Be sure to conduct this adjustment after a new

developer is charged.

Note:

• Do not print without conducting the L-detect

initial auto. adjustment. Otherwise, a proper

image density cannot be obtained, thus

resulting in the change of developer again.

a. Procedure

(7) Initial drum rotation

When remove the drum cartridge, be sure to con-

duct this operation to securely set the drum cou-

pling.

a. Procedure







Press the [6. L-detect initial auto. adjustment]

key.

5. "L-detect initial auto. adj. ALL screen"

Press the arrow key to select the color of a

developer that has been newly charged, and

then press the [Start] key.

For the L-detect initial auto. adj., the following

items are provided:

• L-detect initial auto. adj. All: Conduct all colors

of Y, M,C and K.

• L-detect initial auto. adj. YMC: Conduct Y, M

and C only.

• L-detect initial auto. adj. K: Conduct K only.

• L-detect initial auto. adj. Y: Conduct Y only.

• L-detect initial auto. adj. M: Conduct M only.

• L-detect initial auto. adj. C: Conduct C only.

6. A message "Completed" is displayed.



screen."







Press the [7. Initial drum rotation] key.

5. "Initial drum rotation screen"


in about 10 seconds and complete message is

shown on the screen.



screen."



1-59

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

7.2.3 Sensor output check

For the sensor output check, the following items are

provided; however, do not conduct them in the field:

[1. Surface potential sensor output]

[2. Max. density sensor output]

[3. Gamma sensor output]

7.2.4 Exclusive paper setting

This setting is used when the user cannot obtain the

satisfactory results of transfer, separation or fixing

with the standard setting due to a special paper

being used.

This setting is applicable when [Exclusive paper A

to J] is selected in the key operator mode [Paper

type/ Special paper size set].

In default, the following paper data is entered for

each destination area.

• For Japan: 80 g/m2 color specified paper

• For inch area: 105 g/m2 color specified paper

• For metric area: 90 g/m2 color specified paper

Note:

• When setting data, be sure to follow the

instructions given by Konica Minolta Technol-

ogy Support Section.

A. Procedure





Press the [4. Exclusive paper setting] key.

4. "User paper setting menu screen"

For the user paper setting menu, the following

items are provided which correspond to the

setting key of the same name in the key opera-

tor mode.

[1. Exclusive paper A setting]

[2. Exclusive paper B setting]

[3. Exclusive paper C setting]

[4. Exclusive paper D setting]

[5. Exclusive paper E setting]

[6. Exclusive paper F setting]

[7. Exclusive paper G setting]

[8. Exclusive paper H setting]

[9. Exclusive paper I setting]

[10. Exclusive paper J setting]



1-60

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

5. For setting, press the key of an item you want

to set. Set the following 12 types of setting for

each exclusive paper A to J.

• 2nd transfer offset Side 1

Change the 2nd transfer current for 1-sided

mode.

+ direction: decrease current value

- direction: increase current value

• 2nd transfer offset Side 2

Change the 2nd transfer current for 2-sided

mode.

+ direction: decrease current value

- direction: increase current value

• Separation AC offset Side 1

Change the separation AC current for 1-sided

mode.

+ direction: increase current value up

- direction: decrease current value down

• Separation AC offset Side 2

Change the separation AC current for 2-sided

copy mode.



• Separation DC offset Side 1

Change the separation DC current for 1-sided

copy mode.



• Separation DC offset Side 2

Change the separation DC current for 2-sided

copy mode.



• Fixing (U) roller temp (idle) *1

Change the fixing upper roller control tempera-

ture while in the idling.

Setting range: 0 to 255 (unit: °C)

• Fixing (U) roller temp (print) *1

Change the fixing upper roller control tempera-

ture while in the printing.


• Fixing (L) roller temp (idle) *1

Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-

ture while in the idling.


• Fixing (L) roller temp (print) *1

Change the fixing lower roller control tempera-

ture while in the printing.


• Fixing (U and L) roller temp. difference

Change the control temperature difference

between fixing upper and lower rollers from

print start to 20th print.

Setting range: 0 (1°C) to 255 (256°C)

• Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width <

261 mm

Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller

edge heater when printing paper less than 261

mm width (main scan direction). If it is lowered,

the paper edge crease is improved, however,

do not lower more than 10°C from the default

(215°C). Fixing related SC may occur.


• Compulsion off (upper heater) paper width >=

261 mm

Temperature to turn off the fixing upper roller

edge heater when printing paper 261 mm or

more width (main scan direction). If it is low-

ered, the paper edge crease is improved, how-

ever, do not lower more than 10°C from the

default (235°C). Fixing related SC may occur.


• Line speed

Select from 1/1, 1/2 and 1/3.

• CPM down

Widen paper intervals without changing the line

speed and make the print speed 1/2 to prevent

tacking.

• LCT fan

ON/OFF setting of LCT paper feed assist fan.

*1 For safety reasons, there is a temperature

limit. The temperature limit changes accord-

ing to other setting values.


to the "User paper setting menu screen."



1-61

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.2.5 Recall standard data

Reset the adjusted set values of process adjust-

ment to the standard data. (factory default data)

Note:

• Data for automatic drum potential, automatic

gamma, L-detect initial auto. and exclusive

paper setting adjustment cannot be reset to

the standard data.

A. Procedure





Press the [5. Recall standard data] key.

4. "Recall standard data: Process adjustment

screen"

Press the [YES] key when recalling the stan-

dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or the [PRE-

VIOUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Process

adjustment menu screen" without recalling the

standard data.



1-62

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.3 Image adjustment

Conduct various image adjustments.

A. Procedure

7.3.1 Magnification adjustment

Adjust various magnifications.

A. Procedure



Press the [2. Image adjustment] key.

3. "Image adjustment menu screen"

For the image adjustment, the following items

are provided:

[1. Magnification adjustment]

[2. Timing adjustment]

[3. RADF adjustment]

[4. Centring adjustment]

[5. Non-image area erase check]





"Image adjustment menu screen."





Press the [1. Magnification adjustment] key.

4. "Magnification adjustment menu screen"

For the magnification adjustment, the following

items are provided:

[1. Printer vertical mag.adj.]

[2. Printer horizontal mag.adj.]

[3. Scanner vertical mag.adj.]

[4. Belt line speed adjustment]

[5. Fixing line speed adjustment]




"Magnification adjustment menu screen."



1-63

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(1) Printer vertical magnification adjustment

Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-

tem.

This adjustment changes the line speed of the reg-

istration roller, drum, transfer belt and the fixing.


mode by setting the DIPSW12-1 to 1.

Note:

• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-

ment, the following two methods are avail-

able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment

is made.


Used when the vertical magnification has

been changed due to the wear of the regis-

tration roller or the heat shrinkage of

paper.

(2) Belt line speed adjustment


been changed due to causes other than

the above.

• In default, the printer vertical magnification

adjustment on side 2 is not reflected to the

image. When adjusting the vertical magnifica-

tion on side 2, use the memory switch in the

key operator mode to turn ON side 2 drum

clock adjustment mode. However, since the

line speed is switched for each image creation

process on side 1 and side 2, the print speed

is reduced to about 1/4.

a. Procedure







Press the [1. Printer vertical mag. adj.] key.

5. "Printer vertical mag. adjustment screen"

Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the

START button to output a test pattern (No. 16).

7. Measure the vertical magnification with a scale.

• Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)

Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm

8. When the value is not within the standard,

press the C button while pressing the P button.

9. "Printer vertical magnification adjustment

screen"

For the printer vertical magnification adjustment, the

following items are provided. Press the [NEXT

ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUSTMENT]

key to select an item you want to adjust.

• "Printer vertical mag. adjustment": Side 1 and

side 2 are adjusted at the same time.

Setting range: -300 to +300, 1 step = 0.01%

• "Tray 1 offset (ADU)": Tray 1 side 2 adjustment






• "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2

adjustment


• "Back tray 4 offset": LCT side 2 adjustment


10. Enter a numeric value through the numeric

keys and press the [SET] key.

11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the standard value

can be obtained.

205.7 1

8050fs1006



1-64

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(2) Printer horizontal magnification adjustment

Adjust the horizontal magnification of the printer

system.

This adjustment changes the horizontal magnifica-

tion in image processing prior to the laser exposure.



a. Procedure


to the "Magnification adjustment menu

screen."







Press the [2. Printer horizontal magnification

adjustment] key.

5. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment

screen"




7. Measure the horizontal magnification with a

scale.


Within ± 1 mm against 190 mm

190 8050fs1007



9. "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment

screen"

For the printer horizontal magnification adjust-

ment, the following items are provided. Press

the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS

ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want

to adjust.

• "Printer horizontal magnification adjustment":

Side 1 and side 2 are adjusted at the same

time.








• "Bypass tray offset (ADU)": Bypass tray side 2

adjustment


• "Tray 4 offset (ADU)": LCT side 2 adjustment





can be obtained.



screen."



1-65

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(3) Scanner vertical magnification adjustment

Adjust the vertical magnification of the scanner sys-

tem.

This adjustment changes the scan speed.



a. Procedure


Adjust the vertical magnification of the printer sys-

tem.

This adjustment charges line speed of the transfer

belt.

Note:

• For the printer vertical magnification adjust-

ment, the following two methods are avail-

able. Be sure to take care when an adjustment

is made.



been changed due to the wear of the regis-

tration roller or the heat shrinkage of

paper.



been changed due to causes other than

the above.

a. Procedure







Press the [3. Scanner vertical mag. adj.] key.

5. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen"



START button with a test chart set to the origi-

nal glass.

7. Measure the vertical magnification with a

scale.


Within ± 1 mm against 200 mm

8. When the value is not within to the standard,


9. "Scanner vertical mag. adjustment screen"

Enter a numeric value through the numeric


• Setting range: -40 to +40, 1 step = 0.05%


can be obtained.

200 8050fs1008



screen."







Press the [4. Belt line speed adjustment] key.

5. "Belt line speed adjustment screen"






1-66

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

(5) Fixing line speed adjustment

When replacing the fixing roller /U, /L and transfer

belt, use this adjustment method to adjust the fixing

roller line speed.

These parts are made from rubber. Accordingly,

every parts has different diameter and thickness,

they must be adjusted for each one.

When the fixing line speed is faster than the transfer

belt, the vertical magnification gets large, thus

resulting in a transfer jitter. When it is slower than

the transfer belt, the trailing edge of the image gets

soiled or the toner scattering occurs.

Note:

• When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper

for fixing speed adjustment" (P/N 65AA-991*).

Otherwise, the fixing line speed cannot be

accurately adjusted.

• Be sure to conduct this adjustment after

checking to see if the key operator mode

memory switch [No. 52: Time lag to switch

tray] is set to "Short."

When the switch is set to "Standard," change

it to "Short" before conducting this adjust-

ment. After completion of the adjustment, be

sure to bring it back to "Standard." When con-

ducting this adjustment with the switch set to

"Standard," 8 sheets of test pattern may not

be output.

a. Procedure

7. Measure the vertical magnification with a

scale.


Within ± 1 mm against 205.7 mm

8. If the specification is not satisfied, press the C

button while pressing the P button.

9. "Belt line speed adjustment screen"



• Setting range: -100 to +100, 1 step = 0.01%

10.Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value

can be obtained.



screen."

205.7 1

8050fs1006







Press the [5. Fixing line speed adjustment]

key.

5. "Set the cyan density screen"

Press the [DENSITY] key.



1-67

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

6. With the fixing adjustment paper set to the

bypass tray, press the START button to output

a test pattern.

Based on a cyan half-tone, a test pattern is

output.

Note:

• When adjusting it, be sure to use the "paper

for fixing speed adjustment." Otherwise, it

cannot be accurately adjusted.

7. Compare the fixing adjustment density patches

(upper and lower limit samples of density that

are packed with the "paper for fixing speed

adjustment") with the cyan density of the out-

putted paper, and check to see if the cyan den-

sity of the output paper is within the limit of the

fixing density standard patches.

Note:

• An accurate adjustment is available only

when the density is correctly set.

8. When it is not within the limit, press the C but-

ton while pressing the P button.




• Setting range: 0 to 255

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the density ges inside

the limit.


Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.

12. "Push [Sample] and print 8 sheets screen"

Press the [8 SAMPLES] key.

13.With 8 sheets of the fixing adjustment paper

set to the bypass tray, press the START button

to output a test pattern.

Note:

• Be sure to conduct this operation with the

copy count set to 1.

14. The fixing roller line speed varies automatically

at intervals of about 25 seconds to output 8

sheets of test pattern based on a cyanic half

tone.

15.With a pen, write serial numbers from 1 to 8 on

the output sheets in order of the paper exit

(bottom to top).

16. Comparing the output image on the first sheet

with the remaining 7 output sheets, find the

next greatest number in which the distance

between the magenta line at the lead edge and

the first black line at the trail edge (10 lines at

intervals of 1 mm) becomes greater than 1 mm

longer.

Note:

• The image does not stretch gradually for

each output sheet. It suddenly stretches at a

certain sheet. Therefore, be sure to measure

each sheet in order of output.

17. Press the C button while pressing the P button.


Enter the number of the output sheet that

stretches 1 mm through the numeric keys and

press the [SET] key.



screen."

8050fs1009



1-68

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.3.2 Timing adjustment

Adjust various timings.

A. Procedure

(1) Printer lead edge timing adjustment

Adjust the lead edge timing.

This adjustment changes the paper restart timing

from the registration roller.


mode by setting DIPSW12-1 to 1.

Note:

• Be sure the printer vertical magnification has

been adjusted.

a. Procedure





Press the [2. Timing adjustment] key.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"

For the timing adjustment, the following items

are provided:

[1. Printer lead edge timing adj.]

[2. Printer registration loop adj.]

[3. Printer pre-registration adj.]

[4. Printer erasure amount adj.]

[5. Scanner re-start timing adj.]

[6. RADF registration loop adj.]

[7. Writing unit skew initial adj.]

[8. Auto. color registration adj.]

[9. Color registration manual adj.]




"Timing adjustment menu screen."






4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"

Press the [1. Printer lead edge timing adj.] key.



1-69

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

(2) Printer registration loop adjustment

Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration

roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or

paper jamming in the registration section.



a. Procedure

5. "Lead edge timing (Tray 1) screen"

For the printer lead edge timing adjustment,

the following items are provided. Press the

[NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS

ADJUSTMENT] key to select an item you want

to adjust.

• "Lead edge timing (Tray 1)"



• "Lead edge timing (Bypass)"


• "Lead edge timing (ADU)"

• "Tray large size normal paper offset"

• "Tray large size thick paper offset"

• "Tray small size normal paper offset"

• "Tray small size thick paper offset"

• "Bypass large size normal paper offset"

• "Bypass large size thick paper offset"

• "Bypass small size normal paper offset"

• "Bypass small size thick paper offset"

• "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)"

• "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"

• "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)"

• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)"

Note:

• Large size: 300 mm or more in length in the

paper feed direction

• Small size: 300 mm or less in length in the


• Thick Paper: 106 g/m2 or more



7. Press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

8. Set the copy setting according to the item

adjusted and press the START button to output

a test pattern (No. 16).

9. Measure the lead edge timing with a scale.

• Standard value: 20 mm ± 0.5 mm

10.When the value is not within the standard,


11. "Printer lead edge timing screen"



• Setting range: -60 to +60, 1 step = 0.1 mm

12. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is

obtained.


to the "Timing adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [2. Printer registration loop adj.] key.

20

8050fs1010



1-70

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(3) Printer pre-registration adjustment

Adjust the paper loop amount in each tray and the

ADU pre-registration roller section to remove paper

skew and wrinkle, or paper jamming in the pre-reg-

istration section.



a. Procedure

5. "Printer registration loop adjustment screen

(Tray 1)"

For the printer registration loop adjustment, the


ADJUSTMENT] key or [PREVIOUS ADJUST-

MENT] key to select an item you want to

adjust.

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 L)"

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Tray 1 S)"





• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass L)"

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Bypass S)"



• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU L)"

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (ADU S)"

• "Printer registration loop adjustment (Thick)"

Note:









8. Set the copy according to the item that has

been adjusted and press the START button to

output a test pattern (No. 16).

9. If the printer registration loop amount is not

appropriate, press the C button while pressing

the P button.

10. "Printer registration loop adj. screen"





obtained.









Press the [3. Printer pre-registration adj.] key.

5. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen (Tray 1)"

For the printer pre-registration adjustment, the




adjust.

• "Printer pre-registration adj. (Tray 1)"




• "Printer pre-registration adj. (ADU)"






9. When the printer pre-registration amount is not


the P button.



1-71

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

(4) Printer erasure amount adjustment

Conduct an erasure amount adjustment.



a. Procedure

(5) Scanner re-start timing adjustment

Adjust re-start timing of original scanning.

In this adjustment, the starting position for reading

while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.



Note:

• Make sure that the printer timing adjustment

has been completed.

a. Procedure

10. "Printer pre-registration adj. screen"



• Setting range: -99 (large) to +99 (small),

1 step = 0.1 mm

11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 until the standard value is obtained.









Press the [4. Printer erasure amount adj.] key.

5. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen"


6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper and press the START

button with a test chart set to the original glass.

7. Check the printer erasure amount.

• Standard value: 3 mm or less



9. "Printer erasure amount adjustment screen"




10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is obtained.









Press the [5. Scanner re-start timing adj.] key.

5. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"




nal glass.

7. Check the scanner re-start timing.




9. "Scanner re-start timing adjustment screen"





obtained.





1-72

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

(6) RADF registration loop adjustment

Adjust the original loop amount in the RADF regis-

tration roller section to remove paper skew and

wrinkle, or paper jamming in the registration sec-

tion.



a. Procedure

(7) Writing unit skew initial adjustment

Note:

• This adjustment is inhibited in the field.







Press the [6. RADF registration loop adj.] key.

5. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"


6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-

ton with a test chart set to the original glass.

7. If the RADF registration loop amount is not


the P button.

8. "RADF registration loop adjustment screen"





obtained.





1-73

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(8) Auto. color registration adjustment

Make this adjustment when there is a color registra-

tion error. The main scan, sub-scan, horizontal

magnification and the skew of color registration

error are automatically adjusted.



Note:

• This auto. color registration adjustment has a

larger correction area than that of the color

registration auto correction in the user mode.

So, be sure to perform this adjustment when a

SC45-20 occurs.

a. Procedure

(9) Color registration manual adjustment (par-

tial horizontal adjustment)

With respect to the main scan, entire horizontal

magnification, partial horizontal magnification, sub-

scan, inclination and the scan inclination, the regis-

tration error amount of Y, M and C compared based

on K is shown on the operation panel. The partial

horizontal magnification that cannot be corrected

automatically is manually adjusted.

Note:

• Be sure that the printer vertical and horizontal

magnifications have been complete.

• Make sure that the auto. color registration

adjustment has been completed.

a. Procedure




3. "Image adjustment mode menu screen"


4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"

Press the [8. Auto. color registration adj.] key.

5. "Color registration adj. screen"

Press the [Start] key.

6. The color registration adjustment starts and a

message "Complete" is shown in about 2 min-

utes.

When the error message appears, perform an

error correction referring to the below.

• Error 1: It does not converge within the stan-

dard value.

The patch density may be too light.

Check around the drum unit and per-

form the gamma automatic adjustment

(0). Then perform this adjustment.

• Error 2: The difference of the color registration

is too much.

• Error 3: The other error

SC other than the color registration

automatic adjustment may occur.

Restart the main body in the normal

mode to check for SC code.

7. "Color registration adj. screen"

When pressing the [LIST] key, the main scan,

sub-scan, horizontal magnification and the

skew of Y, M and C compared based on K after

adjustment are shown.









Press the [9. Color registration manual adj.]

key.

5. "Color registration manual adj. screen"




1-74

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


START button to output a test pattern.

Place the test pattern [1] outputted securely

against the original positioning plate /L [2] and

the original positioning plate /R [3] to set it to

the original glass, and close the DF or platen

cover.

Note:

• When setting the test pattern to the original

glass, be sure to take check of the setting

direction (with printing face down) and posi-

tion.

• Check that the settings for all colors (Y, M, C,

K) in the [Test pattern density setting] of 36

mode is set to 255. If not, it results in an

error.


8. "Color registration manual adj. screen"

Press the [SCAN] key to scan the test pattern.

8050fs1011

[1]

[3]

[2]

9. The amount of error of the "MainScan" (main

scan), "Mag(ALL)" (entire horizontal magnifica-

tion), "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal magnifi-

cation), "SubScan" (sub-scan), "Incline"

(inclination) and the "ScanBend" (scan incline)

of Y, M and C are compared based on K and

result are shown at "Rest" section on the oper-

ation panel (unit is pixel).

10.Make sure that "OK" is displayed for all the items.

When any item is not within the standard, an

error code is displayed for each cause together

with an NG. Make an error correction referring

to the below:

When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan",

"Mag(ALL)", "SubScan" or "Incline," perform

the auto. color registration adjustment again.

• Error 1: A chart pattern cannot be detected.

Improper positioning of the chart.

• Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is

upside down.



A different type of chart.

• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible.

Software bugged.

• Error 5: Not within the standard value.

Re-adjust it.

• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.

Check the installation of memory board.

• Error 7: Memory other than those specified is

accessed.

Software bugged.

• Error 8: Memory related error.

Software bugged.

• Error 9: Program error.

Software bugged.

• Error 10: The chart is skew.


• Error 11: Image header information read error.

Software bugged.

• Error 12: An argument set error.

Software bugged.

• Error 13: A measurement error.

Improper positioning of the chart, or a

defective chart.



1-75

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

11. When a "NG" occurs in the "MainScan",

"Mag(ALL)" or "Mag(PART)," open the toner

supply section and loosen 2 screws [1] pro-

vided near the developing unit of a color from

which an "NG" is displayed. Then, slide the

adjustment plate [2] up and down to adjust the

partial horizontal magnification. Moving the

adjustment plate [2] upward reduces the partial

horizontal magnification data (minus) and mov-

ing the plate downward increases it (plus).

• Adjustment target

Move the adjustment plate [2] by referring to

the "Rest" of "Mag(PART)" (partial horizontal

magnification) (unit: pixel) displayed at the

operation panel. The scale of the adjustment

plate [2] changes about 0.5 pixel per notch.


to the "Timing adjustment menu screen."

13. Conduct the color registration adjustment

referring to (8) Auto. color registration adjust-

ment.

14. Repeat steps 4 to 13 until "OK" is displayed.

[1]

[2]

8050fs1012





1-76

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.3.3 RADF adjustment

Conduct the original size adjustment, original stop

position adjustment and the sensor adjustment of

the RADF.

A. Procedure

(1) RADF original size adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when the RADF original

size is not properly detected.

a. Procedure





Press the [3. RADF adjustment] key.

4. "RADF adjustment menu screen"

For the RADF adjustment, the following items

are provided:

[1. RADF original size adjustment]

[2. RADF orig. stop position adj.]

[3. RADF sensor adjustment]




"RADF adjustment menu screen."







Press the [1. RADF original size adjustment]

key.

5. "RADF original size adjustment (A4) or (8.5 x

11) screen"

With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11

(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,

press the [Start] key.

6. After confirmation of a message "Complete,"

press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.

7. "RADF original size adjustment (A5R) or (5.5 x

8.5R) screen"

With the A5R (for metric machine) or 5.5 x

8.5R (for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,



press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key.

9. "RADF original size adjustment (A4R) or (8.5 x

11R) screen"

With the A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R

(for inch machine) paper set to the RADF,



press the [COPY SCREEN] key.

11. Make sure that the RADF original size is prop-

erly detected.

12. Press the C button while pressing P button.


to the "RADF adjustment menu screen."



1-77

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(2) RADF original stop position adjustment

Conduct the original stop position leading edge tim-

ing (leading edge timing) adjustment of the RADF.

Note:

• Make sure that the printer lead edge timing

adjustment and the scanner re-start timing

adjustment have been completed.

a. Procedure

(3) RADF sensor adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when malfunction occurs

in the reflective type sensors.

a. Procedure1. Enter the 36 mode.






Press the [2. RADF orig. stop position] key.

5. "Front plain paper/thick paper screen"

For the RADF orig. stop position adj., the fol-

lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT



adjust.

[Normal & Thick paper (Front side)]

[Thin paper (Front side)]

[Normal & Thick paper (Back side)]

[Thin paper (Back side)]


7. With the original setting set to the copy mode

according to an item you want to adjust, set the

test chart to the RADF. And select the A3

paper and press the START button.

8. Check the RADF leading edge timing.








can be obtained.


to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [3. RADF sensor adjustment] key.

5. "RADF sensor adjustment screen"

Close the RADF and press the [Start] key.

The sensitivity of the RADF sensors are auto-

matically adjusted.


to the "RADF adjustment mode menu screen."



1-78

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.3.4 Centring adjustment

Adjust the mis-centering of images vertical to the

paper feed direction.

A. Procedure

(1) Printer centring adjustment

This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim-

ing.



Note:

• Be sure that the printer horizontal magnifica-

tion has been completed.

a. Procedure





Press the [4. Centring adjustment] key.

4. "Centring adjustment mode menu screen"

For the centering adjustment, the following

items are provided:

[1. Printer centring adjustment]

[2. Scanner centring adjustment]

[3. RADF centring adjustment]




"Centring adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [1. Printer centring adjustment] key.

5. "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1) screen"

For the printer centering adjustment, the fol-

lowing items are provided. Press the [NEXT



adjust.

• "Printer centring adj. (Tray 1)"



• "Printer centring adj. (Bypass)"


• "Printer centring adj. (ADU)"

• "Large size offset (Tray 1)"

• "Small size offset (Tray 1)"

• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 1)"



• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 2)"



• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Tray 3)"

• "Large size offset (Bypass)"

• "Small size offset (Bypass)"

• "8.5 x 5.5 offset (Bypass)"



• "Large size normal paper offset (ADU)"

• "Large size thick paper offset (ADU)"

• "Small size normal paper offset (ADU)"

• "Small size thick paper offset (ADU)"

• "8.5 x 5.5 normal paper offset (ADU)"

• "8.5 x 5.5 thick paper offset (ADU)"

Note:









1-79

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

(2) Scanner centring adjustment

Adjust the centring when scanning the platen origi-

nal.



Note:

• Make sure that the printer centering adjust-

ment has been completed.

a. Procedure

(3) RADF centring adjustment

Adjusts the centring when scanning the RADF origi-

nal.



Note:

• Make sure that the printer centering and scan-

ner centring adjustment has been completed.

a. Procedure

7. Select the paper size and the type of paper

according to an item you want to adjust, and

press the START button to output a test pat-

tern (No. 16).

8. Fold the outputted paper in the paper feed

direction and check the amount of error of the

lines on both sides.

• Standard value: Within ± 2 mm







can be obtained.


to the "Centring adjustment mode menu

screen."







Press the [2. Scanner centring adjustment]

key.

5. "Scanner (platen) centring adjustment screen"




nal glass.











obtained.



screen."






4. "Centring adjustment menu screen"

Press the [3. RADF centring adjustment] key.



1-80

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.3.5 Non-image area erase check

When installing this machine or when moving the

installation site, check to see if the erasure function

on the outside of the original of the copy-applied

functions operates correctly at this installation site.

Preparations made in advance:

• Open fully the RADF or platen cover.

• There should not be anything on the original

glass.

• Clean the original glass.

A. Procedure

5. "RADF centring adjustment (Front) screen"

For the RADF centering adjustment, the follow-

ing items are provided. Press the [NEXT



adjust.

• "RADF centring adjustment (Front)"

• "RADF centring adjustment (Back)"




nal glass.










10.Repeat steps 6 to 9 until the standard value is

obtained.



screen."





Press the [5. Non-image area erase check]

key.

4. "Non-image area erase check screen"


5. Make sure that a message "Normal adjustment

selected..." is shown on the operation panel.

When a message "Does not function satisfac-

torily..." is shown, refer to "B. Error message

and Handling," to conduct the non-image area

erase check again.


to the "Image adjustment menu screen."



1-81

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

B. Error message and Handling

If the error is detected while perform the "non-image

area erase check" mode, following error message

will be displayed on the operation panel.

(1) Error message 1

Adjust for Moderate Brightness.

The Non-image area erase function may not oper-

ate correctly with dark (density) originals.

Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns

of Service Manual.

Handling 1

When the "non-image area erase" function is not

used very frequently, or when copy originals that

have a dark background are not copied very fre-

quently in the "non-image area erase," the copier

can be used in the current installation location.

However, when copy originals that have a dark

background are frequently copied, install the copier

in a location or in a direction where less external

light get in (darker) than the present installation

location, and check the "non-image area erase

check mode" again.

(2) Error message 2

Adjust for Extreme Brightness.

In many case, the non-image area erase function

will not operate correctly.

Please confirm "adjustment" - "36 MODE", columns

of Service Manual.

Handling 2

When the "non-image area erase" function is not

used very frequently, the copier can be used in the

current installation location. However, the outside-

original erasure function is frequently used, install

the copier in a location or in a direction where less

external light get in (darker) than the present instal-

lation location, and check the "non-image area

erase check mode" again. At this time, when there

is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light

installed directly above this machine, reconsider the

installation location or direction, or take some mea-

sures to shield the light source and check the "non-

image area erase check mode" again.


Reset the adjustment values of image adjustment to

the standard data. (factory default data)

Note:

• Data for the printer vertical magnification,

RADF registration loop, auto. color registra-

tion, color registration manual, RADF original

size, RADF original stop position and RADF

sensor adjustment cannot be reset to stan-

dard data.

A. Procedure






4. "Recall standard data (image adjustment data)

screen"


dard data. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-

OUS SCREEN] key returns to the "Image

adjustment menu screen" without recalling the

standard data.



1-82

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.4 Image quality adjustment

Conduct various image quality adjustments.

A. Procedure

7.4.1 Scanner gamma adjustment

Conduct the gradation correction of the scanner.

When color reproduction is a poor condition, usually

conduct the printer gamma correction of the pro-

cess adjustment.

When changing the CCD unit, exposure lamp (L1),

original glass or each scanner mirror, conduct this

adjustment.

Note:

• Scanner gamma has been adjusted for each

machine. Please be noted that the scanner

gamma data is rewritten to the mean value if

the [Adj. data reset] key in the "Scanner

gamma adjustment screen" is pressed.

A. Procedure



Press the [3. Image quality adjustment] key.

3. "Image quality mode menu screen"

For the image quality adjustment, the following

items are provided:

[1. Scanner gamma adjustment]

[2. Printer gamma adjustment]

[3. Sharpness adjustment]

[4. Contrast adjustment]

[5. Image judge adjustment]

[6. ACS adjustment]

[7. Density adjustment]

[8. Tone adjustment]





"Image quality mode menu screen."

1. After replacing a part, place a test chart on the

original glass, select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and

press the START button.

Note:

• For the start button, be sure to press the

hard button, not the soft key on the LCD.

2. Check for the foggy background or color bal-

ance.

3. If there is abnormality, enter the 36 mode.




Press the [1. Scanner gamma adjustment] key.

6. "Scanner gamma adjustment screen"

Press the [Adj. data reset] key.

Press the [YES] key when rewriting the scan-

ner gamma mean value. Press the [NO] to

return to the "Scanner gamma adjustment

screen" without rewriting.


to the "Image quality mode menu screen."



1-83

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.4.2 Printer gamma adjustment

When the color reproduction is in poor condition,

conduct this adjustment to correct the gradation.

This adjustment is not reflected on the output from

the IP.

A. Procedure

(1) Printer gamma offset adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when the color reproduc-

tion varies with copy modes to correct the gradation

in a high light density section and adjust the density

in the background.

Note:

• For the printer gamma offset adjustment,

adjustment methods of 0 to 5 are available for

each screen type. It is possible to divide the

gradation in 256 into 6 parts of 0 to 5 and

adjust the entire ranges from "0: Low density

section" to "5: High density section."

• In default, adjustment is limited only to "0 (low

density section)." When setting DIPSW 28-4 to

1, adjustment can be made on the entire

ranges of 0 to 5.

• Be sure not make the adjustment of "Printer

gamma offset adjustment (ED-8) (0 to 5)."

a. Procedure





Press the [2. Printer gamma adjustment] key.

4. For the printer gamma adjustment, the follow-

ing items are provided:

[1. Printer gamma offset adj.]

[2. Printer gamma sensor adj.]

[3. Printer screen gradation adj.]



from each of adjustment screen to the "Printer

gamma adjustment menu screen."






4. "Printer gamma adjustment menu screen"

Press the [1. Printer gamma offset adj.] key.



1-84

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

5. "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0) screen"

For the printer gamma offset adjustment, the




adjust.

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS200) (0 to 5)"

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (LS150) (0 to 5)"

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS200) (0 to 5)"

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (DS150) (0 to 5)"

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-8) (0 to 5)"

• "Printer gamma offset adj. (ED-2) (0 to 5)"

The following shows the copy mode to which

each adjustment is reflected.

(LS200): Line screen/High resolution

(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone

(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution

(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone

(ED-8):Text section to be used together with

the screens above.

(ED-2): High compression


7. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and

press the START button to print a test pattern.

8. Check the test pattern that has been outputted.

• Make sure that the high light density starting

section of C and K is uniform, and even

between the gray reference lines [1].

9. When they are not even, press the C button

while pressing the P button.

8050fs1015

Y

K

C

M

[1]

10. "Printer gamma offset adjustment screen"

Press the key of a color (C or K) you want to

adjust, enter a numeric value through the

numeric keys and press the [SET] key.

• Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)

Note:

• There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]

provided for each line speed. Be sure to use

the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered

by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into

keys [1/2] and [1/3].


obtained.

12. Take notice of the gray gradation pattern [1]

created in C, M and Y, make sure that the gray

balance at the square marks line [2] and [3] is

the same.

8050fs1016

Y

K

C

M

[1]

[3][2][4][5][6]



1-85

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

(2) Printer gamma sensor adjustment

When a poor color reproduction results even after

the automatic gamma adjustment of the process

adjustment, conduct this adjustment to correct gra-

dation.

The printer gamma correction that is carried out

automatically and periodically uses a gamma sen-

sor to read patterns on the transfer belt. So, there is

a possibility of the gamma sensor not being accu-

rately adjusted due to the change in characteristic

of the gamma sensor. This adjustment use the

scanner to correct the gamma sensor for accurate

printer gamma adjustment.



a. Procedure

13.When the gray balance is not the same, press

the key of a color (Y or M) you want to adjust,

enter a numeric value through the numeric



Note:

• There are three keys: [1/1], [1/2] and [1/3]

provided for each line speed. Be sure to use

the key [1/1] for adjustment. A value entered

by the key [1/1] is automatically inputted into

keys [1/2] and [1/3].

• How to match the gray balance

Take notice of the gray patches [4] made up of

49 colors of C, M and Y. In the 49 patches, M

gets darker as going right to left. And Y gets

darker as going down from up. However, C is

fixed. The patch [5] at the center is the same

color as the gray [2]. The patches [6] positioned

at the four corners of the patch [5] is the same

color as the gray [3]. Out of the 49 patches,

select a gray of the same gray balance as the

gray [6].

e.g.) When a patch on the lower right side is

more suitable than the patch [5] at the center:

Adjust M and Y in the positive direction.

When a patch on the upper left side is more

suitable than the patch [5] at the center: Adjust

M and Y in the negative direction.


15. Set A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray and

press the START button to print a test pattern.

16. Repeat steps 13 to 15 until you can get a satis-

factory result.


to the "Printer gamma adjustment menu

screen."







Press the [2. Printer gamma sensor adj.] key.



1-86

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

5. "Printer gamma sensor adj. (LS200) screen"

For the printer gamma sensor adjustment, the




adjust.

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS200)"

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (LS150)"

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS200)"

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (DS150)"

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (CONTONE)"

• "Printer gamma sensor adjustment (ED)"

The following shows the copy mode to which

each adjustment is reflected:

(LS200): Line screen/High resolution

(LS150): Line screen/Smooth tone

(DS200): Dot screen/High resolution

(DS150): Dot screen/Smooth tone

(CONTONE): Text section to be used

together with the screens

above.

(ED): High compression

Note:

• A screen in which the screen selection is

turned off by the key operator mode-memory

switch is not displayed.

• When any one of the screen adjustments is

made, be sure to conduct the CONTONE

adjustment at the same time.


7. With the A4 (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11

(for inch machine) paper set in the bypass tray,

press the START button to output a test pat-

tern.

8. "Please load output paper... screen"

After completion of the test pattern output, the

display returns automatically to the adjustment

screen.

The outputted test pattern [1] pressed securely

against the original positioning plate /L [3] and

the original positioning plate /R [4], set it to the

original glass.

Note:

• Make sure to set it with the green triangular

mark [2] on the left side.

(with printing face down)

9. With 10 sheets of copy paper (white) placed on

the test chart, close the RADF or platen cover.

Note:

• Be sure to use white copy paper. Otherwise,

the printer gradation cannot be corrected

properly.

10. Press the [Start] key.

Note:

• Start cannot be made when paper is not set

in the bypass tray.

11. When the chart is scanned with no problem

found, the gamma sensor is adjusted, the

printer gamma correction is made and a mes-

sage "Complete" is displayed.

8050fs1017

[3]

[2]

[4]

[1]



1-87

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

(3) Printer screen gradation adjustment

Adjust a tone jump (in which gradation is not contin-

uous).

a. Procedure

12. If any trouble should be found, an error code is

displayed for each cause. Repair the error

referring to the below.

• Error 1: Improper positioning of the chart.

• Error 2: The setting direction of a chart is

upside down.



A different type of chart.

• Error 4: Adjustment is impossible.

Software bugged.

• Error 5: Not within the standard value.

Re-adjust it.

• Error 6: Nonvolatile data abnormality.

Check the installation of memory

board.

• Error 7: Memory other than those specified is

accessed.

Software bugged.

• Error 8: Memory related error.

Software bugged.

• Error 9: Program error—Software bugged.

• Error 10: The chart is skew.


• Error 11: Image header information read error.

Software bugged.

• Error 12: RGB data abnormality.

Chart is wrong, or software is bugged.

• Error 13: Argument set error.

Software bugged.

• Error 31: Sensor value abnormality - Re-adjust

it.

• Error 51: Regression calculation abnormality -

Re-adjust it.

• Error 52: Array number overflow - Software

bugged.

• Error 53: Regression order abnormality - Soft-

ware bugged.

• Error 54: Selected screen information abnor-

mality - Software bugged.

• Error 55: Color information abnormality - Soft-

ware bugged.

13. "Printer gamma sensor adj. screen"

Press the [Adj. data reset] key if you want to

return to the factory default data.

Press the [YES] key to reset the adjusted

printer gamma sensor data and return to the

factory default data.

Press the [NO] key to return to the "Printer

gamma sensor adj. screen" without data reset.



screen."




3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"



Press the [3. Printer screen gradation adj.] key.

5. "Printer screen gradation adj. (Y) screen"

For the printer screen gradation adjustment,

the following items are provided.

"Printer screen gradation adj. (Y)"

"Printer screen gradation adj. (M)"

"Printer screen gradation adj. (C)"

"Printer screen gradation adj. (K)"


7. Set the A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper in the bypass tray

and press the START button to output a test

pattern.

8. Five sheets of test pattern are automatically

outputted. Check them to see if there is a tone

jump found in them.



1-88

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.4.3 Sharpness adjustment

Conduct the sharpness adjustment or, this is carried

out when moire reproduced.

Use this adjustment for changing the center value

for the sharpness adjustment in the user mode.

A. Procedure

9. When a tone jump is found in them, press the

C button while pressing the P button.

10. "Printer screen gradation adj."

Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE-

VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a color in

which a tone jump has occurred.

11. Enter one less numeric value than the current

and press the [SET] key.

• Setting range: -3 to +1

12.Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the tone jump disap-

pears.



screen."





Press the [3. Sharpness adjustment] key.

4. "Sharpness adjustment menu screen"




nal glass.



keys as necessary, and press the [SET] key.

• Setting range: -5 (soft/less moire) to +5 (sharp/

more moire)

8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 until it becomes suitable.





1-89

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.4.4 Contrast adjustment

Adjust the contrast.


for the contrast adjustment in the user mode.

A. Procedure

7.4.5 Image judge adjustment

Adjust the threshold value of the original image

judgement.

A. Procedure

(1) Dot detect adjustment

Adjust the dot discrimination threshold value of the

original image.

a. Procedure





Press the [4. Contrast adjustment] key.

4. "Contrast adjustment menu screen"




nal glass.




• Setting range: -5 (contrast increased) to +5

(contrast reduced)








Press the [5. Image judge adjustment] key.

4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen"

For the image judge adjustment, the following

items are provided:

[1. Dot detect adjustment]

[2. Color text adjustment]

[3. Dot/Text area adjustment]




"Image judge adjustment mode menu screen."






4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"

Press the [1. Dot detect adjustment] key.

5. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"




1-90

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(2) Color text adjustment

Adjust the color text discrimination threshold value

of the original image.


for the color text adjustment in the user mode.

a. Procedure



nal glass.

7. A dot detection pattern is outputted.

This output pattern shows how the original

image is discriminated as an image.

• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot.

• White section: Discriminated as a picture.

• Black section: Discriminated as a black text.

• Magenta section: Discriminated as a color text.


9. "Dot detect adjustment R screen"

For the dot detection adjustment, the following

items are provided:

[Dot detect adjustment R]

[Dot detect adjustment G]

[Dot detect adjustment B]

10. Select a color you want to adjust as necessary,


keys, and press the [SET] key.

• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced) to +5 (dot

area increased)



to the "Image judge adjustment mode menu

screen."






4. "Image judge adjustment menu screen"

Press the [2. Color text adjustment] key.

5. "Color text screen"




nal glass.

7. A color text detection pattern is outputted.






9. "Color text screen"



• Setting range: -5 (color text area reduced) to +5

(color text area increased)



to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."



1-91

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(3) Dot/Text area adjustment

Adjust the dot discrimination and text discrimination

threshold values of the original image.


for the letter adjustment in the user mode.

a. Procedure

7.4.6 ACS adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when the ACS (Auto color

selection) does not function properly.

A. Procedure






4. "Image judge adjustment mode menu screen"

Press the [3. Dot/Text adjustment] key.

5. "Dot/Text adjustment screen"


6. Select the A3 paper and press the START but-

ton with a test chart set to the original glass.

7. A dot and text detection pattern is outputted.



• Cyan section: Discriminated as a dot.

• White section: Discriminated as a picture.




9. "Dot/Text area adjustment screen"



• Setting range: -5 (dot area reduced and text

area increased) to +5 (dot area increased and

text area reduced)



to the "Image judge adjustment menu screen."




3. "Image quality adjustment menu screen"

Press the [6. ACS adjustment] key.

4. "Set the chart and push [SCAN] screen"

With an original in which the ACS does not

function properly set to the original glass,

press the [SCAN] key.

5. In the "JUDGE," the result of the ACS is shown

as "COLOR" or "MONOCHROME."



• Setting range: -5 (MONOCHROME) to +5

(COLOR)






1-92

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.4.7 Density adjustment

Adjust the AE (AES) density, copy density and the

background density.

A. Procedure

(1) AE (AES) adjustment

Conduct this adjustment when you want to change

the center value selected by the AE (Auto density

selection) in the user mode.

a. Procedure

(2) Copy density adjustment

Adjust the copy density.


for the density shift function in the user mode.

a. Procedure





Press the [7. Density adjustment] key.

4. "Density adjustment mode menu screen"

For the density adjustment, the following items

are provided:

[1. AE (AES) adjustment]

[2. Copy density adjustment]

[3. Background adjustment]




"Density adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [1. AE (AES) adjustment] key.

5. With a chart in which you want to change the

AE density set to the original glass, press the

[SCAN] key.

6. A numeric value is shown in the "RESULT."

7. When the adjustment result is other than 0,


keys and press the [SET] key (e.g.: if the

adjustment result is 2, input -2).

• Setting range: -5 to +5

8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the adjustment result

becomes 0.


to the "Density adjustment mode menu

screen."







Press the [2. Copy density adjustment] key.



1-93

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(3) Background adjustment

Adjust the copy background density.

The background adjustment in the user mode only

supports the batch adjustment. It is not possible to

adjust the background for each color mode or origi-

nal mode.

a. Procedure5. "Copy density adjustment screen"

For the copy density adjustment, the following

items are provided. Press the arrow key to

select an item you want to adjust.

• "Text/Photo (Full color)"

• "Photo (Full color)"

• "Text (Full color)"

• "Map (Full color)"

• "Text/Photo (Mono color)"

• "Photo (Mono color)"

• "Text (Mono color)"

• "Map (Mono color)"

• "Text/Photo (Monochrome)"

• "Photo (Monochrome)"

• "Text (Monochrome)"

• "Map (Monochrome)"


7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then

select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test

chart set to the original glass, press the START

button.








screen."







Press the [3. Background adjustment] key.

5. "Background adjustment screen"

For the background adjustment, the following

items are provided. Press the arrow key to

select an item you want to adjust.

• "Text/Photo (Full color)"

• "Photo (Full color)"

• "Text (Full color)"

• "Map (Full color)"

• "Text/Photo (Mono color)"

• "Photo (Mono color)"

• "Text (Mono color)"

• "Map (Mono color)"

• "Text/Photo (Monochrome)"

• "Photo (Monochrome)"

• "Text (Monochrome)"

• "Map (Monochrome)"


7. Select a mode you want to adjust and then

select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. With the test

chart set to the original glass, press the START

button.








screen."



1-94

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.4.8 Tone adjustment

Conduct the tone adjustment of red, green or blue.


for the tone adjustment in the user mode.

A. Procedure

(1) Red adjustment

Adjust the density of red.

This adjustment is not reflected to the IP.

a. Procedure

(2) Green adjustment

Adjust the density of green.

a. Procedure





Press the [8. Tone adjustment] key.

4. "Tone adjustment mode menu screen"

For the tone adjustment, the following items

are provided:

[1. Red adjustment]

[2. Green adjustment]

[3. Blue adjustment]




"Image quality mode menu screen."







Press the [1. Red adjustment] key.




nal glass.







to the "Image quality adjustment menu

screen."







Press the [2. Green adjustment] key.




nal glass.










1-95

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

(3) Blue adjustment

Adjust the density of blue.

a. Procedure


Reset the adjustment values of image quality

adjustment to the standard data. (factory default

data)

Note:

• Data for the scanner gamma adjustment and

the printer gamma sensor adjustment cannot

be reset to standard data.

A. Procedure







Press the [3. Blue adjustment] key.




nal glass.













4. "Recall standard data: Image quality adj.

screen"


dard date. Pressing the [NO] key or [PREVI-

OUS SCREEN] key returns to the [Image

quality mode menu screen] without recalling

the standard data.



1-96

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

7.5 Running test mode

Conduct a test while in the continuous copy opera-

tion.

Select [4. Running test mode] in the 36 mode menu

screen to show the running mode menu screen.

For this adjustment, the following items can be

selected:

A. Intermittent copy mode

After completion of the copy operation for the set

copy count, the copier changes into the copy ready

state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the

same operation.

B. Paperless running mode

Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation

is made nearly at the same timing as the normal

copy operation. In the same manner as the intermit-

tent copy mode, after completion of the copy opera-

tion for the set copy count, the copier changes into

the copy ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before

resuming the same operation.

C. Paperless mode

Without detecting paper or jam, the copy operation

is made nearly at the same timing as the normal

copy operation.

D. Paperless endless mode

The copier operates with the copy count infinitely

set automatically. In the same manner as the paper-

less mode, without detecting paper or jam, the copy

operation is made nearly at the same timing as the

normal copy operation.

E. Running mode

The copy operation is made in the paperless end-

less mode plus the scanner each-time scan and the

auto paper feed tray switching.

7.5.1 Setting method

A. Procedure



Press the [4. Running test mode] key.

3. "Running test mode menu screen"

Press the mode key of one of the modes 1 to

5.

4. "Basic screen"


5. After confirmation of the copy operation, press

the STOP button and turn OFF the sub power

switch (SW2).



1-97

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

7.6 Test pattern output mode

Output various test patterns to separate abnormali-

ties. Select [5. Test pattern output mode] in the 36

mode screen to show "Test pattern output mode

screen."

Note:

• As for modes specifically not given in the Ser-

vice Manual, be sure not to output test pat-

terns.

A. Procedure



Press the [5. Test pattern output mode] key.

3. "Test pattern output mode screen"

After entering an output pattern number

through the numeric keys, press the [SET] key.


5. "Basic screen"

Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the

START button to output a test pattern.

6. When outputting another test pattern, repeat

steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with

the P button being pressed at the same time.

7. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to

the "36 mode menu screen."



1-98

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

No.1 Overall halftone

[Check Items]

• When the density is set to 70 (halftone)

When there are image stripes or uneven density found, check the printer system for any abnormality.

[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit and transfer belt unit.

• When the density is set to 0 (white)

When there is image foggy back ground, check the printer system for any abnormality.

[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, and high voltage contact.

• When the density is set at 255 (Y, M, C, K)

When the density is light, check the printer system for any abnormality.

[Recommended check point]: Write unit

* For information about setting the density, see "7.7 Test pattern density setting."

Test Pattern

When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255

8050fs1019



1-99

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

No.11 Beam check

[Check Items 1]

• For development and analysis of the write unit

[Check Items 2]

• Check the solid black pattern [1] to see if there is uneven density found in the main scanning and sub-

scanning directions.

[Recommended checkpoints]: Charging corona, developing unit, transfer belt unit, and 2nd transfer unit

[Check Items 3]

• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern [2] at the leading/trailing edge of the

test pattern in the feed direction.

[Recommended checkpoint]: Transfer/separation corona unit

Test Pattern

[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern

[2]

[1]

8050fs1020



1-100

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern

[Check Items]

Judge from this test pattern which of the scanner system and the printer system is abnormal.

Items that can be checked include horizontal magnification, vertical magnification, skew, and leading

edge timing, etc. of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible

on the test pattern, the scanner system is defective.

Test Pattern

[1] Edge of paper

30mm 237mm

190mm

20m

m190m

m190m

m

280m

m

280mm

205.7

mm

[1]

[1]

8050fs1021



1-101

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

No.80 Line screen resolution priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line

screen high resolution is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]

• Check to see if the gradation of each color is smooth and even with no tone jump found.

[Recommended checkpoint]: Conduct the adjustment of the printer gamma sensor.

[Check item 2]

• For development and analysis.

Test Pattern

a: Primary color b: Secondary color c: Tertiary color

8050fs1120

[1]

[2]

a

b

c



1-102

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

No.81 Line screen gradation priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the line

screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]



[Check item 2]


Test Pattern


8050fs1120

[1]

[2]

a

b

c



1-103

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

No.82 Dot screen resolution priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot

screen high resolution is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]



[Check item 2]


Test Pattern


8050fs1120

[1]

[2]

a

b

c



1-104

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

No.83 Dot screen gradation priority evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of the primary color to the tertiary color when the dot

screen smooth tone is selected on the screen.

[Check item 1]



[Check item 2]


Test Pattern


8050fs1120

[1]

[2]

a

b

c



1-105

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

No.84 Character area evaluation pattern

While in use of the copier, check the gradationality of CONTONE used in the character area when the

line screen (smooth tone/high resolution) or the dot screen (smooth tone/high resolution) is selected on

the screen.

[Check item 1]

• Check to see if the density increases in incremental step from the lower density side and if the density

in the high density section of each color is dark enough.


[Check item 2]


Test Pattern

8050fs1121

[1]

[2]



1-106

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7.7 Test pattern density setting

Set the density of the test pattern.

A. Procedure

7.8 Finisher adjustment

Adjusting the FNS, PI, PK, TU.

A. Procedure



Press the [6. Test pattern density setting] key.

3. "Test pattern density setting-Y screen"

Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] key or [PRE-

VIOUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select one of

the colors: "Y, M, C and K" that you want to

adjust.



• Setting range: 0 (lighter) to 255 (darker)


6. "Basic screen"

Select the paper size and press the START

button to output a test pattern.

7. When outputting another test pattern, repeat

steps 3 to 5 while pressing the C button with

the P button being pressed at the same time.

8. Press the [PREVIOUS SCREEN] to return to

the "36 mode menu screen."


2. "36 menu screen"

Press the [7. Finisher adjustment] key.

3. "Finisher adjustment mode menu screen"

[1. Stitch & Fold stopper adj.]

[2. Fold stopper adjustment]

[3. Cover sheet tray size adj.]

[4. Trimming stopper adjustment]

[5. Punch adjustment]

[6. Three-Fold position adj.]

[7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.]



from each of the adjustment screen to the "Fin-

isher adjustment mode menu screen."



1-107

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.8.1 Stitch and fold stopper adjustment (FS-

215/FN-9/FS-606 only)

Adjusting the stapling position when stitch and fold

mode.

A. Procedure

7.8.2 Fold stopper adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-

606 only)

Adjusting the fold position when stitch and fold or

folding mode.

A. Procedure





Press the [1. Stitch and Fold stopper adj.] key.

4. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. (A3) screen"


5. Set paper in the tray, set originals (more than 2

sheets) on RADF, and press the START but-

ton.

For the machine with platen cover, scan origi-

nals (more than 2 sheets) with [Store] key.

6. Check the paper center and stapling position.

• Standard value: ± 1 mm



8. "Stitch and Fold stopper adj. screen"

Press the [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] or [PREVI-

OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select a desired

paper size.





obtained.


to the "Finisher adjustment mode menu

screen."





Press the [2. Fold stopper adjustment] key.

4. "Fold stopper adjustment (A3) screen"


5. Set paper in the tray, set originals on RADF,

and press the START button.

6. Check the paper center and folding position.

• Standard value: ± 1 mm



8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"



paper size.





obtained.



screen."



1-108

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.8.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI-110

only)

This adjustment should be performed when the

cover sheet tray size cannot be detected properly

and when centring adjustment for cover sheet tray

is performed.

A. Procedure

7.8.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU-109/

TMG-3 only)

Adjusting the trimming amount.

A. Procedure





Press the [3. Cover sheet tray size adj.] key.

4. Set a A4R (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11R

(for inch machine) paper on the cover sheet

tray (upper/lower) [1] and press the [Start] key.

A complete message appears on the screen.


to the "Finisher adjustment menu screen."

8050fs1022

[1]





Press the [4. Trimming stopper adjustment]

key.

4. "Trimming stopper adjustment (A3) screen"




ton.



6. Check the trimming amount.

• Standard value: 2.5 to 4.5 mm

Note:

• Setting a trimming amount of 2.5 mm or

less may cause a trimming error.



8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"



paper size.





obtained.


to the "Finisher adjustment menu mode

screen."



1-109

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.8.5 Punch adjustment (PK-120/PK-5/PK-507

only)

This adjusts the punch vertical positions, punch hor-

izontal positions, and punch registration loop

amount.

A. Procedure

(1) Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK-

120/PK-5/PK-507 only)

Adjusting the punch vertical position.

a. Procedure



Press the [5. Punch adjustment] key.

3. "Punch adjustment mode menu screen"

Punch adjustment includes the following items:

[1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.]

[2. Punch kit horizontal pos. adj.]

[5. Punch registration loop adj.]



each adjustment screen to the "Finisher

adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [1. Punch kit vertical pos. adj.] key.

5. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. (A3) screen"




7. Check the punch vertical position.

8. When the value is not appropriate, press the C

button while pressing down the P button.

9. "Punch kit ver. pos. adj. screen"



paper size.




11. Repeat steps 5 to 10 until the value is appro-

priate.


to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."



1-110

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

(2) Punch kit horizontal position adjustment

(PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 only)

Adjusting the punch horizontal position.

a. Procedure

(3) Punch registration loop adjustment

Adjusting the registration loop amount for the

reversed paper exit, the ADU paper exit (straight

exit) and cover sheet upper/lower.

a. Procedure1. Enter the 36 mode.






Press the [2. Punch kit Horizontal pos. adj.]

key.

5. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen"




7. Check the position of punch holes.

• Specification (Length between the edge of

paper and the center of punch hole): 10.5 mm

(2 holes /4 holes/swedish 4 holes), 9.5 mm (3

holes/inch 2 holes)



9. "Punch kit horizontal position adj. screen"



paper size.




11. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the value is obtained.


to the "Punch adjustment mode menu screen."







Press the [5. Punch registration loop adj.] key.

5. Press [1. Punch registration loop adj. (main

body)] key. or [2. Punch registration loop adj.

(PI)] key.

6. "Punch registration loop adj. menu screen"


OUS ADJUSTMENT] key to select the item to

be adjusted.

The screen changes as follows; reverse →ADU or upper tray → lower tray.


8. Press the START button to make a copy.

9. Check the punch registration loop amount.

10.When the value is not appropriate, press the C


11. "Punch registration loop adj. screen"




12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 until the value is appropri-

ate.


to the "Punch registration loop adj. menu

screen."



1-111

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.8.6 Three-folding adjustment (FS-215/FN-9/FS-

606 only)

Adjusting the folding positions during the three-

folded copy.

a. Procedure





Press the [6. Three-fold position adj.] key.

4. "Three-Fold adjustment screen"




6. Check the three-folded position "a."



8050fs1023

a

b

c

Folded

positions

Standard value Specification

A4R 8.5 x 11R

a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm

b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm

c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm

8. "Three-Fold adjustment screen"



paper size.





obtained.

Note:

• See "9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS" to adjust

the folded positions "b" and "c."



screen."



1-112

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7.8.7 2 positions staple pitch adjustment

Adjusting the pitch of the 2 positions staple.

A. Procedure

7.9 List output mode

Output a variety of data.

A. Procedure





Press the [7. 2 positions staple pitch adj.] key.

4. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen"




ton.



6. Check the pitch of the 2 positions staple.

7. When changing the dimension A, press the C


8. "2 positions staple pitch adjustment screen"

Enter a value with numeric keys and press the

[SET] key.

• Setting range: 120 to 160, 1 step: 1 mm

9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the dimension A is

appropriate.



screen."

A

8050fs1024



Press the [8. List output mode] key.

3. "List output mode menu screen"

List output mode items are as follows:

[1. Machine management list 1]

[2. Adjustment data list]

[3. Page fill data list]

[4. Machine management list 2]

[5. Parameter list]

[6. Memory dump list]

[7. Font pattern]

Note:

• Setting DPSW 30-1 to 1, [4. Machine manage-

ment list 2] and later appear.

4. Press the key of an item you want to output.

5. Select A4 or 8.5 x 11 paper and press the

START button.



to the "36 mode menu screen."



1-113

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

8. 47 MODE

8.1 47 mode/multi mode settingmethod

A. 47 Mode

This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/

output check function) to check and adjust the vari-

ous signals and loads.

B. Operation method for 47 mode

(1) Starting 47 mode

a. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2).

b. Turn on the SW2 while holding down 4 and 7

of the numeric keys.

c. The 47 mode is activated if the moment "I/O

check mode" is displayed in the message

display area at the center of the screen.

"47 mode menu screen"

(2) Input check method

Follow the following procedure.

a. Procedure

(3) Output check method

Follow the following procedure.

a. Procedure

(4) Exiting from the 47 mode

Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.

[1] Input/Output check code

[2] Multi code

[3] Input check

[4] Output check



Enter the input check code with the numeric keys.

*1

3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.

4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys. *1

8050fs1001[1]

[2]

[3] [4]

5. Input check result will appear in the input

check result display area.

6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 to perform the other signal

input check.

*1 See "8.5 Input check list".



Enter the output check code with the numeric keys.

*2

3. Press the P button when using the multi mode.

4. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.* 2

5. Press the [Start] key to perform the output

check.

6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output

check.

7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 to check other signal out-

put check.

*2 See "8.6 Output check list".



1-114

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

8.2 Adjustment data display

Lists the adjustment values of the machine (factory-

set values and current values).

No adjustment value can be changed in this mode.

A. Procedure

Note:

• Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.

8.3 Hard disk check

Perform this operation if you want to check the HDD

total capacity, the HDD remaining capacity, and the

error code related to HDD.

A. Procedure

Note:

• The operation can not be canceled during the

HDD bad sectors check and recovery (the

[STOP] button or the [Change Mode] key are

disabled).



Press "94" with the numeric keys. Check that

"94-00" appears in the message display area.


4. Press the [STOP] key at the lower right corner

of the screen.

5. Turn off the sub power switch (SW2) to exit

from the 47 mode.



Press "99" with the numeric keys. Check that

"99-00" appears in the message display area.

3. Press the P button.

4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric

keys. Check that "99-xx" (xx represents the

input number) appears in the message display

area.

01: HDD total capacity check

02: HDD remaining capacity check

03: HDD bad sectors check and recovery


At checking the total capacity: the total capac-

ity is displayed

At checking the remaining capacity: the

remaining capacity is displayed

At checking and recovering the bad sectors:

During the operation-"NOW" appears

The operation succeeded-"OK" appears

The operation failed-"NG" appears

Press the [Start] key to perform the HDD bad

sectors check and recovery again when "NG"

appears.

6. Press the [STOP] key to exit from the output

check.

7. Turn off the SW2 to exit from the 47 mode.



1-115

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

• The hard disk is vulnerable to vibrations and

physical shocks. Be sure to remove the hard

disk when you move the main body.



1-116

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

8.4 Input check list

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Display and signal source

001 000

High voltage, analog signal

TEMP/HUM 00 0 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside

humidity)

0 to 255

TEMP/HUM 1 Temp/humidity sensor (machine-inside

temperature)

— 2 — — —

TDB 3 Temp detection board 0 to 255

TLD Y 01 4 Remaining toner detection sensor /Y Toner No toner

TLD M 5 Remaining toner detection sensor /M

TLD C 6 Remaining toner detection sensor /C

TLD K 7 Remaining toner detection sensor /K

PS53 8 Waste toner door sensor Box No box

PS52 9 Waste toner full sensor FULL EMPTY

HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) Abnormal Normal

1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)

2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)

3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)

4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y)

5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M)

6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C)

7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K)

HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y) Abnormal Normal

1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)

2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)

3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K)

4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K) One or more color is

abnormal

Normal

5 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K)

6 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y, M, C, K)

7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer K) Abnormal Normal

8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer Y)

9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer M)

10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer C)



HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) Abnormal Normal

1 High voltage unit /2 (separation)

PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor 0 to 255

6 Gamma sensor

11 Gamma sensor

DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y

DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M

DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C

DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K



1-117

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


HV2 7 4 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) Abnormal Normal

5

6

7

HV2 08 0 High voltage unit/2 (2nd transfer) Abnormal Normal

1

2

3

4

HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) Abnormal Normal

1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M)

2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C)

3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K)

Paper feed, conveyance

PS31 11 0 No paper sensor /1 Paper No paper

PS37 1 No paper sensor /2

PS43 2 No paper sensor /3

PS47 3 No paper sensor /BP

PS108 4 No paper sensor (LT-211, C-208)

PS32 12 0 Remaining paper sensor /1 Paper No paper

PS38 1 Remaining paper sensor /2

PS44 2 Remaining paper sensor /3

PS102 to

105

3 Remaining paper sensor /1 to /4

(LT-211, C-208)

0 to 7

PS33 13 0 Paper size /S1 Paper No paper

PS34 1 Paper size /L1

PS39 2 Paper size /S2


PS45 4 Paper size /S3


PS48 6 Paper size /SBP

PS49 7 Paper size /LBP

VR1 14 0 Paper sizeVR /1 0 to 255

VR2 1 Paper sizeVR /2

VR3 2 Paper sizeVR /3

VR4 3 Paper sizeVR /BP

PS30 16 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Not at upper limitPS36 1 Tray upper limit sensor /2

PS42 2 Tray upper limit sensor /3

PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP

PS109 4 Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208) Upper:1, lower:2, middle:0

— 17 0 Tray set detection /1 Yes No

— 1 Tray set detection /2

— 2 Tray set detection /3


001 000



1-118

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


PS29 19 0 Pre-registration sensor /1 Paper No paper

PS35 1 Pre-registration sensor /2

PS41 2 Pre-registration sensor /3

PS26 3 Bypass conveyance sensor

PS106 4 Feed sensor (LT-211, C-208)

PS107 20 0 Paper feed sensor (LT-211, C-208) Paper No paper

PS23 1 ADU pre-registration sensor

PS20 2 ADU conveyance sensor

PS27 3 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1

PS28 4 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2

— 5 — — —

PS22 6 Registration sensor Paper No paper

PS50 7 Vertical conveyance sensor

PS13 8 Paper exit sensor

PS19 9 Reverse paper exit sensor

PS21 10 ADU paper reverse sensor

PS12 11 Paper exit full sensor Full Other than full

PS30 23 0 Tray upper limit sensor /1 Upper limit Other than upper limit



PS25 3 Tray upper limit sensor /BP

4

PS101,

PS109

5 Lower limit sensor (LT-211, C-208)

Upper limit sensor (LT-211, C-208)

Upper limit:1, lower limit:2, middle:06

PS24 24 0 2nd transfer HP sensor Home position

Other than home position1

2

PS18 25 0 Front door open/close sensor Open Close

PS51 1 Vertical conveyance door open/close

sensor

PS54 2 Toner supply door open/close sensor

PS14 3 Toner supply unit open/close sensor

— 4 Fixing unit set detection Installed Not installed

PS100 5 Top cover open/close sensor1 (LT-211, C-208) Open Close

PS115 6 Front door open/close sensor (LT-211, C-208)

SW100 7 Tray down switch (LT-211, C-208) ON OFF

M41 28 0 Paper feed motor Abnormal Normal

Light PS1 30 0 Scanner HP sensor Home position

Other than home position

PS3 1 APS detection sensor /S Paper No paper

PS4 2 APS detection sensor /L

PS2 3 APS timing sensor OPEN CLOSE


001 000



1-119

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Light M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal rotation

detection)

Abnormal Normal

M4 1 Polygon motor /M (abnormal rotation

detection)

M5 2 Polygon motor /C (abnormal rotation

detection)

M6 3 Polygon motor /K (abnormal rotation

detection)

M3, M4,

M5, M6

4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K

(abnormal rotation detection)

One or more colors are abnormal

Normal

M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (abnormal tempera-

ture detection)

Abnormal Normal

M4 6 Polygon motor /M (abnormal tempera-

ture detection)

M5 7 Polygon motor /C (abnormal tempera-

ture detection)

M6 8 Polygon motor /K (abnormal tempera-

ture detection)

M3, M4,

M5, M6

9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K

(abnormal temperature detection)

One or more colors are abnormal

Normal

INDX SB Y 33 0 Index sensor /Y Abnormal Normal

INDX SB M 1 Index sensor /M

INDX SB C 2 Index sensor /C

INDX SB B 3 Index sensor /K

INDX SB

Y, M, C, K

4 Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K One or more colors are abnormal

Normal

5

PS5, PS6, PS7 35 0 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color

Edgeundetected

PS5 1 Laser correction HP sensor /Y Edge detected

EdgeundetectedPS6 2 Laser correction HP sensor /M

PS7 3 Laser correction HP sensor /C

PS5, PS6, PS7 4 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color

Edgeundetected


EdgeundetectedPS6 6 Laser correction HP sensor /M

PS7 7 Laser correction HP sensor /C

PS5, PS6, PS7 8 Laser correction HP sensor /Y, /M, /C Edge detected from one or more color

Edgeundetected


Edgeundetected


001 000



1-120

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Light PS6 35 10 Laser correction HP sensor /M Edge detected

Edge undetectedPS7 11 Laser correction HP sensor /C

PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F 0 to 255

PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R

LDB Y 37 1 Laser drive board /Y 0 to 255

LDB M 2 Laser drive board /M

LDB C 3 Laser drive board /C

LDB K 4 Laser drive board /K

PS1 38 5 Scanner HP sensor Home position


Main body PS60,

PS61

41 0 Encoder sensor /Y1, /Y2 Abnormal Normal

1

2

PS62,

PS63

3 Encoder sensor /M1, /M2

4

5

PS64,

PS65

6 Encoder sensor /C1, /C2

7

8

PS66,

PS67

9 Encoder sensor /K1, /K2

10

11

PS69,

PS68

12 Encoder sensor /belt 1, /belt 2

13

14

PS15 15 1st transfer HP sensor Home position


17

18

M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan Abnormal Normal

M42 2 DCPS cooling fan

M10 3 Fixing cooling fan /1

M48 4 Charger intake fan

M47 5 Drum unit fan

M43, M44,

M45, M46

6 Writing intake fan /1, /2, Writing

exhaust fan /1, /2

M24 7 IP cooling fan

M28, M27,

M26

8 Paper exit fan /F, /M, /R

M12, M13 9 Drum cooling fan /1, /2

M11 10 Transfer belt cooling fan

M25 11 ICP cooling fan

M61, M62,

M63

12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3


001 000



1-121

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Main body DCPS1 43 0 DC power supply unit /1 (12VDC) Abnormal Normal

DCPS2 1 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)

2 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC)



C (T) 5 Total counter Yes No

C (K) 6 Checking to see if the key counter-

equipped machine is provided with a

key counter or not.

Yes No

TH1 45 0 Fixing temperature sensor /1 0 to 255

TH3 1 Fixing temperature sensor /3






— 7 TH1 correction temperature



M29 47 0 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal

1

2

PS16 3 Fixing pressure release sensor Home position


5

M29 9 Fixing motor Abnormal Normal

10

11

PS15 48 0 1st transfer HP sensor Home position


2

3

PRCB 49 Printer control board

(drum motor control)

Displays abnormal code


001 000



1-122

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Intrinsic functions

M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y Abnormal Normal

1

2

M21 3 Developing motor /M

4

5

M22 6 Developing motor /C

7

8

M23 9 Developing motor /K

10

11

TDS Y 12 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a

value reduced when the peak voltage

is set to 128 while in the L detection

adjustment)

0 to 255

TDS M 13 Toner density sensor /M output value (a



adjustment)

TDS C 14 Toner density sensor /C output value (a



adjustment)

TDS K 15 Toner density sensor /K output value (a



adjustment)

PCL Y 51 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y Abnormal Normal

PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M

PCL C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C

PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K

TDS Y 54 0 Toner density sensor /Y output value (a



adjustment)

0 to 255

1

2

TDS M 3 Toner density sensor /M output value (a



adjustment)

4

5

TDS C 6 Toner density sensor /C output value (a



adjustment)

7

8


001 000



1-123

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Intrinsic functions

TDS K 54 9 Toner density sensor /K output value (a



adjustment)

0 to 255

10

11

— 57 0 FS Connected Unconnected

— 1 LT-211, C-208

— 2 DF-319, AFR-20

TDS Y 58 0 Control voltage for the correction of the

toner density /Y

0 to 255

TDS M 1 Control voltage for the correction of the

toner density /M

TDS C 2 Control voltage for the correction of the

toner density /C

TDS K 3 Control voltage for the correction of the

toner density /K

PS17 59 3 Fixing paper exit sensor Paper No paper

DF-319,AFR-20

PS304 60 1 No paper sensor Paper No paper

PS301 2 Registration sensor

PS302 3 Timing sensor

PS305 4 Reverse sensor

PS306 5 Paper exit sensor

PS303 6 Paper feed cover sensor Open Close

PS308 7 Paper feed tray sensor

PS307 8 Paper exit cover sensor

RS1 9 DF-319, AFR-20 open/close sensor

FS PS701 76 0 Sub-tray paper exit sensor Paper No paper

PS702 1 Tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Other than upper limit

PS703 2 Tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Other than lower limit

PS704 3 FNS entrance sensor No paper Paper

PS705 4 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper

PS706 5 Main tray paper exit sensor

PS707 6 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than standby position

Standby position

PS708 7 Alignment HP sensor /U Home position


PS709 8 Paper exit belt HP sensor Other than home position

Homeposition

PS713 9 Stapler rotation HP sensor Home position

Other than home positionPS711 10 Stapler movement HP sensor

PS712 11 Paper exit opening HP sensor Other than close position

Closeposition

PS714 12 Clincher rotation HP sensor Home position



001 000



1-124

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

FS PS715 76 13 Counter reset sensor Paper No paper

PS718 14 Shift HP sensor Other than home position

Homeposition

PS720 15 Stacker no paper sensor Paper No paper

SW702 16 Staple switch /R No staple Staple

PS730 17 Stapler HP sensor /R Other than home position

Homeposition

SW701 18 Cartridge switch /R No cartridge Cartridge

M710 19 Clincher motor /R Other than start Start

— 20 — — —

PS732 21 Clincher HP sensor /R Other than home position

Homeposition

PS719 22 Sub-tray full sensor Full Other than full

MS701 23 FNS interlock switch Front door opened

Front door closed

SW704 24 Staple switch /F No staple Staple

PS731 25 Stapler HP sensor /F Other than home position

Homeposition

SW703 26 Cartridge switch /F No cartridge Cartridge

M715 27 Clincher motor /F Other than start Start

— 28 — — —

PS733 29 Clincher HP sensor /F Other than home position

Homeposition

M707 30 Paper exit roller motor lock detection Other than control speed

Control speed

— 31 FNS connection detection Connected Unconnected

PS722 32 Folding knife HP sensor Home position

Other than home positionPS723 33 Stopper HP sensor

PS724 34 Alignment HP sensor /L Other than home position

Homeposition

PS725 35 Folding exit sensor Paper No paper

PS726 36 Folding passage sensor

PS729 37 Folding full sensor Full Other than full

— 38 — — —

M720 39 Folding conveyance motor Other than control speed

Control speed

— 40 — — —

— 41 — — —

— 42 — — —

— 43 — — —

PI-110 M203 44 PI conveyance motor Other than control speed

Control speed

— 45 DIPSW0 Other than single operation

Single operation

— 46 — — —

— 47 — — —


001 000



1-125

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

PI-110 — 76 48 — — —

— 49 — — —

— 50 — — —

— 51 — — —

PS201 52 PI passage sensor /U Paper No paper

PS206 53 PI passage sensor /L

— 54 — — —

— 55 — — —

— 56 — — —

— 57 — — —

— 58 — — —

FS — 59 Folding connection detection Unconnected Connected

— 60 — — —

PS716 61 Gate HP sensor

PI-110 — 62 — — —

— 63 — — —

PS202 64 No sheet sensor /U No paper Paper

PS203 65 Sheet set sensor /U

PS205 66 Tray lower limit sensor /U Lower limit Other than lower limit

PS204 67 Tray upper limit sensor /U Upper limit Other than upper limit

— 68 Sheet feeder manual start/clear switch Switch OFF

Switch ON

— 69 Sheet feeder manual punch button

switch

— 70 Sheet feeder manual function selection

button switch

MS201 71 PI interlock switch Open Close

PS207 72 No sheet sensor /L No paper Paper

PS208 73 Sheet set sensor /L

PS210 74 Tray lower limit sensor /L Lower limit Other than lower limit

PS209 75 Tray upper limit sensor /L Upper limit Other than upper limit

— 76 — — —

PS212 77 Sheet size sensor /L

— 78 — — —

— 79 PI connection detection Unconnected Connected

— 80 — — —

— 81 — — —

— 82 — — —


001 000



1-126

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

PK-120,PK-5,

PK-507

PS801 76 83 Punch HP sensor Other than home position

Homeposition

— 84 — — —

— 85 — — —

PS802 86 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full

PS804 87 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set

— 88 Rocking End face detection 1 No paper Paper

89 Rocking End face detection 2




PS803 93 Rocking Punch movement home posi-

tion

Homeposition


— 94 Connection detection Unconnected Connected

— 95 — — —

TU-109, TMG-3

PS101 77 0 Cutting entrance detection Paper No paper

PS102 1 Cutting conveyance detection

PS103 2 Cutting end stopper HP detection Home position

Other than home positionPS104 3 Cutting clear HP detection

PS105 4 Cutting press HP detectin Other than home position

Homeposition

PS106 5 Cutting knife upper limit HP detection Home position


PS108 6 Cutting booklet discharge Paper No paper

PS110 7 Holder board of upper limit detection Other than upper limit

Upper limit

PS111 8 Holder board of lower limit detection Lower limit Other than lower limit

PS112 9 Pusher HP Home position


PS114 10 Cutting stacker cover detection 24V Open Close

MS2 11 Cutting front door detection 24V

— 12 Cutting conveyance M lock signal

under operation

Locked Unlocked

— 13 — — —

— 14 — — —

— 15 — — —

PS107 16 Cutting end scraps box set detection Not set Other than set

PS109 17 Cutting end scraps box full detection Other than full Full

PS113 18 Cutting stucker full detection No paper Paper

— 19 TU connection detection Unconnected Connected

— 20 — — —

— 21 — — —

— 22 — — —

— 23 — — —


001 000



1-127

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

8.5 Output check list

Note:

• Do not output items which cannot be set or

changed in the field and codes which are not

described in the output check list."

• Do not output items with "x" in the "Cannot be

set or change in the field" column. These

items are only for the developping/manufuct-

ing process.

Outputs of them may damage the machine.

Classification Symbol Code Multi code Name Cannot be set or

changed in the field


L1 00 0 Exposure lamp

M53, MC14 01 0 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner

bottle clutch /Y

1 Toner bottle motor (high speed), toner

bottle clutch /Y

2 Toner bottle motor (nonvolatile value),

toner bottle clutch /Y

M53, MC15 3 Toner bottle motor (low speed), toner

bottle clutch /M


bottle clutch /M


toner bottle clutch /M


bottle clutch /C


bottle clutch /C


toner bottle clutch /C


bottle clutch /K


bottle clutch /K


toner bottle clutch /K

HV1 02 0 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y) x

1 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M) x

2 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C) x

3 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K) x

4 High voltage unit /1 (charging /Y: for

current measurement)

x

5 High voltage unit /1 (charging /M: for


x

6 High voltage unit /1 (charging /C: for


x

7 High voltage unit /1 (charging /K: for


x



1-128

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


HV2 03 0 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y) x

1 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M) x

2 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C) x

3 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x

4 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y, /

M, /C, /K)

x

5

6

7 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K) x

8 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /Y: for


x

9 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /M:

for current measurement)

x

L1 10 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /C:

for current measurement)

x

11 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for

current measurement at color mode)

x

12 High voltage unit /2 (1st transfer /K: for

current measurement at color mode)

x

HV2 04 0 High voltage unit /2 (separation) x

1 High voltage unit /2 (separation, meas-

urement)

x

PS11 05 2 Gamma sensor

6 Gamma sensor (for individual check) x

DRPS Y 06 0 Drum potential sensor /Y

DRPS M 1 Drum potential sensor /M

DRPS C 2 Drum potential sensor /C

DRPS K 3 Drum potential sensor /K

HV2 07 4 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning+output) x

5 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-output) x

6 High voltage unit /2 (belt clean-

ing+output: for individual check)

x

7 High voltage unit /2 (belt cleaning-out-

put: for individual check)

x

08 0 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer

output1)

x

1 High voltage unit /2 (2nd transfer

output2)

x


output1: for current measurement)

x


output2: for current measurement)

x


output3: for cleaning consideration)*

x

5 High voltage unit /2 (guide plate) x





1-129

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


HV1 09 0 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /Y) x

1 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /M) x

2 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /C) x

3 High voltage unit /1 (developing bias /K) x

— 15 1 Counter reset

— 2 Job memory clear

— 98 KRDS setup


SD7 20 0 Pick up solenoid /1

SD8 1 Pick up solenoid /2

SD9 2 Pick up solenoid /3

SD5 4 Pick up solenoid /BP

SD100 5 Paper feed solenoid (LT-211, C-208)

MC7 21 0 Paper feed clutch /1

MC9 1 Paper feed clutch /2

MC11 2 Paper feed clutch /3

MC6 4 Paper feed clutch /BP

MC101 5 Paper feed clutch (LT-211, C-208)

MC8 22 0 Pre-registration clutch /1

MC10 1 Pre-registration clutch /2

MC12 2 Pre-registration clutch /3

MC102 5 Pre-registration clutch (LT-211, C-208)

M40 23 0 Tray up drive motor /1

M39 1 Tray up drive motor /2

M38 2 Tray up drive motor /3

M35 3 Tray up drive motor /BP (down)

4 Tray up drive motor /BP (up)

M100 5 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: down)

6 UP/DOWN motor (LT-211, C-208: up)

M34 24 0 2nd transfer pressure/release motor

(continuous rotation)

1 2nd transfer pressure/release motor

(pressure)

2 2nd transfer pressure/release motor

(release)

M30 25 0 Registration motor (1/3 speed)

1 Registration motor (1/2 speed)

2 Registration motor (1/1speed)

3 Registration motor (paper feed line

speed)

4 Registration motor (hard timer on: 1/1

speed)

M31 26 0 Loop roller motor (1/3 speed)

1 Loop roller motor (1/2 speed)

2 Loop roller motor (1/1speed)





1-130

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


M31 26 3 Loop roller motor (paper feed line

speed)

M33 27 0 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/3

speed)

1 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/2

speed)

2 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:1/1

speed)

3 Reverse/exit motor (normal rotation:3

times speed)

4 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:1/

3 speed)


2 speed)


1 speed)

7 Reverse/exit motor (reverse rotation:3

times speed)

M41 28 0 Paper feed motor

M101 1 Paper feed motor (LT-211, C-208)

MC13 29 0 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1

MC4 1 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2

MC5 2 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3

SD1 3 Transfer belt separating claw

M136, M137 5 Paper feed assist fan /F, /R (LT-211, C-208)

SD6 6 ADU lock solenoid

M3 32 0 Polygon motor /Y (1/1 rotation)

M4 1 Polygon motor /M (1/1 rotation)

M5 2 Polygon motor /C (1/1 rotation)

M6 3 Polygon motor /K (1/1 rotation)

M3, M4,

M5, M6

4 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (1/1 rota-

tion)

M3 5 Polygon motor /Y (rotates at nonvola-

tile setting)

M4 6 Polygon motor /M (rotates at nonvola-

tile setting)

M5 7 Polygon motor /C (rotates at nonvola-

tile setting)

M6 8 Polygon motor /K (rotates at nonvola-

tile setting)

M3, M4,

M5, M6

9 Polygon motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (rotates at

nonvolatile setting)





1-131

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2


LDB Y 33 0 Laser drive board /Y

LDB M 1 Laser drive board /M

LDB C 2 Laser drive board /C

LDB K 3 Laser drive board /K

LDB Y, M,

C, K

4 Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

— 34 Shading correction

PS8 36 3 Color registration sensor /F

PS9 4 Color registration sensor /R

— 37 0 LD alarm level detection all colors

91 LD alarm level clear (Y)

92 LD alarm level clear (M)

93 LD alarm level clear (C)

94 LD alarm level clear (K)

95 LD alarm level clear (all colors)

M1 38 0 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 1:

continuous)

1 Scanner motor (back and forth drive 2:

continuous)


continuous)


continuous)


continuous)

5 Scanner motor (HP search)

6 Scanner motor(moves to the back

scan position)

7 Scanner motor (back scan ACS oper-

ation+scan operation: one operation)

Main body ACDB 40 0 AC drive board (RL1 (main relay)ON)

1 AC drive board (HTR1, 2 (HTR1, 2

(heater /1, /2) OFF)

M14 41 0 Drum motor /Y (1/3 speed)

1 Drum motor /Y (1/2 speed)

2 Drum motor /Y (1/1speed)

M15 3 Drum motor /M (1/3 speed)

4 Drum motor /M (1/2 speed)

5 Drum motor /M (1/1speed)

M16 6 Drum motor /C (1/3 speed)

7 Drum motor /C (1/2 speed)

8 Drum motor /C (1/1speed)

M17 9 Drum motor /K (1/3 speed)

10 Drum motor /K (1/2 speed)

11 Drum motor /K (1/1speed)





1-132

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Main body M18 41 12 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed)

13 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed)

14 Transfer belt motor (1/1speed)

15 Transfer belt motor (1/3 speed: for nip

measurement)

x

M18 16 Transfer belt motor (1/2 speed: for nip

measurement)

x

17 Transfer belt motor (1/1 speed: for nip

measurement)

x

M2 42 0 Scanner cooling fan

M25 1 IPB cooling fan

M42 2 DCPS cooling fan

M10, M36,

M37

3 Fixing cooling fan /1, /3, /2

M48 4 Charger intake fan

M47 5 Drum unit fan

M43, M44,

M45, M46

6 Writing intake fan /1, /2,

Writing exhaust fan /1, /2

M24 7 IP cooling fan

M26, M27,

M28

8 Paper exit fan /R, /M, /F

M12 9 Drum cooling fan /1

M13 10 Drum cooling fan /2

M11 11 Transfer belt cooling fan

M61, M62,

M63

12 Paper exit fan /1, /2, /3

T (C) 43 1 Total counter

T (BK) 2 Black counter

T (K) 6 Key counter

DCPS2 44 DC power supply unit /2 (24VDC

breaking)

L2, L3, L4 45 0 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,

Fixing lower lamp1

2

3

L2 4 Fixing upper lamp /1

L3 5 Fixing upper lamp /2

L4 6 Fixing lower lamp

L2, L3, L4 7 Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,

Fixing lower lamp8

9

10





1-133

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Main body M29 47 0 Fixing motor (1/3 speed)

1 Fixing motor (1/2 speed)

2 Fixing motor (1/1speed)

3 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: release

operation on, full-time rotation)

4 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves

to the pressure position)

5 Fixing motor (reverse rotation: moves

to the release position)

9 Fixing motor (pressure continuous rota-

tion: 1/3 speed)


tion: 1/2 speed)


tion: 1/1 speed)

M29, L2,

L3, L4

13 Fixing motor, Fixing upper lamp /1, /2,

fixing lower lamp (fixing roller pres-

sure+all heater lamps on)

M54 15 Web motor

M19 48 0 1st transfer pressure/release motor

(full-time rotation)

1 1st transfer pressure/release motor

(stops at the release position)

2 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops

at black and white pressure position)

3 1st transfer pressure/release motor (stops

at color mode pressure position)

M18 49 0 Transfer belt motor (for checking photo-

sensitive material control 1: 1/1 speed)

x

1 1st transfer pressure/release motor (for check-

ing photosensitive material control 2: 1/2 speed)

x



x



x



x



x

Intrinsic functions

M20 50 0 Developing motor /Y (1/1speed)

1 Developing motor /Y (1/2 speed)

2 Developing motor /Y (1/3 speed)

M21 3 Developing motor /M (1/1speed)

4 Developing motor /M (1/2 speed)

5 Developing motor /M (1/3 speed)





1-134

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Intrinsic functions

M22 50 6 Developing motor /C (1/1speed)

7 Developing motor /C (1/2 speed)

8 Developing motor /C (1/3 speed)

M23 9 Developing motor /K (1/1speed)

10 Developing motor /K (1/2 speed)

11 Developing motor /K (1/3 speed)

PCL Y 51 0 Pre-charging lamp /Y

PLC M 1 Pre-charging lamp /M

PCL C 2 Pre-charging lamp /C

PCL K 3 Pre-charging lamp /K

PCL Y 4 Pre-charging lamp /Y (turns on the

control signal)

PCL M 5 Pre-charging lamp /M (turns on the

control signal)

PLC C 6 Pre-charging lamp /C (turns on the

control signal)

PCL K 7 Pre-charging lamp /K (turns on the

control signal)

— 52 0 L detection reference for all colors x

— 1 L detection reference for colors (Y, M, C) x

— 2 L detection reference for K x

— 3 L detection reference for Y x

— 4 L detection reference for M x

— 5 L detection reference for C x

M49 54 0 Toner supply motor /Y (high speed)

1 Toner supply motor /Y (low speed)

2 Toner supply motor /Y (setting value)

M50 3 Toner supply motor /M (high speed)

4 Toner supply motor /M (low speed)

5 Toner supply motor /M (setting value)

M51 6 Toner supply motor /C (high speed)

7 Toner supply motor /C (low speed)

8 Toner supply motor /C (setting value)

M52 9 Toner supply motor /K (high speed)

10 Toner supply motor /K (low speed)

11 Toner supply motor /K (setting value)

MC14 12 Toner bottle clutch /Y

MC15 13 Toner bottle clutch /M

MC16 14 Toner bottle clutch /C

MC17 15 Toner bottle clutch /K

SD2 55 0 Color registration shutter solenoid

SD3 1 Gamma sensor shutter solenoid





1-135

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

Intrinsic functions

— 56 0 Indicator lamp (PAT1 on)

1 Indicator lamp (PAT2 on)



— 57 0 FS connection check

— 1 LT-211, C-208 connection check

— 2 DF-319, AFR-20 connection check

TDS Y 58 0 Toner density sensor /Y

TDS M 1 Toner density sensor /M

TDS C 2 Toner density sensor /C

TDS K 3 Toner density sensor /K

DF-319, AFR-20

M301 60 1 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 300

mm/sec)

2 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 400

mm/sec)

3 Paper feed motor (normal rotation: 900

mm/sec)

4 Paper feed motor (reverse rotation: 300

mm/sec)


mm/sec)


mm/sec)

M302 7 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:

300 mm/sec)

8 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:

400 mm/sec)

9 Conveyance motor (normal rotation:

900 mm/sec)

10 Conveyance motor (reverse rotation:

300 mm/sec)


400 mm/sec)


900 mm/sec)

M303 13 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 300

mm/sec)

14 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 400

mm/sec)

15 Paper exit motor (normal rotation: 900

mm/sec)

16 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 300

mm/sec)





1-136

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

DF-319, AFR-20

M303 60 17 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 400

mm/sec)

18 Paper exit motor (reverse rotation: 900

mm/sec)

SD302 19 Reverse solenoid

SD301 20 Paper exit solenoid

MC301 21 Registration clutch

FS M701 75 1 FNS conveyance motor

M702 2 Shift motor (HP search)

3 Shift motor (moves to the shift position)

4 Shift motor (rotation)

M703 5 Tray up/down motor (HP search)

6 Tray up/down motor (down)

7 Tray up/down motor (up)

M705 8 Alignment motor /U (HP search)

M707 9 Paper exit roller motor (HP search)

10 Paper exit roller motor (reverse rota-

tion)

M708 11 Paper exit opening motor (HP search)

M708 12 Paper exit opening motor (moves to

opening)

M709 13 Stapler motor /R (initianl operation)

14 Stapler motor /R (stapling)

M714 15 Stapler motor /F (initianl operation)

16 Stapler motor /F (stapling)

M711 17 Stapler movement motor (HP search)

18 Stapler movement motor (movement

by size)

M713 19 Stacker entrance motor

M718 20 Stopper motor (HP search)

M716 21 Alignment motor /L

M719 23 Folding knife motor

M720 24 Folding conveyance motor

SD704 31 Paper exit opening solenoid

SD705 32 Bypass gate solenoid

M705 33 Alignment motor /U (open)

34 Alignment motor /U (close)

35 Alignment motor /U (rocking)

M716 36 Alignment motor /L (open)

37 Alignment motor /L (close)

38 Alignment motor /L (rocking)

M718 39 Stopper motor (moves to the A4R position)





1-137

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

TU-109, TMG-3

M101 75 55 Conveyance motor

M102 56 Cutter motor (normal rotation)

57 Cutter motor (reverse rotation)

M103 58 Stopper motor (HP search)

M104 59 Stopper release motor (HP search)

60 Stopper release motor (release)

61 Stopper release motor (set)

M105 62 Press motor (HP search)

63 Press motor (press)

PI-110 MC202 64 Conveyance clutch /L

M202 65 Tray up/down motor /L (down)

66 Tray up/down motor /L (up)

SD202 67 Sheet feed solenoid /L

PK-120, PK-5, PK-507

M801 78 Punch motor

M802 79 Punch shift motor (HP search)

PI-110 MC201 83 Conveyance clutch /U

M201 84 Tray up/down motor (down)

85 Tray up/down motor (up)

SD201 86 Sheet feed solenoid /U

M203 87 PI conveyance motor

FS M712 88 Gate drive motor (HP search)

89 Gate drive motor (stacker direction

switching)

90 Gate drive motor (straight direction

switching)

M721 91 Sub-tray paper exit motor

M704 92 Clincher rotation motor (HP search)

93 Clincher rotation motor (skew shift)

M706 94 Stapler rotation motor (HP search)

95 Stapler rotation motor (skew shift)

SD706 96 Three-folding gate solenoid

— 99 FNS paperless running mode

ADU SD4 80 Reverse/exit solenoid

MC2 81 0 ADU conveyance clutch /1

MC1 1 ADU conveyance clutch /2

MC3 2 ADU pre-registration clutch

M32 84 0 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:

1/3 speed)

1 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:

1/2 speed)


1/1 speed)


paper feed line speed)





1-138

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

ADU M32 84 4 ADU reverse motor (forward rotation:

3 times speed)

5 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:

1/3 speed)


1/2 speed)


1/1 speed)


paper feed line speed)

9 ADU reverse motor (reverse rotation:3

times speed)

Others — 94 0 Adjustment data display

— 1 Illuminate all LEDs on the operation

board

— 2 Message display

— 97 1 E-RDH (DRAM) capacity display

— 98 2 E-RDH (DRAM) check

— 99 3 HDD bad sectors check and recovery




KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

1-139

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS

Caution:

• Make sure the power cord of the copier is

unplugged from the power outlet

9.1 Paper feed roller/BP pres-sure adjustment

Perform the paper feed roller/BP pressure adjust-

ment when the no feed jam occurs at the bypass

feed.

A. Procedure

1. Pull out the ADU.

2. Install the piled plate [3] on the paper feed roller/

BP [2] with 2 screws [1].

3. Replace the ADU.

4. Perform the copy to check the paper feed oper-

ation.

5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 if the no feed jam continues

to occur at the paper feed.

Note:

• The weight plate (P/N:13FG4062*) is a supply

part. It should be purchased separately.

• Up to 4 plates can be used at a time.

• Perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount

adjustment (bypass)" when the weight plate is

added.

[1] [3] [2]

8050fs1050


OTHER ADJUSTMENTS KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

1-140

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.2 Paper feed height (upperlimit) adjustment (bypass)

Perform the paper feed height (upper limit) adjust-

ment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge of the

fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled

paper.

Note:

• This adjustment affects the pick-up move-

ment amount. When the adjustment is com-

plete, perform "9.3 Pick-up movement amount

adjustment (bypass)".

A. Procedure


2. Remove 6 screws [1] and remove the paper

feed solenoid cover [2].

[1][2]

[1]

8050fs1051



1-141

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the

tray upper limit sensor/BP (PS25) [2].

Note:

• Take note of the original scale.

(1) If it is not within the standard value:

Adjust the vertical position of the sensor mounting

bracket to make the height of the entrance guide

upper surface and the up/down plate upper surface

to be within the standard value.

• When raising the height of the up/down plate:

lower the sensor mounting bracket.

• When lowering height of the up/down plate:

lower the sensor mounting bracket.

(2) If any problem occurs:

• When the edge of the fed paper is folded: raise

the position of the sensor mounting bracket.

• When paper with a concave curl is fed: raise the

position of the sensor mounting bracket.

• When paper with a convex curl is fed: lower the

position of the sensor mounting bracket.

1. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.

2. Replace the ADU.


ation.

4. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of

PS25 again if the problem continues to occur.

[2]

[1]

8050fs1052



1-142

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.3 Pick-up movement amountadjustment (bypass)

Perform the pick-up movement amount adjustment

when a no feed jam occurs frequently.

A. Procedure



feed solenoid cover [2].

3. Loosen a screw [1] and adjust the position of the

pick-up solenoid/BP (SD5) [2].

Note:

• Take note of the original scale.

4. Replace the paper feed solenoid cover.

5. Replace the ADU.


ation.

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 to adjust the position of SD5

again if the no feed jam continues to occur.

[1][2]

[1]

8050fs1053

[2]

[1]

8050fs1054



1-143

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.4 Paper feed tray /1 to /3 mis-centering adjustment

Perform this adjustment when the mis-centering

occurs even after "Printer-centering adjustment" in

the 36 mode, has been performed.

A. Procedure

1. Pull out the paper feed tray.

2. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the up/down plate [1].

3. Move the guide plate and adjust the center posi-

tion.

4. Tighten 3 screws [2].

5. Print the test pattern (No.16).

6. Fold the output in half vertically and check

whether the mis-centering [3] of the center of

image [2] against the center of paper [1] is

within the standard value.

Standard value: ± 3 mm or less

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 until the mis-centering

amount is within the standard value.

8050fs1055

[2][1]

[3]

8050fs1056

[2]

[1]

[3]



1-144

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.5 Paper feed tray/1 to /3 sheetfeed pressure adjustment

Perform the sheet feed pressure adjustment when

the no feed jam or the double feed jam occurs at the

paper feed. The sheet feed pressure is affected by

the paper type and the operating environment (the

no feed jam is likely in the low temperature environ-

ment and the double feed is likely in the high tem-

perature environment). Excess adjustment may

reverse the symptom.

A. Procedure

1. Pull out the paper feed tray [1].


feed unit cover [3].

[2]

[1]

[2]

[3]

8050fs1057



1-145

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

3. Unplug the connector [1].

4. Remove a screw [2] and loosen a hold-down

shaft screw [3].

5. Slide the paper feed unit [4] toward the rear side

and lift it up. Then, unplug the connector [5] and

remove the paper feed unit [4].

6. Change the hook position of the spring [1] at the

bottom of the paper feed unit.

Weak[2]: Double feed jam is corrected.

Strong [3]: No feed jam is corrected.

7. Replace the paper feed unit and the paper feed

tray.

[1]

[2]

[4]

[5]

[3]

8050fs1058

8050fs1059

[1]

[2] [3]



1-146

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.6 FNS adjustment of thebypass conveyance guideplate magnet

A. Procedure

1. Open the finisher door.

2. Check whether the stopper piece [4] of the

bypass conveyance guide plate is in contact

with the bypass conveyance guide plate /L [5]

when the magnet [2] for the bypass conveyance

guide plate [1] is attached to the front panel [3].

If not, perform the following adjustment.

3. Loosen the magnet screw [1].

4. Push the bypass conveyance guide plate [2]

toward the arrow until the stopper piece [4]

comes into contact with the conveyance guide

plate /L [4].

5. Attach the magnet [5] to the front panel [6].

Then, tighten the magnet screw [1].

6. Close the finisher door.

8050fs1075

[1]

[1]

[3]

[5]

[5]

[2]

[4]

[2]

[4]

8050fs1076

[2]

[6][5]

[1]

[3]

[4]



1-147

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.7 FNS adjustment of thebypass gate

A. Procedure

1. Open the finisher door.

2. Pull out the stacker unit [1].

3. Remove 2 rail stopper screws [2]. Then, pull out

the stacker unit further.

Note:

• To avoid FNS from falling, make sure to place

a support [3] under the stacker unit.

4. Open the bypass conveyance guide plate [1].

5. Visually check whether the clearance between

the bypass gate [2] and the bypass conveyance

plate [3] is within the standard value when the

bypass gate solenoid (SD705) is off.

Standard value: A = 3.2 ± 0.5 mm


8050fs1077[3]

[1]

[2]

[2]

8050fs1078

A=3.2

0.5m

m

[2]

[2]

[1]

[3]



1-148

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6. Remove the rear cover.

7. Unplug all connectors [2] from the FNS control

board (FNSCB) [1] and remove the wiring har-

ness from the clamp [3].

8. Remove 5 screws [4]. Then, remove the FNSCB

[1] with the bracket [5].

9. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the bypass gate sole-

noid (SD705) [1] and adjust the position of SD

705 [1] based on the mark [5] to make the clear-

ance between the bypass gate [3] and the

bypass conveyance plate [4] to be within the

standard value when SD705 [1] is off.


10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

steps in reverse.

8050fs1079

[4]

[2] [3]

[5]

[1]

8050fs1080

A=3.2 0.5mm

[5]

[2]

[1]

[4]

[3]



1-149

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.8 FNS adjustment of the shiftposition

A. Procedure

1. Remove the following parts.

• Top cover or optional PI (if installed)

• Top cover /2

2. Turn on the main body, and then drive the shift

motor (M702) in the 47 mode (code 75-2/75-3).

3. Check whether the edge of the actuator [5] for

the slide gear is placed in the notched hole [3] at

the slide stay [2] for the shift unit [1] for both the

HP search (home position) and the shift posi-

tion.


4. Loosen the bracket screw [2] for the shift HP

sensor (PS718) and adjust the position of the

bracket [4] based on the mark [3].

5. Tighten the bracket screw [2] when the adjust-

ment is complete.


steps in reverse.

8050fs1081

[5][3]

[4]

[2]

[1]

8050fs1082

[2]

[3]

[4]

[1]



1-150

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.9 FNS adjustment of the paperexit opening solenoid

A. Procedure


• Top cover /1 or optional PI (if installed)

• Top cover /2

• Rear cover

2. Turn on the main body, and then turn on the

paper exit opening solenoid (SD704) in the 47

mode (code 75-31).

3. Check whether the clearance between the

plunger [2] on the solenoid and the stopper [3]

on the bracket is within the standard value when

SD704 [1] is on.



4. Remove 2 solenoid bracket screws [1] and

remove the solenoid [2] with the bracket [3].

8050fs1083

A=6.5 0.5mm

[1]

[2]

8050fs1084

[1]

[3]

[2]



1-151

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

5. Loosen 2 solenoid screws [1], adjust the posi-

tion of the solenoid [2], and then tighten the

screws.


6. Replace the solenoid bracket [1] and tighten the

solenoid bracket screws [5] at the position

where the paper exit guide [2] is in contact with

the stopper (rubber) [4] on the paper exit guide

stay [3].

Note:

• There should be the gap of 1 mm or more

between the paper exit guide [2] and the paper

exit guide stay [3].


steps in reverse.

8050fs1085

[2]

[1]

A=6.5 0.5mm

8050fs1086

1mm

[1] [5]

[4]

[3]

[2]

[2]

[3]



1-152

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.10 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of paper exit arm

A. Procedure

1. Open the finisher door and pull out the stacker

unit.

2. Check whether the upper face of the paper exit

belt arm [4] is located at the center of 2 marks

[5] when the edge of the actuator [2] for the belt

detection gear [1] is placed in the notched hole

[3] at the rear panel.

If not, perform the adjustment.

3. Remove the rail stopper screws for the stacker

unit. Then, pull out the stacker unit further.

Note:

• To avoid the finisher from falling, make sure

to place a support under the stacker unit.

8050fs1087

[3]

[1]

[2]

[5]

[4]



1-153

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

4. Remove a screw [2] for the belt detection gear

[1]. Place the paper eject belt arm at the speci-

fied position. Then, fix the detection gear [1] at

the specified position.


steps in reverse.

8050fs1088

[1]

[2]



1-154

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.11 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of alignment plate /U

A. Procedure

1. Turn on the main body. Once the finisher com-

pletes its initial operation, turn off the main body.


unit.



Note:



4. Check whether the actuator [2] for the alignment

HP sensor /U (PS708) [1] is aligned with the

home position.

5. Check whether the clearance A for the align-

ment plate /U [1] is within the standard value.

Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)


8050fs1089

[1]

[2]

8050fs1090

[1] PS708

A=340.6 mm



1-155

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6. Loosen 2 screws [1]. Align the rear side of the

alignment plate /U [2] with the long line at the

center of the marking lines [3]. Then, adjust the

front side of the alignment plate /U [4] to be

within the standard value based on the rear

side.

8050fs1091

[1] [3]

[2]

[1] [2][4]



1-156

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.12 FNS adjustment of the posi-tion of alignment plate /L(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)

A. Procedure

1. Check whether "Adjustment of the position of

FNS alignment plate /U" has been completed.

2. Turn on the main body. In the 47 mode, use one

of the following codes to drive a motor and turn

off the main body.

• Code 75-8: alignment motor /U (M705) home

position search

• Code 75-21: alignment motor /L (M716) home

position search

• Code 75-39: stopper motor (M718) moves to the

A4R or larger position


unit.



Note:



5. Remove the stapler unit cover.

6. Check whether the actuator for the alignment

HP sensor /U (PS708) is aligned with the home

position.

7. Check whether the actuator [3] for the alignment

HP sensor /L (PS724) for the alignment plate /L

[1] is aligned with the home position.

8050fs1092

[1]

[2]

[3]



1-157

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

8. Place a sheet larger than A4R in the stacker

section and check the position of the alignment

plate /U (rear) [1] and alignment plate /L (rear)

[2] by placing a sheet [3]. Check whether the

space A between the alignment plate /L (rear)

[2] and the alignment plate /L (front) [4] is within

the standard value.

Standard value: A = 340.6 + 0/ -0.5 mm (in to in)


9. Loosen 2 screws [1] and adjust the position of

the alignment plate /L [2] to be within the stan-

dard value.

8050fs1093

[3][1]

[2][4]

A=340.6 mm

8050fs1094

[1][1]

[1]

[2]

[2]



1-158

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.13 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position (flat stapling)

Note:

• Never move the stapler unit in a horizontal

direction manually (it may cause the teeth to

skip between the belt and gear).

A. Procedure

1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it

is performed within the standard value.

• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at

rear) [1]: A = 8.5 ± 3 mm

• Standard value for the one-corner stapling (at

front) [2]: B=8.5 ± 3 mm

• Standard value for the flat stapling [3]: C= B=8.5

± 3 mm

(In the flat stapling, the paper edge and the line [4]

connecting 2 staples must become parallel)



unit.



Note:




8050fs1095

[1] [2]

[3]

[4]

A=8.5 3mm

B=8.5 3mm

C=8.5 3mm



1-159

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

5. Loosen the adjustment screws [3] for the

clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2] and adjust

the position of the flat-stapling stopper [5] based

on the mark [4].

6. Perform a stapling operation to check whether it

is performed within the standard value.

8050fs1096

[1]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[4]

[4] [3]

[5]



1-160

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.14 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position in a verticaldirection

A. Type of cartridge

Note:

• The adjustment method of the FNS stapler

upper and lower positions varies according to

the form of the cartridge.

• The adjustment of a cartridge for the new type

can be made by using a stapler positioning jig

(129 X JG 011) for the old type and the old car-

tridge.

[1] New cartridge

[2] Reinforcing board

[3] Old cartridge

B. Procedure (New type)

Note:

• Be sure to avoid the manual horizontal move-

ment of the stapler unit. (This may cause the

jumping of the belt and the gear teeth)

1. Conduct an actual stapling operation and check

to see if any poor clinch occurs.

• No buckled stapling [1] is allowed.

• Floating stapling [2] must be less than the stipu-

lated value (L = 1 mm).

• The height of the belt staple-needle [3] must be

less than the stipulated value (L = 0.7 mm).

When any defect is found, conduct the following

adjustments.

Note:

• When the clincher or stapler is replaced or

removed, make adjustments after reinstalling

it.

[3] [2] [1]

8050fs1122

8050fs1123

[1]

[2]

[3]

L=1mm

L=0.7mm

LL



1-161

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

2. Open the door of the finisher and pull out the

stacker unit.

3. Remove the rail stopper fixing screw of the

stacker unit and pull further out the stacker unit.

Note:

• To prevent the finisher from falling down, be

sure to place a support beneath the unit that

has been pulled out.


5. Remove the cartridge.

6. Loosen the fixing screws [3], 4 each, of the

clincher /F [1] and the clincher /R [2].

8050fs1124

[1] [2]

[3]

[2][1]

[3] [3]



1-162

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

7. Attach the stapler positioning jig [1] to the car-

tridge set section.

Note:

• Be sure to push the stapler positioning jig

until it gets locked.

8050fs1125

[1]



1-163

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

8. Rotate the stapler gear [1] in the lower direction

and adjust the clincher position so that the 2

pins [2] of the stapler positioning jig get

smoothly into the positioning holes [4] of the

clincher [3]. And then rotate the gear [1] in the

lower direction to set the pin securely into the

positioning hole.

Note:

• When fitting forcibly the pin of the stapler

positioning jig, this may result in the pin

being hard to draw out. Be sure to rotate the

stapler gear with care.

9. Tighten up each of 4 clincher fixing screws.

10. Rotate the stapler gear in the upper direction to

remove the jig.

11. Bring the cartridge back to the original position.

12. Check the stapling operations.

[4]

[2]

[1] [3]

8050fs1126



1-164

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

C. Procedure (Old type)

Note:


direction manually (it may cause the teeth to

skip between the belt and gear).

1. Perform a stapling operation to check for the

clinch failure.

• Buckled staple-needles [1]

• Floating stapling [2] (standard value: L = 1 mm or

less)

• Height of belt staple-needle [3] (standard value:

L = 0.7 mm or less)

If there is a failure, perform the following adjust-

ment.

Note:

• Adjust the clincher or stapler if it is replaced

or removed.


unit.



Note:




5. Remove the cartridge [1], open the cover [2],

and then remove the staple sheet [3] by sliding

it.

8050fs1097

[1]

[2]

[3]

L=1mm

L=0.7mm

LL

8050fs1098[2]

[3]

[1]



1-165

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-

ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into

the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then

close the cover [5].

7. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler.

8. Loosen 4 screws [3] for the clincher /F [1] and

the clincher /R [2].

8050fs1099

[1]

[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

8050fs1100

[1] [2]

[3]

[2][1]

[3] [3]



1-166

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2

guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2]

into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].

Note:

• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be

hooked on the clincher.

8050fs1101

[2]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]



1-167

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

10. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler downward.

Adjust the position of the clincher [4] for the

plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be inserted

into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly. Rotate the

gear [1] downward further. Then, place the plate

[2] onto the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the

jig into the clincher unit [4].

11. Tighten 4 screws for each clincher.

12. Remove the jig by rotating the gear for the sta-

pler upward.

Note:

• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the

clincher when removing the stapler position-

ing jig.

13. Remove the cartridge and plate. Then, replace

the staple sheet removed at the step 5. Replace

the cartridge.

14. Check the operation of the stapler.

8050fs1102[1]

[2]

[3]

[1]

[4]



1-168

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.15 FNS adjustment of the sta-pling position (flat stapling)(only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)

A. Procedure

Note:


direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip

between the belt and gear).

1. Perform a stapling operation to check whether

the paper edge and the line [2] connecting 2 sta-

ples [1] becomes parallel [3] and the discrep-

ancy L is within the standard value.

Standard value: discrepancy L = 1 mm or less

If the discrepancy is not within the standard

value, perform the following adjustment.

2. Check whether "adjustment of the position of

FNS alignment plate /U" and "adjustment of the

position of alignment plate /L" has been com-

plete.


unit.



Note:




6. Loosen 3 screws [2] for the alignment plate /L

[1].

8050fs1103

L

[1]

[2]

[3]

8050fs1104[2]

[1]



1-169

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7. Adjust the position based on the mark [3] to

make the upper edge [1] and lower edge [2] of

paper to be horizontal.

8. Tighten the 3 screws, then perform a stapling

operation to check whether the stitch-and-fold

position is within the standard value.

8050fs1105[3]

[3]

[2]

[1]



1-170

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.16 FNS adjustment of the angleof the folding stopper (onlyfor FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)

Note:


direction manually (it may cause teeth to skip

between the belt and gear).

• Never loosen the screw [1] that must not be

removed.

A. Procedure

1. Perform a folding operation with A3 paper to

check whether the discrepancy at the folding

edge is within the standard value.

Standard value: A = 1 mm or less

If the discrepancy is not within the standard

value, perform the following adjustment.


unit.



Note:




8050fs1106

[1]

8050fs1107

A



1-171

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

5. Loosen 5 screws [2] for the folding stopper [1]

and adjust the angle based on the mark [3].

Note:

• Never loosen the screw [4] that must not be

removed.

6. Tighten the 5 screws [2], then perform the fold-

ing to check whether the discrepancy is within

the standard value.

8050fs1108

[1]

[3]

[2]

[4]



1-172

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.17 FNS adjustment of the fold-ing force (only for FS-215/FN-9/FS-606)

A. Procedure

1. Perform the followings to change the pressure

of the folding roller.

2. Remove the rear cover.


unit.

4. Remove the stacker unit cover.

5. Change the positions of each 2 pressure

springs [3] at front [1] and rear [2].

Note:

• The 4 pressure springs [3] must be hooked on

the hook holes with same symbol.

8050fs1109[3]

[1]

[3]

[2]

C

AA

B

C

B

C

A

B

C

A

B



1-173

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

2

9.18 FNS adjustment of the three-holding position (only forFS-215/FN-9/FS-606)

A. Procedure

1. Check whether "adjustment of the angle of the

folding stopper" has been completed.

2. Perform a three-folding operation to check

whether the three-folding position is within the

specification.

If it is not within the specification, perform the

following adjustment.

3. Turn on the main body, adjust the first folding

position (standard value a) in "Finisher adjust-

ment" ⇒ "Three-holding position adjustment" in

the 36 mode. Then, perform the three-folding for

confirmation.

4. Once the first folding line is adjusted within the

specification, open the finisher door and pull out

the stacker unit.

5. Open the three-folding guide plate [1], loosen 2

three-folding stopper screws [2], and then adjust

the position of the three-folding stopper [4]

based on the mark [3].

6. Tighten the 2 screws [2], then perform the three-

folding to check whether the three-folding posi-

tion is within the standard value.

Folding

position

Standard value Specification

A4R 8.5 x 11R

a 95 mm 89.4 mm ± 2 mm

b 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm

c 101 mm 95 mm ± 2 mm

8050fs1110

a

b

c

8050fs1111

[1][2]

[4]

[2]

[3]



1-174

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.19 FNS adjustment of the sta-pler drive belt position

A. Procedure

Note:

• This adjustment is performed only if the posi-

tion between the drive belt and the gear is dis-

placed during another adjustment by mistake.


unit.



Note:




• Rear cover

• Stapler unit cover

4. Insert the stacker unit.

5. Loosen 2 screws (M3) [2] for the staple slide

pulley /B [1] from the rear side with the hexago-

nal wrench [3].

6. Move the stapler and clincher simultaneously

toward center until they contacts with the bear-

ing.

Note:

• Make sure to move them simultaneously. The

flat-stapling stopper may be damaged at the

metal frame of the stapler if they are moved

individually.

8050fs1112

[1] [3]

[2]



1-175

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7. Remove the cartridge [1] for the stapler /R, open

the cover [2], and then remove the staple sheet

[3] by sliding it.

8. Remove the plate [2] from the stapler position-

ing jig [1], insert the hooks [3] on the plate into

the hook holes [4] on the cartridge, and then

close the cover [5].

9. Attach the cartridge onto the stapler /R.

8050fs1113

[1]

[2]

[3]

8050fs1114

[4]

[5]

[3]

[2]

[1]



1-176

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

10. Fold the stacking assist unit [1] and insert 2

guide pins [3] on the stapler positioning jig [2]

into the holes [5] on the clincher [4].

Note:

• The stapler positioning jig is adequate to be

hooked on the clincher.

11. Rotate the gear [1] for the stapler /R downward.

Adjust the horizontal position of the clincher [4]

for the plate [2] attached to the cartridge to be

inserted into the slot [3] on the jig smoothly.

Then, adjust the horizontal position of the sta-

pler /R and the clincher /R. Then, rotate the gear

[1] downward further. Place the plate [2] onto

the slot [3] on the jig and fully insert the jig into

the clincher unit [4].

Note:

• Do not loosen the screws for the clincher at

this time.

• The stapler /R and the clincher /R must be

finely adjusted if the position is not matched.

8050fs1115

[2]

[1]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4]

8050fs1116[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]



1-177

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

12. Insert the stacker with the jig attached (with the

plate and the jig joined). Then, tighten 2 screws

for the staple slide pulley /B from the rear side.

13. Pull out the stacker unit. Then, remove the jig by

rotating the gear for the stapler upward.

Note:

• Make sure not to snag on Mylar on the

clincher when removing the stapler position-

ing jig.

14. Remove the cartridge for the stapler /R and

plate. Replace the staple sheet removed at the

step 7 and replace the cartridge. Then check fol-

lowing 3 stapling operations.

• 1-staple (at rear)

• 1-staple (at front)

• 2-staple

15. Replace the rear cover and the stapler cover.



1-178

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.20 TU adjustment of the sheetcutting parallelism

A. Procedure

1. Measure the length between the folding face [1]

and trimming surface [2] and calculate the paral-

lelism. Then, check whether it is within the stan-

dard value.

Standard value: parallelism = A-B = ± 1 mm or

less


2. Open the front door [1].

3. Push up the pressure release lever [2].

4. Loosen the screw [3]. Then adjust the convey-

ance guide plate [5] based on the mark [4].

5. Tighten the screw [3].

8050fs1117

[1] [2]

A

B

8050fs1118

[2]

[1]

[5]

[3]

[4]



1-179

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.21 LCT tray mis-centeringadjustment

Perform this adjustment when the positioning cor-

rection cannot be done (the mis-centering amount

exceeds the automatic adjustment range of ± 5 mm)

even if "Printer centring adjustment (tray 4)" in the

36 mode, has been performed.

A. Procedure

1. Print the test pattern No.16 to check the mis-

centering amount.

2. Lift up the up/down plate [1].

3. Open the top cover [2].

4. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the top of LCT. Then,

slide the guide plate/front [4] and the guide

plate/rear [5] in the same direction at the same

amount.

8050fs1064

[3] [5][4] [3]

[2]

[1]



1-180

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

5. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the center positioning

bracket [1] at the bottom of LCT. Then, slide the

guide plate in the same direction at the same

amount with step 4

6. Tighten the 2 screws [2].

7. Replace the LCT and print the test pattern

No.16 again.

8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 until the mis-centering

amount becomes within the automatic adjust-

ment range.

8050fs1065

[2]

[1]



1-181

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.22 LCT skew adjustment

Perform the LCT skew adjustment when the paper

skew is different with paper supplied from the other

tray in such case as LCT is placed on the inclined

surface. However, it has just a little effect because

all paper is corrected at the second paper feed sec-

tion.

A. When all printouts are skewed:

1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous

copy mode to check the skew amount.

2. Open the front door of the LCT.

3. Loosen 2 screws [2] for the positioning bracket

[1] at the bottom of the LCT.

4. Adjust the position of the positioning bracket [2].


8050fs1066

[2][1]



1-182

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

B. When some printouts are skewed:

1. Print the test pattern No.16 in the continuous

copy mode to check the skew amount.


3. Loosen 6 screws [2] at the top of LCT to loosen

the guide plate/front [3], the guide plate/rear [4],

and the guide plate/right side [5].

4. Tighten the 6 screws at the position where each

guide plate is in contact with paper.

Reference:

• The size indicator on the guide plate is

approximately 2 mm wider than the actual

standard size paper. It may cause the skew for

some paper. The skew amount is reduced if

paper is fixed with each guide plate in tight.

8050fs1067

[2] [4][3] [2]

[1]

[5]

[2]



1-183

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

1

9.23 LCT paper feed roller pres-sure adjustment

Perform the LCT paper feed roller pressure adjust-

ment when the no feed jam occurs at the paper feed

(when coated paper is being used).

Note:

• The piled plate kit (P/N: SE95-4330) is a sup-

ply part. It should be purchased separately.

A. Procedure


2. Remove the spring [2].

3. Install the piled plate holder [4] on the paper

feed roller [3] with 2 screws [5].

Note:

• The piled plate kit is accompanied with the 5

piled plates [6]. However, the number of the

piled plates [6] should be adjusted while

checking no feed condition. (When the piled

plates are too heavy, this may result in double

feeding.)

The piled plates [6] can be removed by loos-

ening the 2 screws [7].

4. Replace the spring [2].

5. Close the top cover.

6. Perform the continuous copy to check the paper

feed.

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if the no feed jam continues

to occur at the paper feed.

8050fs1068

[2][7]

[6]

[4][5]

[3]

[1]



1-184

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.24 LCT up/down plate horizon-tal adjustment

Perform the LCT up/down plate horizontal adjust-

ment when the paper feed jam occurs frequently or

the up/down wire is replaced.

A. Procedure



3. Loosen 4 screws [3] at the front and rear side.

4. Position the mark [5] to make the up/down plate

to be horizontal with 2 adjusting screws [4] at

the front and rear side.


8050fs1069

[2]

[1] [5][3][4]

[1][5] [3] [4]



1-185

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.25 LCT sheet feed pressureadjustment

Perform the LCT sheet feed pressure adjustment

when a no feed jam or a double feed jam occurs at

the paper feed.

The sheet feed pressure is affected by the paper

type and the operating environment (the no feed

jam is likely in the low temperature environment and

the double feed is likely in the high temperature

environment).

A. Procedure

1. Remove LCT from the main body.

2. Check the adjusting spring mechanism [2] from

the top left side of the LCT (paper exit side) [1].

3. Change the spring hook position [2] depending

on the symptom.

• The load of the spring changes approximately

10% for a change in its position.

Note:

• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.

For example, a no feed jam becomes a double

feed jam.

Weak: Double feed jam is corrected.

Strong: No feed jam is corrected.

8050fs1070

[2] [1]



1-186

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.26 LCT paper feed height(upper limit) adjustment

Perform the LCT paper feed height (upper limit)

adjustment when the no feed jam occurs, the edge

of the fed paper is folded, or you want to feed curled

paper. The adjustment is performed by changing

the vertical position of the upper limit sensor

(PS109).

A. Procedure



3. Measure the height of the entrance guide upper

surface [3] and up/down plate upper surface [4]

with a scale to check whether it is within the

standard value.

Standard value: 2 to 5 mm

Perform the following adjustment if it is not within

the standard value or the edge of the fed paper is

folded even if it is within the standard value.

Note:

• This adjustment affects the pick-up release

amount.

When the adjustment is complete, perform

"9.27 LCT pick-up release amount adjust-

ment".

4. Remove the sprint [6] from the paper feed unit

[5].

5. Remove 4 screws [7].

6. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [8]

toward right.

8050fs1071

[6]

[5]

[1]

[4]

[2]

[3]

[8]

[7]



1-187

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

7. Loosen a screw [1].

8. Move the sensor mounting bracket [2] vertically

to make the height of the entrance guide upper

surface and the up/down plate upper surface to

be within the standard value.

If it is not within the standard value and the

height of the up/down plate has to be raised:

• When paper with a convex curl is fed:

Lower the position of the sensor mounting

bracket

If it is not within the standard value and the

height of the up/down plate has to be lowered:

• When the edge of the fed paper is folded:

• When paper with a concave curl is fed:

Raise the position of the sensor mounting

bracket

9. When the adjustment is complete, tighten a

screw [1].

8050fs1072

[2][1]



1-188

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

9.27 LCT pick-up release amountadjustment

Perform the LCT pick-up release amount adjust-

ment when a no feed jam occurs frequently. The

adjustment is performed by changing the horizontal

position of the paper feed solenoid (SD100).

A. Procedure



3. Remove the sprint [4] from the paper feed unit

[3].

4. Remove 4 screws [5].

5. Remove the paper feed pick-up cover /B [6]

toward right.

8050fs1073

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[6]

[5]



1-189

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

6. Pull the moving section of SD100 (paper feed

solenoid) [1] and measure the distance between

the paper feed roller [2] and the upper surface of

the up/down plate [3] to check whether it is


Standard value: 0.5 to 2.5 mm

Perform the following adjustment if it is not


7. Loosen a screw [4].

Note:

• Before starting the operation, note the origi-

nal position of the solenoid.

8. Move the paper feed solenoid (SD100) [1] hori-

zontally to make the distance between the

paper feed roller and the upper surface of the

up/down plate to be within the standard value.

9. Tighten the screw [4] for the paper feed sole-

noid.

8050fs1074

[3]

[2]

[4]

[1]



1-190

I A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

Blank page


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 Description of the ISW

2-1

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

2

II SERVICE TOOL

1. Description of the ISW

ISW (In-system Writer) is an operation to rewrite the

control program stored in the flash ROM on a vari-

ety of control boards in the digital copier without

removing the boards from the main body of the

copier. ISW allows you to update the version of the

control program without replacing the board or to

install the latest program when replacing the board.

[ISWTrns (PC software)] is provided to execute

ISW, which rewrite the program by connecting a PC

to the digital copier. The software rewrites the con-

trol program stored in the flash ROM in the copier

main body directly.

This chapter only describes the set up procedure on

the main body for executing ISW. See the "ISW (In-

System Writer) Service Manual" for information on

operating the ISWTrns.

Note:

• When rewrite control program for new type,

be sure to use the ISWTrns Ver. 3.51 or the

above.

• When upgrading ISWTrns, be sure to uninstall

the current ISWTrns before installing the new

version. Installing it by overwriting may result

in the installation of the USB driver unavail-

able.

• It is required to install the USB driver for

ISWTrns to perform ISW via USB on this

machine. See the installation procedure for

the "2. USB ISW".

• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to

turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] -

[Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and

press the OK button.

• From "machine" list box of ISWTrns, be sure

to select "8050" for old type and "bizhub

C500" for new type.

1.1 Setup

1.1.1 Board used for the ISW

ISWTrns supports the following boards for rewriting

the control program in 8050.

• Overall control board (OACB)

• Printer controller board (PRCB)

• Operation board/1 (OB1)

• RADF control board (DFCB)

• FNS control board (FNSCB)

• See IP Service Manual for the printer controller.

ROM replacement is needed for boards other than

the above.

1.1.2 Data flow

The following shows the ISW data flow.

Note:

• The control program on other boards cannot

be written until that for the overall control

board (OACB) is written.

1.1.3 ISW transfer type

The copier supports three ISW transfer modes as

follows.

A. Power ON mode

The power ON mode is used if no program is

installed on the overall control board (OACB) or it is

faulty.

If no program is installed on OACB, the OACB pro-

gram becomes possible to be written at power ON.

No display appears on the operation panel and the

timer LED flashes even if the operation board con-

trol program is installed because the OACB controls

the power for the operation board.

PC OACB OB1

PRCB DFCB

FNSCB


Description of the ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2-2

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

B. HELP + CHECK mode

The HELP + CHECK mode is started when the sub

power switch (SW2) is pressed while pressing

"HELP" and "CHECK button." This mode is

designed specifically for ISW to be started when the

overall control program is installed but the operation

board control program is not installed because the

25 mode cannot be started in such case.

C. 25 mode

The 25 mode is available only if both the overall

control program and the operation board control

program are installed.



2-3

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1.1.4 Instances of ISW transfer

A. When writing a new program (because

replacing a board or failed to rewrite the

program)

B. When updating the version of the program

Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition

Overall control board

Flashing timer LEDNo display on the operation panel

Power ON mode Overall control program is not installed or faulty

Operation board /1 Error code display HELP + CHECK mode

The overall control program is installed

but the operation board program is not

installed or faulty

Others Error code display 25 mode Both the overall control program and the operation board program is installed

Normal startup display ISW transfer method Condition

Overall control board

Normal 25 mode All program has been installed

Operation board /1 Normal 25 mode

Others Normal 25 mode



2-4

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

1.1.5 Setup procedure

A. Connecting a PC

a. Procedure

Note:

• Before performing ISW via USB, be sure to

turn on the USB radio button in [Setting (S)] -

[Set Communication (C)] in ISWTrns and

press the OK button.

B. Power on mode

a. Procedure

C. HELP + CHECK mode

a. Procedure

1. Loosen 4 screws [1] and remove the side

cover/2 [2].

2. Connect either of IEEE1284 port [1] or USB

(Type B) port [2] to the PC via a cable.

[1]

[1][2] 8050fs2012

8050fs2040

[1]

[2]

1. Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2).

2. Check the timer LED is flushing.

The control program becomes possible to be

written in this state.

3. Execute the operation according to the proce-

dures specified in the "ISW (In-System Writer)

Service Manual."

Note:

• Do not turn OFF the copier while writing the

ISW data is being rewritten.

4. The operation screen appears if it is completed

successfully.

If it is terminated abnormally, see "E. The rela-

tionship between ISW resulting operation and

the operational LEDs."

1. Turn ON the copie while pressing "HELP" and

"CHECK button."

2. "ISW write mode select menu screen"

Press 1 (PC) with the numeric keys.

ISW WRITE MODE SELECT MENU

1.PC

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 9.EXIT



2-5

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

3. "ISW device select menu screen"

Select 3 (OPERATION CONTROL) with the

numeric keys.

Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0

(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen.

Note:

• Rewrite programs other than 3 (OPERATION

CONTROL) in the 25 mode because this

mode does not support them.

4. "Operation control - item select menu screen"

Select an item from 1 - 5 to rewrite it individu-

ally or select 6 (ALL) to rewrite all items at a

time.

Press 9 (EXIT) to exit from the menu or press 0

(PREVIOUS) to return to the previous screen.

5. "ISW start screen"

Select 1 (YES) to start ISW.

Select 2 (NO) to cancel.

ISW DEVICE SELECT MENU [MODE:PC]

1. GRAPHIC CONTROL

2. PRINTER CONTROL

3. OPERATION CONTROL

4. ADF

5. VIF

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT

OPERATION CONTROL - ITEM SELECT MENU [MODE:PC]

1. 01

2. 02

3. 03

4. 04

5. 05

6. ALL

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. PREVIOUS 9. EXIT

OPERATION CONTROL - 01 [MODE:PC]

ISW START OK?

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 1. YES 2. NO

6. "ISW executing screen"

Execute the operation according to the proce-


Service Manual."

"Result screen" appears once ISW is com-

plete.

7. "Result screen"

• The operation is completed successfully

"NORMAL END" appears.

• The operation is terminated abnormally

"ABNORMAL END" appears.

Check the error code on the screen if the

rewriting is terminated abnormally.

8. Select 0 (CONTINUE) to continue ISW or

select 9 (EXIT) to exit.

"PLEASE TURN OFF A POWER SUPPLY"

appears when pressing 9, then turn OFF the


EXECUTING

*** NORMAL END ***

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT

*** ABNORMAL END ***

INPUT DEVICE ERROR

(ERROR CODE : XX)

PLEASE PUSH TEN-KEY 0. CONTINUE 9. EXIT



2-6

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

b. Error code

• Resulting operations

(1) The program is not operating normally. Turn

OFF and ON the sub power switch (SW2) and

then start ISW again.

(2) Check the ISW transfer data file.

(3) Check the connection of the communication

cable from the input device (PC).

(4) Check I/F between the overall control board

and the operation board.

(5) The flash ROM on the overall control board is faulty.

Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs, the

flash ROM on the overall control board may be faulty

or it may have reached its life. Replace the overall

control board.

Error code Causes No. of resulting

operation

01 Error in the instruction against the ISW processing unit (1)

1F Program error (1)

41 Input data format error (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)

42 Model name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)

43 Board name error in input data (at ISW for the operation board program) (2)

81 Input device error such as the input time out (at ISW for the operation

board program)

(3)

C1 Flash ROM erasing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)

C2 Flash ROM writing failure (at ISW for the overall control program) (5)

C3 ROM check sum error (at ISW for the overall control program) (8)

C4 Output device error such as the input time out (6)

E1 Erase error (9)

E2 Write error (9)

E3 Communication error (4)

E9 I/F communication parameter error between the overall control board

and the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)

(4)

EA I/F command sequence error between the overall control board and the

operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)

(4)

EB I/F communication timeout error between the overall control board and

the operation board (at ISW for the operation board program)

(4)

F0 Flash ROM error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)

F1 Flash ROM verify error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)

F2 Flash ROM write error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)

F3 Flash ROM erase error (at ISW for the operation board program) (7)

F8 I/F receive checksum error between the overall control board and the


(7)

F9 I/F receive header code error between the overall control board and the


(7)

FA I/F receive parity error between the overall control board and the opera-

tion board (at ISW for the operation board program)

(7)

FB I/F receive framing error between the overall control board and the oper-

ation board (at ISW for the operation board program)

(7)

FC I/F receive overflow error between the overall control board and the


(4)



2-7

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

(6) An error is detected from the board on which

you want to rewrite the program. Check the

board on which you want to execute ISW.

(7) The flash ROM on the operation board/1 is

faulty.

Execute ISW again. If the same error occurs,

the flash ROM on the operation board/1 may be

faulty or it may have reached its life. Replace

the operation board/1.

(8) The checksum calculated after the program is

written does not become equal to the ROM

checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the

same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file

may not be downloaded properly.

(9) It cannot write/erase data to/from area on which

ISW is executed.

The flash ROM may be faulty or have reached

its life. Replace the object board.

The checksum calculated after the program is

written does not become equal to the ROM

checksum data. Execute ISW again. If the

same error occurs, the ISW transfer data file

may not be downloaded properly.

Note:

• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-

gram on the overall control board, the opera-

tion panel cannot be displayed even if the sub

power switch is ON because the program con-

trolling the whole components has been lost.

Execute ISW in the power ON mode if such is

the case.

• If an error occurs during rewriting the pro-

gram on the operation board/1, it cannot be

started in the 25 mode because the error code

is displayed. Execute ISW in the HELP +

CHECK mode if such is the case.

D. 25 mode

a. Procedure



Press the [11 ISW] key.

3. "ISW mode menu screen"

Select a program for which ISW is executed.

4. Pressing the [Start] key, cause the machine to

be data waiting condition.

Note:

• See "C. HELP + CHECK mode" since select-

ing "Operation panel" switches to the HELP

+ CHECK mode.

5. Execute the operation according to the proce-


Service Manual."

Note:

• Do not turn OFF the copier while rewriting

the ISW data is being written.



2-8

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

E. The relationship between ISW operation and

the operational LEDs

The following shows the display of the operation

panel in the power ON mode with ISW executed.

No. Operation Timer LED Power save LED

1 CPU initialization OFF OFF

2 During memory check OFF OFF

3 Memory check error (waiting data from PC) Blink OFF

4 ISW processing (receiving data) OFF Blink

5 ISW processing (writing to flash ROM) OFF Blink

6 Transfer data error Blink Blink

7 Flash ROM write error Blink Steady lit

8 Memory check successful and reboot OFF OFF


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 USB ISW

2-9

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

2. USB ISW

2.1 What is the USB ISW?

The ISW RNs tool for transfer can be installed in the PC by using the setup disk. However, the USB driver

(KCAUSB.SYS) is required to be installed by the plug-and-play of the Windows after connecting the PC and

the copier with the USB cable.

The installation of the USB driver is required only when the PC is connected to the copier for the first time.

(No installation is required on and after the second connection.)

A. USB driver installation procedure (Windows 2000/XP)

When the PC and the copier are connected with the USB cable, the USB driver is automatically installed by

the plug-and-play.

However, this may cause the USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) of the Windows to be installed. Accordingly, the

USB driver should be set by following the procedure given below:

1. Select "Install from a list or specific location [Advanced]" in the display shown below, and then click

[Next].

2. Select "Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that I can choose a specific driver" in the

"Install Hardware Device Drivers" screen, and then click [Next].


USB ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2-10

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

3. Select the USB driver in the driver selection screen, and then click [Next] for installation.

• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)

4. When the "Completing the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to finish the

installation.

5. In the "Device Manager" screen, check to see if the installation of the USB driver is carried out correctly.

• USB driver: Konica Minolta 8050 USB Driver (ISW)


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 INTERNET ISW

2-11

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

3. INTERNET ISW

3.1 What is the Internet ISW?

The Internet ISW is the system to perform ISW, by indicating ISW using the Internet mail (E-mail) or

browser to let copier automatically acquire the subject program from program server and rewrite its own

program.

With this Internet ISW, you can update copier's programs just by transmitting E-mail with simple keyword

described, without visiting customer's office. With the Web function, you can perform the ISW on customer

site, without carrying the actual programs with you.

3.2 Operating environment

To use the Internet ISW function, the following conditions must be satisfied.

A. The copier is connected to a built in network where programs can be downloaded from the

Internet using ftp or http protocol. *1

B. The Internet ISW does not function in copier under the following conditions.

(1) The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.

(2) The sub power switch (SW2) is OFF.

(3) The copier is shut OFF by the auto shut off function.

*1 Programs can be downloaded using Firewall.

Note:

• The Internet ISW does not function even if the copier receives the Internet ISW designating mail,

as long as it is in any of the above conditions. The Internet ISW starts when the above condi-

tions are released.

However, the mails are able to have period of validity.

• The Internet ISW continues to function in the condition of a paper jam or SC occurs, or in the

low power mode.

3.3 Main features

With the Internet ISW, the following functions are available.

A. Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system *2

By sending simple keywords to a copier by E-Mail, the programs in the copier are rewritten automatically.

The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows. *3

(1) Overall control board (I)

(2) Printer control board (C)

(3) Operation board /1 (O)

(4) RADF control board (F)

(5) FNS control board (N)

*2 To use the function, the E-Mail remote notification system must be setup separately.

*3 The available boards are different depending on the copier models.

B. Internet ISW using Web utility

By accessing copier main body's homepage via PC web browser, programs in the copier are rewritten

automatically. To use the function, a Web terminal that is networked to the copier is necessary. *4

*4 In case it is connected to a LAN, it can only be used within the LAN.


INTERNET ISW KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2-12

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

3.4 Initial setting

To use the Internet ISW, the related settings such as network parameter, program server address, firewall

address must be performed in the copier main body beforehand.

Also, to use the [3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system], the related settings such as

account registration must be set on the mail server separately.

For the details, please refer to "4. Mail remote notification system".

3.4.1 Setting on Control panel

First, set the copier's IP address on the control panel, to network the copier. If it has already been set, go

to "3.4.2 Setting on Web browser".

a. Procedure

1. Select "Key operator mode" on the control panel.

2. Select "[1] System initial setting".

3. Select "[3] IP address setting".

4. Enter [IP address], [Subnet mask] and [Gateway address]. *5

5. Reboot the copier.

*5 Copier's IP address, etc. are usually assigned by the system administrator.

For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator.

3.4.2 Setting on Web browser

Next, set the program server, etc. from the Web browser. To use the Web browser, prepare a networked

PC *6.

*6 Prepare a PC by borrowing customer's PC or carrying laptop PC, for example.

(Considerations)

• In any setting item, space cannot be set.

• If there is a mistake in input process on the Web browser, be sure to correct it according to error mes-

sage displayed. If the mistake is left without correction, program download error may occur.

• Web's layout may change without prior notice.



2-13

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

2

a. Procedure

1. Start the Web browser. *7

2. Specify the copier's IP address that you have entered at "3.4.1 Setting on Control panel".

If you access the copier's http address, the [Main page] as the top figure on next page appears.

*7 If proxy is set on the web browser, it may not be able to access the copier's http address (web page).

For the details, please contact the customer's system administrator. As Web browser, Internet

Explorer or Netscape is recommended.

Do not perform setting from two or more browsers concurrently.

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Copier Web Utility Main Page

3. On the [Main page], click the [Environment setup], to display [Login to Environment setup] page.

Login window to Environment setting



2-14

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

2

4. On [Login to Environment setup] page, enter the key operator password (the same password as key

operator mode password) and click Apply. The environment setup list appears. Then click [Extension

for maintenance].

Environment setup screen

5. On [Login to Extension for maintenance] page, enter the password (the same password as mode

change menu password) and click Apply. The environment setting list appears. Then click [Internet

ISW].

Login window to Extension for maintenance Extension for maintenance screen



2-15

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

6. Click [Initial Setting].

Internet ISW main screen

7. Set proxy server.

When you don't use proxy server (firewall), go to Step 9.



2-16

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

*8 Types 2, 3 and 4 are not guaranteed.

When you finish entering all items, click [Next] and check the contents on the setting confirmation screen.

If all are fine, click [Next]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-

sage in red.

8. Set the program server. (Proxy server is used)

Enableproxy Select [no] if you do not use proxy

Select [Use ftp proxy] if you use ftp proxy

Select [Use http proxy] if you use http proxy

Proxy server Type *8 If you selected [Use ftp proxy] for [Use of proxy], select the type of proxy

from the following.

Type1 [USER USER@HOST]

Type2 [OPEN HOSTNAME]

Type3 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→SITE HOSTNAME]

Type4 [FW USERNAME→FW PASSWORD→USER USER@HOST]

Proxy server IP Address If you use proxy server, enter the IP address of the proxy server.

Port Number If you use proxy server, set the port No. that is used by the proxy server.

User name on the proxy

server

If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set an

account name for the proxy server.

Password for the proxy

server

If you selected Type1 or Type2 for [Type of proxy server], set a pass-

word for the proxy server.



2-17

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L


If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-

sage in red.

9. Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)

Program server address Enter the address of the server where programs to download are

stored. Select the protocol you use from the drop down list at the left

and enter the following address in the test box at the right.

In case of ftp, it is the relative path from the home directory.

Example: ftp://210.226.5.5/EUR/8050/

User name on the program

server

Enter the account name of the program server.

Password for the program

server

Enter the program server password.

Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)

If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-

out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.

Protocol Select a protocol to receive programs.

Program server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server where programs to download are

stored.

Target directory For http, enter path that follows the host domain. For ftp, enter the rela-

tive path from the home directory.

Example: EUR/8050/

User name on the program

server

Enter the account name of the program server.

Password for the Program

server

Enter the program server password.

Receiving time out Set the program reception timeout. (Default: 30 minutes)

If timeout occurs, the program downloading is forcibly terminated. With-

out performing ISW, the machine recovers to normal mode.



2-18

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L


If all are fine, click [Finish]. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item according to the mes-

sage in red.

10. Perform the download test.

This test downloads "test.dat" from the program server set in the initial setting, to ensure all items

have been set appropriately. If the download test fails, check the setting items again according to the

error message.

When the test finished successfully, the communication speed and estimated download time are displayed

as shown below. Draw upon the data to decide [Reception timeout].



2-19

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

If the download test fails, response error code sent from the server is displayed as follows. There may be

input errors. Check the initial setting again.



2-20

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

3.5 Internet ISW using E-Mail remote notification system

3.5.1 Function

Customer engineer sends an E-mail with simple keyword description. Then, the copier that received the

mail downloads specified program from the program server and rewrites its program.

This function is executed by a different command (keyword) from the list print acquisition function of the [E-

Mail remote notification system].

A. The boards of which programs can be rewritten with the Internet ISW are as follows.

(1) Overall control board: I0

(2) Printer control board: C0

(3) Operation board /1: O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5

(4) RADF control board: F0

(5) FNS control board: N0

B. You can acquire version information of programs to be rewritten.

C. You can find out how to use [Internet ISW] by mail.

To use the above functions, it is necessary to send the copier E-mail with the specified simple keyword

(command) description. The following are the commands and the options.

When no file name is specified, the following files are acquired from the program server address set

beforehand.

Command Option Description

ISW Subject board name Specifies name of a board to ISW. (must be entered)

The specifiable boards are as follows.

[I0, C0, O0, O1, O2, O3, O4, O5, F0, N0]

The available boards are different depending on mod-

els. File name can be specified with "=" as [Subject

board name=File name].

Timeout Specifies period of validity of mail.

(From 5 to 1,440 minutes. Unit is minute. If none is

specified, timeout takes place at 90 minutes.)

When the time from mail transmission by CE to mail

reception at copier exceeds the specified period, ISW is

not performed due to expiration.

ISWHELP — Returns a help mail with the above command use

descriptions.

I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin

O1 bootO1.bin

O2 bootO2.bin

O3 bootO3.bin

O4 bootO4.bin

O5 bootO5.bin



2-21

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

3.5.2 Transmitting E-Mail

The following is an example of transmitting an E-mail with the aforementioned command to a copier.

You can use either upper and lower case characters when typing a command (option) in E-mail. *9

When transmitting an E-mail to a copier, take care of the following.

• The ISW-designated mail has the period of validity. Therefore, set the date of mailer and time zone of

the copier *10 accurately.

• One mail can be described with only one ISW command. If two or more commands are described, the

second and later ones are ignored.

• Any mail software can be used. For example, mobile device mail, browser mail and so on.

• With the mail software in use, transmit mails in text mode.

(Commands in mails in HTML mode cannot be handled correctly.)

• Place at least one space or TAB *11 between command and option, and option and option described

in mails.

• Type every command in mails only with alphanumeric one-byte characters (ASCII characters). If other

characters *12 are typed, an error mail with [Command not found] is returned.

• Type every command in mails from the line head. Line head starting with a space or TAB is ignored.

• Do not attach files or others to the mails transmitted to copiers.

Depending on the size of files, such mails may be handled as illegal mails and copier may refuse to

receive.

• Do not type signatures in the mails transmitted to copiers. If auto signature addition is set on the mail

software, turn off the setting. Signatures may be handled as commands and error mails may be

returned from the copier.

*9 Case sensitivity is on for the file name. Take care when typing.

*10 Set in the E-mail transmission setting for [E-mail transmission setting].

*11 Linefeed is not available.

*12 Two-byte characters also cause errors. Take care not to use them.

(1) Transmitting ISW command

The transmission mail must have the following descriptions.

• In Subject, type a CE password that has been entered in the mail reception setting.

For the details, please refer to the "4. E-Mail remote notification system".

• In To, type mail address of a copier.

• In Body, type a command.



2-22

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

An example of I0 ISW:

An example of return mail (ISW start) *13

When the copier allows the ISW, it moves into the ISW mode, displaying [Remote ISW executing] on the

operation panel. The copier cannot be used while it is in the ISW mode. *14 Then, a mail like the following

is returned from the copier.

*13 The return mail is in English regardless of the language selected for the copier's main body operation

panel display.

*14 During the ISW, sub power switch (SW2) of the copier does not function. The copier cannot be shut-

down.

Password for authentication

Command

Copier's mail address



2-23

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

An example of return mail (ISW complete)

When ISW completes and copier reboots automatically, a mail like the following is returned from the

copier. You can confirm that the ROM version is upgraded.

However, if transmission of the above two kinds of return mails fails, the mails are not retransmitted.

When specifying a file name

When specifying a file name for ISW command, type the name with "=" following the subject board name.

In this case, "65FAI012UGH0.bin" must exist in the program server address that has been set in the Inter-

net ISW setting.

Transmission mail

ISW I0 = 65FAI012UGH0.bin 30

When transmission mail exceeds the period of validity

On ISW command, period of validity (timeout) can be changed set for every mail. (Default: 90 minutes) If

period from the mail transmission to mail reception at copier (duration) is longer than the timeout period,

ISW is not performed by that mail.



2-24

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

Transmission mail

Return mail

5 minutes is set for timeout

Timeout took place as 6 minutes had passed.



2-25

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

(2) Transmitting ISWHELP command

Manual that shows how to use command is returned by mail.

It is useful if you forget how to use command and options.

Transmission mail

ISWHelp

Return mail



2-26

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

3.6 Internet ISW using Web utility

3.6.1 Function

Using the copier's web utility, just by clicking on the browser *15, customer engineer can let the copier

automatically download programs from the program server and rewrite its own programs.

The boards of which programs can be rewritten are the same as those of [Internet ISW using E-mail

remote notification system].

*15 Usually, it is not possible to access company-inside copier from outside exceeding firewall.

3.6.2 How to use

A. Going to Internet ISW page

The same as instructed in "3.4 Initial Setting", go to the [Internet ISW] page on the Web browser.

Internet ISW main screen

Next to each board name, the program version is displayed.



2-27

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

B. Performing ISW

From the [ISW] items, select a board to ISW and check the box. When specifying a name of file to down-

load, type the name in the text box of [File name]. When no file name is specified, the following files are

acquired from the program server address set beforehand.

When the above input completes, click [ISW].

C. Starting ISW

When ISW starts, the following screen appears. If there is any input error, click [Back] and reset the item

according to the message in red.

ISW execution screen

When ISW completes successfully, the copier automatically reboots.

If you click [Check status], you can check the current ISW status.

If you click [Cancel], you can stop the ISW only while program is being downloaded

I0 bootI1.bin C0 bootC1.bin O0 bootO0.bin F0 bootF1.bin N0 bootN1.bin

O1 bootO1.bin

O2 bootO2.bin

O3 bootO3.bin

O4 bootO4.bin

O5 bootO5.bin



2-28

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

D. Checking ISW status

ISW status check screen

This screen shows the current performance or error. The display items are as follows.

• ISW is downloading

• ISW is writing

• Finished *16

• ISW was cancelled due to transferring problem

• ISW was cancelled due to transferring overtime

• ISW was cancelled due to writing problem to flash memory

*16 Copier reboots after ISW completes normally. Do not click [Refresh] on the browser.

E. Ending ISW

When ISW completes and copier reboots, ensure that the program version is upgraded on the [Internet

ISW main screen].



2-29

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

1

3.7 Precautions for use

3.7.1 Prior announcement to administrator

When performing the Internet ISW, be sure to contact the copier's administrator or the like and get his/her

agreement beforehand.

Perform ISW in condition that the copier is not being used.

If the copier is being used (a job is being processed), the Internet ISW is not performed.

3.7.2 If power failure occurs during data rewriting

While ISW rewriting is in progress *17, the operation panel and sub power switch (SW2) are locked. How-

ever, if the main power goes down due to power failure or other, the copier becomes unable to start up. *18

This is only the problem on rewriting the overall control board and the operation board /1. Even if errors

occur on rewriting other boards, the boards can be overwritten again with the Internet ISW.

If the copier becomes unable to start for the above reason, go to the copier's site and rewrite the program

using the ISWTrns.

<How to recover> Overall control board: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) and then perform ISW.

Operation board /1: Turn ON the sub power switch (SW2) while pressing HELP and

CHECK button and then perform ISW.

For the details, please refer to "1. ISW"

*17 Rewriting takes maximum 10 minute.

*18 No problem is cased by power failure during program downloading process.

3.7.3 ISW of multiple programs

It is not possible with the Internet ISW to ISW several programs concurrently. Always perform ISW one by

one. If several programs must be rewritten at the same time, perform ISW from board of higher priority. *19

When rewriting several programs, SC may occur during rewriting intervals between programs.

However, such SC will clear when all the subject programs are rewritten.

*19 In case of the Internet ISW using the E-mail remote notification system, the sequence of transmitted

ISW designating mails and mails received by copier may change. Transmit multiple mails while

ensuring reception of completion mail or putting enough intervals.

3.7.4 If ISW fails in low power mode

If ISW fails due to errors in program download, data check, and so on, the copier recovers into normal

mode. Only in low power mode, the copier reboots when ISW fails.

Priority 1 RADF control board (F), FNS control board (N)

Priority 2 Printer control board (C), Operation board /1 (O)

Priority 3 Overall control board (I)



2-30

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

3.8 Proxy server authentication in Internet ISW

3.8.1 What is a proxy server?

It is a server that receives request (HTTP or FTP etc.) from a client inside the firewall, and represents the

client. With this server, access to outside the firewall is enabled.

3.8.2 Authentication of proxy server

Following are the lists of commands of each authentication type:

All the 4 types below are supported in the Internet ISW.

3.8.3 Type and command list for authentication on proxy server

The following shows the brief description of each authentication type and the list of commands being used.

A. Type 1: USER user@host

This type does not require an authentication to the proxy sever when accessing outside via proxy.

In case it is possible to access outside via proxy server without entering user name and password of the

proxy server, this type may be used.

Command

B. Type 2: OPEN host

It is almost the same as Type 1. The only difference is a command at the authentication.

Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 1.

Command

Command Parameter Reply Code Description

USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program

server's address

PASS password 230 Sends password for the above user name


OPEN host ftp expanded

function:

Defined by

each server

Sends program server's address

USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever




2-31

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

C. Type 3: FW user → FW password → SITE host

This type requires an authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing outside.

It is necessary to enter information of the server that you wish to access, user name and password of the

proxy sever (firmware).

In case the user name and password of the proxy server are required when accessing outside via proxy

sever, this type may be used.

Command

D. FW user name → FW password → USER user@host

It is almost the same as Type 3. The only difference is a command at the authentication.

Apply this type when all the settings are set properly but communication fails with Type 3.

Command

3.8.4 Remarks

• For fwtk2.1 (for unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), authentication Type 1 is used.

• Type 1 is used in many proxy servers.

If you are not sure about the authentication type of the proxy server, KC recommends that you use

Type 1 in the meantime.


USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server

PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name

SITE host ftp expanded

function:

Defined by

each server

Sends program server's address

USER user 331 Sends user name of the program sever



USER FW user 331 Sends user name of the proxy server

PASS FW password 230 Sends password for the above user name

USER user@host 331 Sends user name of the program server and program

server's address



MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

2-32

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

4. MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

4.1 What is the Mail remote notification system?

Mail remote notification system allows to acquire machine data, that have been available as "List Output

Mode" in 36 mode from copier, through internet mail (E-mail). This function is achieved without visiting

customer site and printing on paper if the simple keyword is e-mailed.

4.2 Operation environment

Following conditions should be satisfied in order to use mail remote notification system. The function

works during JAM, SC or Low power mode, but does not work during shut-off. However, the sent mail does

not disappear and the copier process the mail after next starting up. During low power mode, the machine

operation is as usual.

A. The mail server *1 that allows copier to receive mail in POP3 or IMAP protocol.

(It is preferred that mail server can receive external mail and service constantly.)

B. The mail server *2 that allows copier to transmit mail in SMTP protocol.

(It is preferred that mail server can send external mail and service constantly.).

C. Mail remote notification system disabling conditions on copier are as follows.

(1) Main power switch is OFF.

(2) Sub power switch is OFF.

*1 qpopper, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. Assign one account per one copier. It can be the same

machine to the SMTP server. "Mail remote notification system" corresponds to "POP before SMTP".

*2 Sendmail 8.9, qmail, Lotus Notes, Mercury Mail etc. It can be the same machine to the receiving

server.

4.3 Initial setting

In order to use Mail remote notification system, settings such as network parameter on copier and account

registration on mail server are necessary.

A. Setting on operation panel

In order to connect the copier main body to network, IP address of the copier should be set on opera-

tion panel. If it is already set, please go to "B. Setting on Web.

a. Procedure

1. Select [Key operator mode] on operation panel.

2. Select [1. System initial setting].

3. Select [3. IP address setting].

4. Input [IP address], [Subnetmask] and [Gateway address]*1.

5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.

*1 System administrator usually assigns IP address and network related setting to copier. Please ask

system administrator for details.


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 MAIL REMOTE NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

2-33

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

2

B. Setting on Web

Next, input setting for mail server from Web browser. Please use PC*2 connected to the network in

order to use Web browser.

*2 Prepare PC; borrow the customer's one or bring notebook computer.

Note:

• No blank space should be entered for any column. Following characters cannot be used for the

E-mail address.

( ) < > ; : ¥ " [ ]

When the error message is displayed on the web browser, correct the input error following to

the message. If the error is not corrected, mail sending or receiving may fail.

• Web design is subject to change without notice.

(1) How to set

a. Procedure

1. Start up Web browser *1.

2. Type IP address of the copier you input to the [A. Setting on operation panel].

When accessing Web, the [main page] (see upper figure in next page) is displayed.

*1 If proxy is set on Web browser, it may not possible to access web utilities of copier. Please ask sys-

tem administrator for details. KC recommends to use Internet explorer or Netscape as the Web

browser. Do not perform setting from the two or more browsers concurrently.

Copyright © 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Copier Web utilities main page

3. In [Main] page, click [Environment Setup] button and display [Environment setup log in] page.



2-34

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

2

Environment setup log in page

4. Input key operator password in [Environment setup log in] page, then click [Apply].

[Environment set up] page is displayed. Then click [E-Mail transmission setting].

Even key operator password set "0000" in 25-mode setting, input "0000".

Environment setup page

5. Set the transmission setting.

In order to use Mail remote notification system, registration of E-mail address of manager (machine

administrator), and sending (SMTP) server input is mandatory.

Manager Address *1 To specify E-mail address of machine manager.

The e-mail address to notify error from SMTP.

DNS Server IP Address Input as needed. If not needed, leave it blank.

Time difference *1 The send time of mail is calculated referring this value.

Input the time difference from UTC within the range -1200 (-

12h00min) to +1200 (+12h00min).

If setting is not made, it is +0000 (the same as UTC).

For example, the time difference in New York is -5 hours, - 500 is

input.



2-35

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

*1 The same setting can be set on LCD of the copier. But do not set concurrently from web browser and

Web.

*2 Please see the "INSTRUCTION MANUAL" of copier if use the mail transmission system.

E-Mail transmission setting page

6. Click [Apply] button to finish input.

Sending mail (SMTP) sever *1 The IP address of SMTP sever.

Condition Informing Address *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2

You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.

E-Mail Transmission *1 It is for mail transmission system. *2

You may leave it blank when mail transmission system is not used.



2-36

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

(2) Test mail sending

Click [Sending test] button and then a test mail is sent to SMTP server. Test mail is sent to [Manager

address] set on Step5. Click [Sending test] to display result of the test mail. If it is failed, please re-con-

firm the setting following to error message.

a. Procedure

1. Set the reception setting.

In the [Extension for maintenance] column at the bottom of the page, input the password to change

the mode then click the initial setting.

Use the password for changing modes.

Extension for maintenance page (for customer engineer)

The records of sent and received mails listed on mail log on the [Extension for maintenance] page are the

latest 10 mails. Even the main power switch is turned OFF, the communication is logged and kept though

there are some restrictions.



2-37

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

E-Mail reception setting page

2. Set the e-mail reception screen based on the following.

Enable E-mail notification Select [Yes] to use Mail remote notification system.

Default is [No].

Interval between fetching mails Interval between checking mail on receiving mail server from

copier. The interval can be set within the range from 1 min. to 60

min.

Usually, set around 10 min. considering load for network.

Receiving mail server The IP address of receiving mail server.

Kind of mail spool Select [POP3] or [IMAP]. Default is [POP3].

User name on the server *1 The account name for copier assigned on receiving mail server.

Password *2 The password for the above user name.

E-Mail Address of this copy

machine

E-mail address of the copier.

Usually, the name is [User name@receiving mail server name].

Nickname *3 The name added to the mail subject sent from the copier.

It can be blank.

CE Password *2 Input password used for the "Subject" of the mail sent to the copier.

The copier uses this password for security check.

Also Notice to the administrator (CC mail)

- No

- Only illegal mails

- All mails

Default (Do not send the e-mail to the administrator)

Specify whether to transfer mail in following conditions; When the

mail received by copier does not match to the registered password

or the mail size is 10 k-byte or larger.

Transfer all sending mails from Mail remote notification system.



2-38

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

*1 Consult system administrator and create mail account for copier on receiving mail server.

*2 No echo back from the password.

*3 Use it as identifier, when managing multiple copiers.

*4 Use it to check the copier. is turned ON or not. If the time of the copier or the mail application software

is not set correctly (including time difference), wrong time is described. In that case, select [No].

3. Click "Apply" to finish input.

4. Test mail sending and receiving.

Click [Sending and receiving test] button and then sending and receiving tests are performed by one

transaction. It checks whether the sent mail is correctly received. Click [Sending and receiving test]

to display result of the test. If it is failed, please re-confirm the setting following to error message.

5. Turn OFF/ON power switch of copier.

Administrator E-Mail address Input address for the transfer if above [Only illegal mail] or [all

mails] is selected.

Announce delay time in reply mail *4 Select whether to contain the time difference from CE`s transmis-

sion and copier reception on the mail.

Default is [No].

Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP Select whether SMTP server transmits the mail after POP (IMAP)

server attests.

Default is [Yes].

Sending mail test Mail sending test is performed to SMTP server.

Test mail is sent to [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set on

Step2.

Receiving mail test Receiving test from receiving mail server is performed.

Test mail is received by [E-Mail Address of the copy machine] set

on Step2.



2-39

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

4.4 How to use the Mail remote notification system

A. Function

CE can use following functions of Mail remote notification system by e-mailing simple keyword to copier.

CE can receive the data of the desired copier data list by the e-mail.

• JOB memory list

• User management list

• Font pattern list

• Machine management list 1

• Adjustment data list

• Parameter list

• E.K.C. management list

• Machine management list 2

• Counter list

• Pixel ratio data list

In order to use above function, the simple keyword (command) must be sent by e-mail.

The following table shows the command and options.

Command Options Explanation Mini-

mum

GETLOG [List output] The [List output] specified by the following is returned by

mail.

G

JOB [JOB memory list] J

USER [User management list] U

FONT [Font pattern list] F

MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 1] M

ADJUSTMENT [Adjustment data list] A

PARAMETER [Parameter list] P

EKC [EKC management list] E

2MANAGEMENT [Machine management list 2] 2

COUNTER [Counter list] C

PIXEL [Pixel ratio data list] PI

ALL All of above list data. AL

Not specified Edited [Counter list] for the cellular phone display.

CHPASS [OldPasswd] [New-

Passwd]

To change the password used to certify mail. C

[OldPasswd] Specify current password

[NewPasswd] Specify new password

HELP Not specified Help mail explaining usage of the above commands is

sent.

H



2-40

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

B. Send mails

The example of the mail containing the command to the copier is shown. The command and option on

the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and small letters. Accord-

ingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters in the above

table *1. When sending mail to the copier, please note followings.

Note:

• Mail software on any OS, handy terminal, free-mail using browser can be used without any differ-

ence.

• When sending mail on mail software, be sure to use text mode.

(Mail in HTML mode cannot be handle properly.)

• As for the reception on mail software, the desirable maximum displayable letters per one line is

128 and over (single-byte).

(The length of the one line reaches to 128 letters in the part of the data list mail. Accordingly, mail

may not be easily seen on the cellular phone or other mobile devices.)

• Put minimum one space or TAB*2 between the command and option on the mail.

• Use only single-byte alphanumeric character (ASCII character) for the command on mail. Other-

wise, an error mail, [Command Not Found], is returned.

• Type command from the beginning of the line. If the line starts with blank or TAB, the line is

ignored.

• Maximum number of commands that can be contained in one mail is 10. The eleventh and onwards

commands are ignored.

• Do not attach file to the mail sent to the copier. Depending on file size, it is handled as illegal mail.

• Do not attach signature to the mail sent to the copier. If automatic attachment of the signature is

already set to the mail software, change the setting not to attach the signature. The signature is

regarded as command and error mail may be returned.

• While copier is sending or receiving the mail, if the power switch of the copier is turned OFF or list

output is performed on the copier, two mails may be returned.

• The maximum number of the mails that copier receives from the mail server is 5 per one time. If the

mail server has more received mails at a time, remaining mails are processed after the [interval

between fetching mails].

*1 Example: All of G, GE, GET, GETL, GETLO, GETLOG equal to specify GETLOG.

*2 Return cannot be used.



2-41

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

(1) Send GETLOG command

Following should be described in the sending mail.

• Subject: Input "CE password" set in reception setting.

• To: Input E-mail address of the copier.

• Body: Input command.

a. Example of mail requesting counter list

CE Password

Mail address

of the copier

Command



2-42

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

b. Example of mail requesting counter list*1

*1 Language of the returned mail is English only.

Serial number of copier

Mail address of the sender

Nicknameof the copier

Requestedcounterlist



2-43

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

c. When option is not specified

GETLOG command without option is specified, Counter list for the cellular phone display is returned.

Sending mail [GetLog]

Example of returned mail



2-44

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

d. To receive multiple data list

Data lists in reply to GETLOG command are separately returned by mails; one list per mail. If the

same list is requested twice or more in a mail, the list is returned only once.

When followings are described in a mail, both counter list mail and machine management list 1 mail

are returned.

[GetLog Counter]

[GetLog Management]

When the commands are written in one line continuously, Management (the later command) is

ignored and only counter list (the first command) is returned.

[GetLog Counter Management]

e. When unrecognizable option is specified.

Sending mail

[GetLog Log]

Returned mail

[Option Not Found → GetLog Log]

(2) Send CHPASS command

The sending mail password described on the subject can be changed remotely. Specify 20 or less let-

ters to [OldPasswd] and [NewPasswd]. Use ASCII characters except space.

Password cannot be changed by mail if you don't remember the old password. Change the [CE pass-

word] from the browser, explained in Chapter 2.

a. Example of correct password change

In this case, old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].

Sending mail

[ChPass U-BIX Sitios]

Returned mail

[SE's Password was changed successfully. → New Password [Sitios]]

When the password is changed, use [NewPasswd] from the next mail. When the mail is sent with

[OldPasswd], it is treated as illegal mail.



2-45

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

b. Example of invalid password change

Old password [U-BIX] is changed to new password [Sitios].

Sending mail

[ChPass Sitios U-BIX]

Returned mail

[Old Password is Invalid. → ChPass Sitios U-BIX]

Then, password was not changed. Accordingly, the password is unchanged and [U-BIX].

Sending mail

[ChPass Sitios]

Returned mail

[Violation on format by new password. → ChPass Sitios]

When the new password is blank, password is not changed.



2-46

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

(3) Send HELP command

The manual describing above usage of the commands is returned by mail. Use this function when you

forget how to use command and option.

Sending mail [Help]

Returned mail



2-47

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

4.5 Disabling systemIn order to disable Mail remote notification system, in Mail reception setting, select [No] for the "Enable

E-Mail notification" and then click [Apply] button.



2-48

II S

ER

VIC

E T

OO

L

Blank page


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE SCHEDULE

3-1

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

III SERVICE

1. SERVICE SCHEDULE

1.1 Service schedule

G

Service item x 10,000 copies Service

count0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500

Main

body

Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1)

Every 200,000

copies

24 times

Periodic check (2)

Every 400,000

copies

12 times

Periodic check (3)

Every 600,000

copies

8times

Periodic check (4)

Every 1,000,000

copies

4times

Periodic check (5)

Every 1,500,000

copies

3times

Periodic check (6)

Every 2,000,000

copies

2times

Periodic check (7)

Every 2,500,000

copies

1time

Periodic check (8)

Every 4,000,000

copies

1time

DF-319/

AFR-20 *1

Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1) *1

Every 1,800,000

copies

2times

*1 Perform the periodic check (1) for the DF-319/AFR-20 at 2 times (18,000,000 copies and 36,000,000

copies).


SERVICE SCHEDULE KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3-2

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

LT-211/

C-208

Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1)

Every 600,000

copies

8times

Periodic check (2)

Every 2,500,000

copies

1time

FS Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1)

Every 200,000

copies

24 times

Periodic check (2)

Every 400,000

copies

12 times

Periodic check (3)

Every 1,000,000

copies

4times

Periodic check (4)

Every 2,500,000

copies

1time

PI-110 Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1)

Every 500,000

copies

9times

Periodic check (2)

Every 1,000,000

copies

4times

Periodic check (3)

Every 3,000,000

copies

1time

PK-120/

5/507

Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

TU-109/

TMG-3

Maintenance

Every 100,000

copies

49 times

Periodic check (1)

Every 4,000,000

copies

1time

Service item x 10,000 copies Service

count0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 180 200 250 300 350 360 400 450 500



3-3

III S

ER

VIC

E

1

1.2 Maintenance items

A. Main body (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

No. Classification Service item Quantity Implementation classification Materials•Tools usedCleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

1 Preparations (1) Image check

2 Drum (1) Drum cartridge 4 *3

(2) Drum unit cleaning Hydro wipe (cleaning pad is not available)

3 Charging corona

(1) Charging wire assy /Y, /M, /C, /K

4

(2) Changing grid plate /Y, /M, /C, /K

Blower brush

(3) Charging corona dust-proof filter

1 ( )

4 Developer (1) Developer (Y, M, C, K) 4 *3

(2) Developer unit cleaning Hydro wipe (cleaning pad is not available)

5 Transfer belt

(1) Belt cleaning blade1

*3

6 ADU (1) Separation corona unit 1

(2) Paper feed roller /BP Cleaning pad/drum cleaner(3) Feed roller /BP

(4) Double feed prevention roller /BP

(5) Registration roller cleaning

(6) Conveyance roller section cleaning

(7) ADU paper through sensor cleaning

Blower brush

7 Exterior (1) Ozone filter /1 1

(2) Dust proof filter /1 2

(3) Dust proof filter /2 1

8 Fixing (1) Fixing roller /U *21

Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)*3

(2) Fixing roller /L *21

Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)*3

(3) Cleaning roller Roller cleaner

9 Reverse/exit

(1) Decurler roller25 mode count reset

1*1

*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mode to prevent the fixing jam when

replacing the decurler roller.

*2 When replacing the fixing roller /U or /L, be sure to apply Multemp FF-RM on the heat insulating sleeve

/U or /L, respectively.

*3 Be sure to conduct the adjustment properly according to the adjustment items given in "LIST OF

ADJUSTMENT ITEMS FOR 8050."



3-4

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

B. DF-319/AFR-20 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

10 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller /1, /2, /3 Cleaning pad/drum cleaner(2) Feed roller /1, /2, /3

(3) Double feed prevention roller /1, /2, /3

11 Vertical

conveyance

(1) Conveyance roller, sensor

Cleaning pad/drum cleaner/blower brush

12 Scanner (1) Original glass, exposure lamp, reflector, lens, mirror, sensor

Hydro wipe/drum cleaner/blower brush

13 Write unit (1) Dust-proof glass (Y, M, C, K) Hydro wipe

14 Toner supply

(1) Toner supply unit cleaning

Hydro wipe

15 Toner collection

(1) Toner collection box replacing/cleaning

( )Cleaning pad

16 Final check (1) W.U.T. check

(2) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(3) Image and paper through check

(4) PM counter resetting (25 mode)



Preparations (1) Paper through check

1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(3) Double feed prevention roller

Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(4) Pre-separation rubber Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(5) Rubber roller Blower brush

(6) Reflective sensor Blower brush

(7) Conveyance belt Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

2 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

3 Final check (1) Paper through check



3-5

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

C. LT-211/C-208 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

D. FS-115/FN-120/FS-513 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)


1 Preparations (1) Paper through check

2 Paper feed (1)Paper feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(2) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner



(4) Paper dust removing

(5) Sensor Blower brush

(6) Gear ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

3 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner




2 Conveyance (1) Conveyance roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

3 Drive (1) Main drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(2) Tray up/down drive unit

( )Plus guard No.2 *1

(3) Shift drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(4) Paper exit drive section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(5) Staple unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

4 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable count: 5,000

5 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning


*1 If abnormal sound is heard due to insufficient oil, lubricate it.



3-6

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

E. FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

F. PI-110 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)




3 Drive (1) Main drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(2) Tray up/down drive unit

( )Plus guard No.2 *1

(3) Shift drive unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(4) Paper exit drive section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(5) Staple unit ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(6) Folding unit ( )

4 Folding (1) Folding roller

5 Stapler (1) Staple check Actual durable count: 5,000

6 Exterior (1) Exterior cleaning

7 Final check (1) Paper through check Staplerpositioning jig




2 Paper feed (1) Feed roller Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(2) Paper feed conveyance roller








3-7

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

G. PK-120/5/507 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)

H. TU-109/TMG-3 (Every 100,000 copies/prints)


1 Punch unit (1) Punch die Blower brush

2 Punch scraps section

(1) Punch scraps dump

(2) Punch scraps full sensor Blower brush


(2) Interior cleaning Cleaning pad/drum cleaner



(2) Conveyance belt

2 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U Cleaning pad/drum cleaner

(2) Trimmer blade /L

(3) Trimming box and its periphery

3 Stacker (1) Pusher section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

(2) Stacker section ( ) Plus guard No.2 *1

4 Drive (1) Conveyance drive section






3-8

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

1.3 Periodic check items (main body)

A. Periodic check (I) (Every 200,000 copies/prints)


1 Charging corona

(1) Changing grid plate 65AA2507*

4

(2) Changing grid spring 65AA2509*

8

2 Transfer belt

(1) 1st transfer roller /K65AA2604* 25 mode count reset

1*1

(2) 1st transfer roller /C65AA2612* 25 mode count reset

31

(3) 2nd transfer roller /U65AA2611*

1

(4) Belt drive roller cleaning Hydro wipe/drum cleaner

(5) Transfer belt65AA2642*

1

(6) Toner collection sheet /165AA-293*

1

3 2nd transfer (1) 2nd transfer roller /L65AA4501*

1

4 Fixing (1) Fixing cleaning unit65AA-573* 25 mode count reset

1*2

(2) Paper exit roller /Up (New type only)65LA5343*

2

5 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller (New type only)65LA4808*

1

(2) Paper exit guide roller /265AA4818*

4*3

(3) Paper presser roller65AA4849*

2*4

*1 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" to prevent a image disturbances in the 25 mode

when replacing the 1st transfer roller /Y/M/C/K.

*2 Reset "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25 mod when replacing the fixing clean-

ing unit. Otherwise, the message "You need to replace the fixing cleaning unit. Please call the service."

appears and the copy/print prohibition state is started.



3-9

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

3 For the old types, the paper exit guide roller /2 is replaced only for machines provided with a kit against

uneven wax. For identification of a measure against uneven wax, see the table below.

*4 Since machines connected to the finisher are not provided with the paper presser roller, this is

excluded from the periodically replaced parts.

B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)

Identification method Details

Identification by

means of the S/N

Those on and after the following S/N are machines

provided with a measure against uneven wax.

• Main body: 65AE01429 —

65AF00476 —

65AN00169 —

65AP00005 —

65AK00016 —

65BE01391 —

65BF01416 —

• FS-115: 20AK01550 —

20BK00236 —

• FS-215: 20AL01551 —

20BL00320 —

Proposed kit Machines provided with the following proposed kits

against uneven wax in the field.

• Main body: SE95-4280

• FS-115/215: SE95-4290


1 Paper feed (1) Feed rubber (tray/1, /2, /3)25SA4096*

3Actual durable count: 125,000

(2) Double feed prevention rubber (tray/1, /2, /3)25SA4096*




3-10

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 600,000 copies/prints)

D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)


1 Charging corona

(1) Charging corona dust-proof filter65AA-387*

1

2 Developer (1) Developing unit /Y, /M, /C, /K65AA-972*

4

3 Transfer belt

(1) Transfer belt separation claw65AA-287*

3

(2) Belt cleaning roller unit65LA-288*

1

4 Registration (1) Registration cleaning sheet65AA-462*

1

5 Fixing (1) Ball bearing /U45407504*

2

(2) Ball bearing /L26NA5371*

2

(3) Heat insulating sleeve /U45405339*

2Multemp FF-RM (or Solvest 240)

(4) Heat insulating sleeve /L65AA5341*


(5) Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365*

1


1 Fixing (1) Fixing drive gear65AA7727*


2 2nd transfer (1) Transfer ground plate unit65AA-456*

1

3 Paper exit (1) Paper exit roller (Old type only)65AA4808*

1*1

*1 For the old type, the paper exit roller is replaced only when the proposed kit against uneven wax is

installed.



3-11

III S

ER

VIC

E

1

E. Periodic check (V) (Every 1,500,000 copies/prints)

F. Periodic check (VI) (Every 2,000,000 copies/prints)

G. Periodic check (VII) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)


1 Registration (1) Registration roller 65AA4601*

1

2 Transfer belt

(1) Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251*

1

3 ADU (1) Feed rubber /BP 25SA4096*


(2) Double feed prevention rubber /BP 25SA4096*



1 Vertical conveyance

(1) Intermediate conveyance clutch /156AA8201*

1Actual durable count: 2,000,000

2 ADU (1) Intermediate conveyance clutch /256AA8201*


(2) Intermediate conveyance clutch /356AA8201*



1 Fixing (1) Fixing upper lamp /165AF8303*

1

(2) Fixing upper lamp /265AF8304*

1

(3) Fixing lower lamp 65AF8305*

1

(4) Fixing temperature sensor /365AA-553*

1

(5) Fixing temperature sensor /465AA-554*

1

2 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller (tray/1, /2, /3)56AA-458*




3-12

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

H. Periodic check (VIII) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)

1.4 Periodic check items (DF-319/AFR-20)

A. Periodic check (I) (Every 1,800,000 copies/prints)

1.5 Periodic check items (LT-211/C-208)



1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch (tray/1, /2, /3)56AA8201*


(2) Pre-registration clutch (tray/1, /2, /3) 56AA8201*


2 ADU (1) ADU conveyance clutch /156AA8201*


(2) ADU conveyance clutch /256AA8201*


(3) ADU pre-registration clutch56AA8201*


(4) Paper feed roller /BP65AA-520*


(5) Paper feed clutch /BP56AA8201*



1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller13YH4064*


(2) Feed roller13YH4039*


(3) Double feed prevention roller20AJ4015*



1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed roller55VA-484*


(2) Feed roller55VA-483*


(3) Double feed prevention roller55VA-483*




3-13

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

B. Periodic check (II) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)

1.6 Periodic check items (FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606)


B. Periodic check (II) (Every 400,000 copies/prints)

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)

D. Periodic check (IV) (Every 2,500,000 copies/prints)


1 Paper feed (1) Paper feed clutch 56AA8201*


(2) Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201*



1 Conveyance (1) Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller)122H4825*


(2) Intermediate conveyance roller /4 (sponge roller)13QE4531*



1 Conveyance (1) Stack assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210*

1


1 Stapler (1) Stapler unit 20AK4241*

2

Staplerpositioning jigActual durable count: 200,000


1 Drive (1) FNS up/down motor13QE-115*




3-14

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

1.7 Periodic check items (PI-110)


B. Periodic check (II) (Every 1,000,000 copies/prints)

C. Periodic check (III) (Every 3,000,000 copies/prints)0

1.8 Periodic check items (TU-109/TMG-3)

A. Periodic check (I) (Every 4,000,000 copies/prints)


1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /B50BA-575*


(2) Double feed prevention roller assembly13QN-443*



1 Paper feed (1) Feed roller assembly /A50BA-574*



1 Paper feed (1) Torque limiter 13QN4073*



1 Trimmer (1) Trimmer blade /U13LHK001*


(2) Trimmer blade /L13LHK002*




3-15

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

1.9 Replacement parts list

Note:

• No. in this list is identical with No. in "5. Parts counter" and "1. Count of special parts" in the 25

mode.

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity Actual durable

count

001 Toner collection Toner collection box 65AA-245* 1 50,000

002 Main body Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 100,000

004 Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 100,000

005 Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 100,000

006 Charging corona Charging corona dust-proof filter 65AA-387* 1 600,000

007 Drum Drum cartridge /Y 65AA-200* 1 100,000

012 Drum cartridge /M 65AA-200* 1 100,000

017 Drum cartridge /C 65AA-200* 1 100,000

022 Drum cartridge /K 65AA-200* 1 100,000

028 Charging corona Charging wire assy /Y 65AA-252* 1 100,000

029 Charging grid plate /Y 65AA2507* 1 200,000

031 Charging wire assy /M 65AA-252* 1 100,000

032 Charging grid plate /M 65AA2507* 1 200,000

034 Charging wire assy /C 65AA-252* 1 100,000

034 Charging grid plate /C 65AA2507* 1 200,000

037 Charging wire assy /K 65AA-252* 1 100,000

038 Charging grid plate /K 65AA2507* 1 200,000

— Charging grid spring 65AA2509* 8 200,000

040 Transfer belt Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 200,000

041 1st transfer roller /Y 65AA2612* 1 200,000

042 1st transfer roller /M 65AA2612* 1 200,000

043 1st transfer roller /C 65AA2612* 1 200,000

044 1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 200,000

045 2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 200,000

046 Transfer belt separation claw 65AA-287* 3 600,000

048 Belt cleaning roller unit 65LA-288* 1 600,000

049 Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 200,000

050 Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 100,000

051 2nd transfer 2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 200,000

052 ADU Separation Discharging board unit 65AA-452* 1 100,000

053 Fixing Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 200,000

054 Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 100,000

055 Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 100,000



3-16

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

056 Developing Developer /Y New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3079*

Old type:

65AA3079*

1 100,000

057 Developer /M New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3080*

Old type:

65AA3080*

1 100,000

058 Developer /C New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3081*

Old type:

65AA3081*

1 100,000

059 Developer /K New type:

65LA (/LK/LQ) 3082*

Old type:

65AA3082*

1 100,000

060 Developing unit /Y (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000

061 Developing unit /M (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000

062 Developing unit /C (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000

063 Developing unit /K (color label included) 65AA-972* 1 600,000

069 FS FNS up/down motor 13QE-115* 1 2,500,000

070 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000

071 Stapler unit 20AK4241* 1 200,000

— Staple 12QRK001* 2 5000

108 Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller) 122H4825* 10 200,000

109 Intermediate conveyance roller

(sponge roller)

13QE4531* 4 200,000

110 Stacking assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210* 1 400,000

078 PI-110 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000

079 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000

080 Double feed prevention roller

assembly

13QN-443* 1 100,000

081 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000

083 Feed roller assembly /A 50BA-574* 1 200,000

084 Feed roller assembly /B 50BA-575* 1 100,000

085 Double feed prevention roller

assembly

13QN-443* 1 100,000

086 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 1 600,000

087 TU-109/TMG-3 Trimmer blade /U 13LHK001* 1 500,000

087 Trimmer blade /L 13LHK002* 1 500,000

092 DF-319/AFR-20 Paper feed roller 13YH4064* 1 625,000

093 Feed roller 13YH4039* 1 625,000

095 Double feed prevention roller 20AJ4015* 1 625,000

113 Registration Registration cleaning sheet 65AA-462* 1 600,000


count



3-17

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

112 Fixing unit Fixing torque limiter 65AA5365* 1 600,000

114 Ball bearing /U (for upper roller) 45407504* 2 600,000

115 Heat insulating sleeve /U

(for upper roller)

45405339* 2 600,000

116 Vertical conveyance Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

117 ADU Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

118 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

119 Main body paper feed Paper feed rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000

119 Double feed prevention rubber /1 25SA4096* 1 125,000

120 Paper feed rubber /2 25SA4096* 1 125,000


121 Paper feed rubber /3 25SA4096* 1 125,000


122 Paper feed rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000

122 Double feed prevention rubber /BP 25SA4096* 1 125,000

130 Paper feed roller /1 56AA-458* 1 800,000



133 Paper feed roller (Bypass) 65AA-520* 1 800,000

123 Registration Registration roller 65AA4601* 1 1,500,000

124 Transfer belt Separation claw solenoid 26NA8251* 1 1,500,000

125 Fixing Fixing upper lamp /1 65AF8303* 1 2,500,000

126 Fixing upper lamp /2 65AF8304* 1 2,500,000

127 Fixing lower lamp 65AF8305* 1 2,500,000

128 Fixing temperature sensor /3 65AA-553* 1 2,500,000

129 Fixing temperature sensor /4 65AA-554* 1 2,500,000

134 ADU ADU conveyance clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

135 ADU conveyance clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

136 ADU pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

137 Fixing Ball bearing /L (for lower roller) 26NA5371* 2 600,000

138 Heat insulating sleeve/L

(for lower roller)

65AA5341* 2 600,000

139 Fixing drive gear 65AA7727* 1 1,000,000

140 Reverse/exit unit Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 100,000

141 LT-211/C-208 Paper feed roller 55VA-484* 1 500,000

142 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000

Double feed prevention roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000

143 Paper feed clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

144 Pre-registration clutch 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000


count



3-18

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

145 Main body paper feed Paper feed clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

146 Pre-registration clutch /1 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

147 Paper feed clutch /2 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000


149 Paper feed clutch /3 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000


151 Paper feed clutch /BP 56AA8201* 1 2,000,000

152 2nd transfer Transfer ground plate unit 65AA-456* 1 1,000,000

153 Paper exit

(New type only)

Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 200,000

154 Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 200,000

155 Paper exit roller /Up 65LA5343* 2 200,000


count

Note:

• For the old type, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special parts] of the 25

mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of each parts] (See

"6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.


count

— Paper exit Paper exit guide roller/2 65AA4818* 4 200,000

— Paper exit roller 65AA4808* 1 1,000,000

Note:

• When installed with no finisher, the parts listed below are not registered in [1. Count of special

parts] of the 25 mode [5. Parts counter.] Therefore, be sure to register these parts in [2. Count of

each parts] (See "6.7.2 Count of each parts") for proper management.


count

— Paper exit Paper presser roller 65AA4849* 2 200,000



3-19

III S

ER

VIC

E

1

1.10 Important maintenance parts

• The important parts specified by Konica Minolta

in order to maintain safety of the products are

referred to as "important maintenance parts".

The important maintenance parts for this

machine are as described below:

Note:

• "SP" is indicated in front of the parts number

of the important maintenance part. Exercise

care when installing the parts according to

"III. Directions for disassembly and assembly"

in this manual.

No. Unit Parts name Parts No. Quantity

1 Fixing unit Thermostat /1 SP00-0030 1

2 Fixing unit Thermostat /L SP00-0180 1


COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3-20

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

2. COPY MATERIAL

2.1 Product

A. Drum cartridge

2.2 Materials

A. Single unit supply

B. Kit

a Developer black set

b Developer yellow set

c Developer magenta set

d Developer cyan set

Drum DR501 (New type/Old type)

Toner black TN510K (New type) /TN501K (Old type)

Toner yellow TN510Y (New type) /TN501Y (Old type)

Toner magenta TN510M (New type) /TN501M (Old type)

Toner cyan TN510C (New type) /TN501C (Old type)

Developer black DV510K (New type) /DV501K (Old type)

Developer charging funnel/U —

Developer collection sheet (rubber band) —

Developer yellow DV510Y (New type) /DV501Y (Old type)



Developer magenta DV510M (New type) /DV501M (Old type)



Developer cyan DV510C (New type) /DV501C (Old type)




KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 COPY MATERIAL

3-21

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

2.3 PM parts kit

A. 100,000 copies/1 set

<For old type>

<For new type>

Name Part No. Quantity

USA Europe/Other

Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1

Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2

Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1

Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1

Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1

Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1

Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1

Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1

Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4

Paper for fixing speed adjustment (16 sheets/A3)

65AA-991* 1 1

Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1

Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1

Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1

Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1


USA Europe/Other

Toner collection box 65AA-245* 2 1

Ozone filter /1 65AA1043* 1 1

Dust proof filter /1 65AA1044* 2 2

Dust proof filter /2 65AA-142* 1 1

Belt cleaning blade 65AA2630* 1 1

Separation corona unit 65AA-452* 1 1

Fixing roller /U 65AA5301* 1 1

Fixing roller /L 65AA5302* 1 1

Decurler roller 65AA4905* 1 1

Charging wire assy 65AA-252* 4 4

Paper for fixing speed adjustment (16 sheets/A3)

65AA-991* 1 1

Dust bag (rubber band) 000V-3070* — 1

Hand case for collection 000V-3080* — 1

Cotton swab (x4) 000V-3090* — 1

Hydro wipe (x10) 65AA-992* — 1


COPY MATERIAL KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3-22

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

B. 200,000 copies/1set (total)

<For old type>

<For new type>


USA Europe/Other

Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1

1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1

1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3

Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1

2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1

2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1

Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1

Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4

Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8


USA Europe/Other

Transfer belt 65AA2642* 1 1

1st transfer roller /K 65AA2604* 1 1

1st transfer roller /Y, /M, /C 65AA2612* 3 3

Toner collection sheet /1 65AA-293* 1 1

2nd transfer roller /U 65AA2611* 1 1

2nd transfer roller /L 65AA4501* 1 1

Fixing cleaning unit 65AA-573* 1 1

Changing grid plate 65AA2507* 4 4

Changing grid spring 65AA2509* 8 8

Paper exit guide roller /2 65AA4818* 4 4

Paper exit roller 65LA4808* 1 1

Paper exit roller /U 65LA5343* 2 2


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 SERVICE MATERIAL LIST

3-23

III S

ER

VIC

E

3. SERVICE MATERIAL LIST

Material No. Name Shape Remark

000V-16-0 Drum cleaner 200ml

000V-17-0 Roller cleaner 200ml

000V-19-0 Setting powder 25g

000V-18-1 Cleaning pad 10pcs/1pack

65AA-9920 Hydro wipe 10pcs/1pack

00GR00260 Multemp grease

FF-RM

25g

00GR00210 Solvest 240 Multemp FF-RM is

recommended

00GR00020 Plasguard No.2


CE TOOLS LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

3-24

III S

ER

VIC

E

2

4. CE TOOLS LIST

Tool No. Name Shape Quantity Remark

65AAJG021 Fixing thermostat

positioning jig

(for upper roller)

1

65AAJG031 Fixing thermostat

positioning jig

(for lower roller)

1

7050K0020 Mirror positioning jig 2

00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 1

25TU00480 Color chart (metric) 1

111T96110 Color chart (inch) 1

00VD-5000 New Pyramid chart 1

120A9711* Adjustment chart 1

00VC-2-00 Drum cover 4

00VD-1000 Blower brush 1

00VE-1004 Tester 1

129XJG011 Stapler positioning jig 1 For old type cartridge

13QEJG010 Stapler positioning jig 1 For new type cartridge


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 JAM CODE LIST

4-1

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

IV JAM CODE LIST

1. JAM CODE LIST

Classifi-cation

Jamcode

Causes Resultingoperation

Correction

Bypass feed

J10-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the pickup solenoid /BP (SD5) is

turned ON, bypass feed feeder sensor

(PS26) is not turned ON within the

specified time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Remove the paper

from the bypass feed

tray once and remove

jammed paper, if any.

J10-02 After no paper sensor /BP (PS47) is

turned ON, tray up drive motor /BP

(M35) is not turned ON within specified

time.

Remove paper from

the bypass feed tray

once, decrease the

stacked sheets and set

again.J10-03 After the tray up drive motor /BP (M35)

is turned ON, tray upper limit sensor /

BP (PS25) is not turned ON within

specified time.

J10-11

Wh

en

idlin

g Bypass feed conveyance sensor

(PS26) was turned ON in the idling con-

dition.

— Remove the paper

from the bypass feed

tray once and remove


Paperfeed tray /1

J11-01

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the pick-up solenoid /1 (SD7) is

turned ON, pre-registration sensor /1


specified time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Pull out the paper feed

tray /1 and remove


J11-11

Wh

en

idlin

g Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) was

turned ON in the idling condition.

—

Paperfeed tray /2

J12-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After pick-up solenoid /2 (SD8) is


(PS35) is not turned ON within speci-

fied time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.


tray /2 and remove


J12-11

Wh

en

idlin



—


JAM CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

4-2

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

Paper feedtray /3

J13-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the pick-up solenoid /3 (SD9) is


(PS41) is not turned ON.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.


tray /3 and remove


J13-11

Wh

en

idlin



—

LT-211C-208

J14-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the paper feed solenoid (SD100)

is turned ON, paper feed sensor


fied time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Open the LCT top

cover and remove


J14-11

Whe

n id

ling Feed sensor (PS106) was turned ON in

the idling condition.

—

Paper feed

J17-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the loop roller motor (M31) is

turned ON, registration sensor (PS22)

is not turned ON within specified time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Pull out ADU and

remove jammed paper,

if any.

J17-02 After the ADU pre-registration clutch

(MC3) is turned ON, registration sensor


specified time.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

J17-03 After the pre-registration clutch /3

(MC12) is turned ON, vertical convey-

ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON

within specified time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Open the vertical con-

veyance door and


if any.


(MC10) is turned ON, vertical convey-

ance sensor (PS50) is not turned ON

within specified time.


tray /2 and remove


Classifi-cation

Jam code


Correction



4-3

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

Paperfeed

J17-05

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the intermediate conveyance

clutch /1 (MC13) is turned ON, interme-

diate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is

not turned ON within the specified time.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Open the vertical con-

veyance door and


if any.


(MC7) is turned ON, intermediate con-

veyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not turned

ON within the specified time.

J17-07 After the pre-registration clutch

(MC102) is turned ON, intermediate

conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) is not

turned ON within the specified time.

Open the LCT front

door and remove


J17-08 After the intermediate conveyance sen-

sor /1 (PS27) is turned ON, intermedi-

ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not

turned ON within specified time.

Pull out ADU and


if any.

J17-09 After the bypass feed conveyance sen-

sor (PS26) is turned ON, the intermedi-

ate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) is not


Remove paper from

the bypass feed tray

and remove jammed

paper, if any.

LT-211C-208

J17-10 After the pre-registration clutch

(MC102) is turned ON, paper feed sen-

sor (PS107) is not turned ON within the

specified time.

Open the LCT top

cover and remove


Paperfeed

J17-11

Wh

en

idlin

g Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)

was turned ON in the idling condition.

— Open the vertical con-

veyance door and


if any.

J17-12 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1


dition.

Pull out ADU and


if any.

J17-13 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2


dition.

J17-14 Registration sensor (OS22) was turned

in the idling condition.

LT-211C-208

J17-15 Paper feed sensor (PS107) was turned

ON in the idling condition.

Open the LCT front

door and remove


Classifi-cation

Jamcode


Correction



4-4

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

Others J19-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n Vertical conveyance door open jam.

Vertical conveyance door sensor

(PS51) was turned OFF when copying /

printing.

If copy is pro-

gressing when

jam arises, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit.

Close the vertical con-

veyance door.

OthersLT-211C-208

J19-02 LCT top cover open jam or LCT front

door open jam. Top cover open/close

sensor (PS100) or front door open/

close sensor (PS115) was turned OFF

when copying/printing.

In case of LCT

paper feed, main

body stops after

completion of

paper exit. In

case of paper

feed other than

LCT, main body

does not stop.

Close the LCT top

cover or LCT front

door.

Paper exit

J31-02 After the registration roller motor (M30)

is turned ON, fixing paper exit sensor

(PS17) is not turned ON.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

Pull out ADU and


if any.

J32-01 After the fixing paper exit sensor

(PS17) is turned ON, paper exit sensor


specified time.


(PS17) is turned ON, reverse paper exit

sensor (PS19) is not turned ON within

the specified time.

J32-03 In the reverse paper exit mode, after

the reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is

turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS13) is



(PS17) is turned ON, it is not turned

OFF within the specified time.

J32-05 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is

turned ON, it is not turned OFF within

the specified time (in straight paper exit

mode).

J32-07 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is


the specified time (in reverse paper exit

mode).

J32-08 When the registration roller motor

(M30) is ON, fixing paper exit sensor

(PS17) is ON.

Classifi-cation

Jam code


Correction



4-5

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

Paperexit

J32-11

Wh

en

idlin

g Paper exit sensor (PS13) is ON in the

idling condition.

— Pull out ADU and


if any.J32-12 Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17) is


J32-13 Reverse paper exit sensor (PS19) is


Others J51-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n Front door open jam. Front door open/


while copying/printing.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

Close the front door.

DF-319AFR-20

J61-01 Paper feed section cover open jam.

Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) was

turned OFF when copying.

RADF stops

immediately.

If there is paper

in or after trans-

fer process,

main body stops

after paper exit.

Close the paper feed

section cover.

J61-02 Paper feed tray open jam. Tray open/


when copying.

Close the paper feed

tray.

J61-03 Paper exit section cover open jam.

Paper exit cover sensor (PS307) was

turned OFF when copying.

Close the paper exit

section cover.

J62-01 Registration sensor (PS301) is not

turned OFF within specified time after

paper feed is started.

Open the paper feed

section cover and


if any.

Remove jammed paper

in the main body con-

veyance section, if any.

J62-02 After reversal of paper feed motor

(M301) is started, timing sensor


specified time.

J62-03 After the timing sensor (PS302) is


the specified time.

J62-04 After the reverse/paper exit motor

(M303) is turned ON, reverse sensor


specified time.

Open the paper exit

section cover and


if any.

Remove jammed paper



J62-05 After the reverse sensor (PS305) is


the specified time.

J62-06 In the one-sided original exit mode,

paper exit sensor (PS306) is not turned

ON within the specified time after the

start of paper exit.

In the double-sided original exit mode,

original exit sensor (PS306) is not

turned ON within the specified time

after the reverse sensor (PS305) is

turned ON.

Classifi-cation

Jamcode


Correction



4-6

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

DF-319AFR-20

J62-07

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the paper exit sensor (PS306) is


the specified time.

RADF stops

immediately.

If there is paper

in or after trans-

fer process,

main body stops

after paper exit.

Open the paper exit

section cover and


if any.

Remove jammed paper



J65-01

Wh

en

idlin

g Registration sensor (PS301) is ON in


— Open the paper feed

section cover and


if any.

J65-02 Reverse sensor (PS305) is ON in the

idling condition.

Open the paper exit

section cover and


if any.

J65-03 Timing sensor (PS302) is ON in the

idling condition.

Open the paper feed

section cover and


if any.

J65-04 Paper exit sensor (PS306) is ON in the

idling condition.

Open the paper exit

section cover and


if any.

OthersFS

J71-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n FNS front door open jam. FNS interlock

switch (MS701) was turned OFF when

copying/printing.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

Close the FNS front

door.

OthersTU-109TMG-3

J71-02 TU front door open jam. Front door

MS2 (MS2) was turned OFF when

copying/printing.

Close the TU front

door.

FS J72-16 After the paper exit sensor (PS13) is

turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is


FNS/main body

stop immedi-

ately.

Remove jammed paper

in the FNS/main body,

if any.

J72-17 After the FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is

turned ON, main tray paper exit sensor


specified time.


turned ON, stacker inlet sensor


specified time (when stapling).

Classifi-cation

Jam code


Correction



4-7

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

FS J72-19

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the stacker inlet motor (M713) is

turned ON, stacker inlet sensor


specified time.

FNS/main body

stop immedi-

ately.

Remove jammed paper


if any.

J72-20 After paper exit operation is started,

main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is

not turned ON within the specified time

(when stapling).

J72-21 After the main tray paper exit sensor


OFF within the specified time (in the

large-size staple mode).


turned ON, sub-tray paper exit sensor


specified time within the specified time

(in the sub-tray paper exit mode).

J72-23 After the sub-tray paper exit sensor



large-size staple mode).

J72-24 After completion of stapling, folding

passage sensor (PS726) is not turned

ON.

J72-25 After the folding knife motor (M719) is

turned ON, folding paper exit sensor


specified time.

J72-26 After the folding paper exit sensor



J72-28 After the stacker inlet sensor (PW705)

is turned ON, it is not turned OFF within

the specified time.




non-staple mode).




small-size staple mode).

Classifi-cation

Jamcode


Correction



4-8

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

TU-109TMG-3

J72-32

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the folding paper exit sensor

(PS725) is turned ON, inlet sensor


specified time.

TU/FNS/main

body stop imme-

diately.

Remove jammed paper

in TU/FNS/main body,

if any.

J72-33 After the inlet sensor (PS101) is turned

ON, inlet sensor (PS101) is not turned


J72-34 After the conveyance motor (M101) is

turned ON, paper exit sensor (PS108)

is not turned OFF within the specified

time.

PI-110 J72-35 After the conveyance clutch /L (MC202)

is turned ON, PI passage sensor /L


fied time.

FNS/main body

stop immedi-

ately.

Remove jammed paper


if any.

PK-120PK-5PK-507

J72-43 After the punch motor (M801) is turned

ON, punch HP sensor (PS801) is not


FS J72-48 After the folding passage sensor



PI-110 J72-49 After the conveyance clutch /U

(MC201) is turned ON, PI passage sen-


specified time.

J72-50 After the PI passage sensor (PS201) is

turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is


J72-51 After the PI passage sensor /L (PS206)

is turned ON, FNS inlet sensor (PS704)

is not turned ON within the specified

time.

FS J72-81 After the stapler motor /F (M714) and

clincher motor /F (M715) are turned

ON, stapler HP sensor /F (PS731) and

clincher HP sensor /F (PS733) are not

turned ON within specified time.

J72-82 After the stapler motor /R (M709) and

clincher motor /R (M710) are turned

ON, stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) and

clincher HP sensor (PS732) are not


Classifi-cation

Jam code


Correction



4-9

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

2

FS J72-83

Duri

ng

op

era

tion After the stapler motor /F, /R (M714),

M709), and clincher motor /F, /R (M715,

M710) are turned ON, stapler HP sen-

sor /F, /R (PS731, PS730) and clincher

HP sensor /F, /R (PS733, PS732) are


FNS/main body

stop immedi-

ately.

Remove jammed paper


if any.

J72-90 After operation stop signal is transmit-

ted from the main body to FNS, FNS

does not stop within the specified time.

J73-01

Wh

en

idlin

g Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706) is


— Open the FNS front

door and remove

jammed paper, if any.J73-02 Stacker inlet sensor (PS705) is ON in


J73-05 FNS inlet sensor (PS704) is ON in the

idling condition.

J73-07 Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701) is


Remove jammed paper

in the sub-tray, if any.

J73-08 Stacker no-paper sensor (PS720) is


Open the FNS front

door and remove

jammed paper, if any.J73-09 Folding passage sensor (PS726) is ON


J73-10 Folding paper exit sensor (PS725) is


TU-109TMG-3

J73-11 Inlet sensor (PS101) is ON in the idling

condition.

Open the TU front door

and remove jammed

paper, if any.J73-12 Conveyance sensor (PS102) is ON in


J73-13 Paper exit sensor (PS108) is ON in the

idling condition.

PI-110 J73-14 PI passage sensor (PS206) is ON in


Remove paper from

the cover sheet feeder

/L and remove jammed

paper, if any.

J73-17 PI passage sensor /U (PS201) is ON in


Remove paper in the

cover sheet feeder /U

once and remove


ADU J92-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the reverse paper exit sensor

(PS19) is turned ON, ADU reverse sen-


specified time.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

Pull out ADU and


if any.

Classifi-cation

Jamcode


Correction



4-10

IV JA

M C

OD

E L

IST

ADU J92-11

Wh

en

idlin

g ADU reverse sensor (PS21) is ON in


— Pull out ADU and


if any.

J93-01

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After reversal of ADU reverse motor

(M32) is turned ON, ADU conveyance

sensor (PS20) is not turned ON within

the specified time.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

J93-11

Wh

en

idlin

g ADU conveyance sensor (PS20) is ON


—

J94-02

Du

rin

g o

pe

ratio

n After the ADU conveyance sensor

(PS20) is turned ON, ADU pre-registra-

tion sensor (PS23) is not turned ON

within the specified time.

Printer section

stops immedi-

ately.

J94-11

Wh

en

idlin

g ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) is


—

Classifi-cation

Jam code


Correction


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ERROR CODE LIST

5-1

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

V ERROR CODE LIST

1. ERROR CODE LIST

Note:

• In the F code area of warning codes, "Contact the Service Section" is indicated and in the E

code area, "Turn ON the power switch again" is indicated. On the actual LCD screen, all the indi-

cations are SC codes.

Classification Abnormality code

Causes Resulting operation

Estimated abnormal parts

Ma

in b

od

y Commu-nication abnor-mality

F10-10 Communication abnormality

between printer control board

(PRCB) and LT drive board

(LTDB)

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.

Printer control board (PRCB)

LT drive board (LTDB)

Paper feed motor abnor-mality

F13-01 M41 abnormality detection sig-

nal was continuously detected

for the specified time when the

paper feed motor (M41) was

ON.


Paper feed motor (M41)

LT-2

11,

C-2

08 LT

paper feed motor abnor-mality

F13-02 M101 abnormality detection

signal was continuously

detected for the specified time

when the paper feed motor

(M101) was ON.

LT drive motor (LTDB)


Main

bod

y Paper feed tray abnor-mality

F18-01 After the tray up/down motor /l

(M40) is turned ON, tray upper

limit sensor /1 (PS30) is not

turned ON.


Tray up/down motor /1 (M40)

Tray upper limit sensor /1

(PS30)

F18-02 After the tray up/down motor /2



turned ON.


Tray upper limit motor /2 (M39)


(PS38)

F18-03 After the tray up/down motor /3



turned ON.


Tray upper limit motor /3 (M38)


(PS42)

F18-04 After the tray up/down motor /

BP (M35) is turned ON, the tray

upper limit sensor /BP (PS25)

is not turned ON within the

specified time.

Conveyance drive board

(CVDB)

Tray up/down motor /BP (M35)

Tray upper limit sensor /BP

(PS25)


ERROR CODE LIST KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5-2

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

LT-2

11,

C-2

08 LT up/

down motorabnor-mality

F18-50 When the up/down motor

(M100) was ON, M100 abnor-

mality detection signal was

continuously detected for the

specified time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


UP/DOWN motor (M100)

F18-51 When the upper limit sensor

(PS109) or lower limit sensor

(PS101) is OFF, PS101 or

PS109 is not turned ON within

the specified time after the up/

down motor (M100) is turned

ON.


UP/DOWN motor (M100)

Upper limit sensor (PS109)

Lower limit sensor (PS101)

LT paper feed assist fan abnor-mality

F18-60 When the paper feed assist fan

/R (M137) was ON, M137

abnormality detection signal

was continuously detected for

the specified time.


Paper feed assist fan /R (M137)

F18-61 When the paper feed assist fan

/F (M136) was ON, M136



the specified time.


Paper feed assist fan /F (M136)

LT power abnor-mality

F18-70 24VDC is not supplied to LCT. DC power unit /2 (DCPS2)


F18-71 12VDC is not supplied to LCT. DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)


Ma

in b

od




(PRCB) and drum drive board /

Y (DRDB /Y) or drum drive

board /M (DRDB /M).


Drum drive board /Y (DRDB /Y)

Drum drive board /M (DRDB /M)



(PRCB) and drum drive board /

C (DRDB /C) or drum drive

board /K (DRDB /K).


Drum drive board /C (DRDB /C)

Drum drive board /K (DRDB /K)



(PRCB) and transfer belt motor

(M18)


Transfer belt motor (M18)






5-3

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Pre-charging exposurelamp abnormal-ity

F21-01 Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y

(PCL Y) set cannot be

detected.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Pre-charging exposure lamp /Y

(PCL Y)

F21-02 Pre-charging exposure lamp /

M (PCL M) set cannot be

detected.


Pre-charging exposure lamp /M

(PCL M)

F21-03 Pre-charging exposure lamp /C

(PCL C) set cannot be

detected.


Pre-charging exposure lamp /C

(PCL C)

F21-04 Pre-charging exposure lamp /K

(PCL K) set cannot be

detected.


Pre-charging exposure lamp /K

(PCL K)

Devel-oping motor abnor-mality

F23-01 When the developing motor /Y

(M20) was ON, M20 abnormal-

ity detection signal was contin-

uously detected for the

specified time.


Developing motor /Y (M20)

F23-02 When the developing motor /M




specified time.


Developing motor /M (M21)

F23-03 When developing motor /C




specified time.


Developing motor /C (M22)

F23-04 When the developing motor /K




specified time.


Developing motor /K (M23)

Drum motor abnor-mality

F23-05 When the drum motor /Y (M14)

was ON, M14 abnormality

detection signal was continu-

ously detected for the specified

time.


Drum drive board /Y (DRDB /Y)

Drum motor /Y (M14)

F23-06 When the drum motor /M (M15)




time.


Drum drive board /M (DRDB /M)

Drum motor /M (M15)






5-4

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Drummotor abnor-mality

F23-07 When the drum motor /C (M16)




time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Drum drive board /C (DRDB /C)

Drum motor /C (M16)

F23-08 When drum motor /K (M17)




time.


Drum drive board /K (DRDB /K)

Drum motor /K (M17)

Transfer belt unit abnormality

F23-09 When the transfer belt motor




specified time.


Transfer belt motor (M18)

F23-10 When the 1st transfer HP sen-

sor (PS15) is ON, PS15 is not

turned OFF within the specified

time after the 1st transfer

pressing/releasing motor (M19)

is turned ON.

When PS15 is OFF, PS15 is

not turned ON within the speci-

fied time after M19 is turned

ON.


1st transfer pressing/releasing

motor (M19)

1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)

Toner supply abnor-mality

F23-11 When either of the toner supply

motor /Y, /M, /C, /K (M49, M50,

M51, or M52), toner bottle

motor (M53), or toner bottle

clutch /Y, /M, /C, /K (MC14,

MC15, MC16, or MC17) was

ON, either abnormality detec-

tion signal was continuously

detected for the specified time.


Toner supply drive board (TSDB)

Toner supply motor /Y (M49)

Toner supply motor /M (M50)

Toner supply motor /C (M51)

Toner supply motor /K (M52)

Toner bottle motor (M53)

Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)

Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15)

Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16)

Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17)

L detec-tion abnor-mality

F27-01 Output of toner density sensor /

Y (TDS Y) cannot be con-

trolled.


Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)


M (TDS M) cannot be con-

trolled.


Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)


C (TDS C) cannot be con-

trolled.


Toner density sensor /C (TDS C)






5-5

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y L detec-tion abnor-mality


K (TDS K) cannot be con-

trolled.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Toner density sensor /K (TDS K)

High pres-sure unit abnor-mality

F28-01 When the charging /Y was ON,

charging /Y abnormality detec-



High pressure unit /1 (HV1)

F28-02 When charging /M was ON,

charging /M abnormality detec-



F28-03 When charging /C is ON,

charging /C abnormality detec-



F28-04 When charging /K was ON,

charging /K abnormality detec-



F29-01 When the primary transfer Y

was ON, primary transfer Y



the specified time.

High pressure unit /2 (HV2)

1st transfer roller

F29-02 When the primary transfer M

was ON, primary transfer M



the specified time.

F29-03 When the primary transfer C

was ON, primary transfer C



the specified time.

F29-04 When the primary transfer K

was ON, primary transfer K



the specified time.






5-6

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Processabnor-mality

F29-06 Gamma sensor (PS11) improp-

erly adjusted while in the Dmax

control.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Gamma sensor (PS11)

F29-07 Dmax control /Y resulted in an

abnormality.


Developing unit /Y

Gamma sensor (PS11)

F29-08 Dmax control /M resulted in an

abnormality.


Developing unit /M

Gamma sensor (PS11)

F29-09 Dmax control /C resulted in an

abnormality.


Developing unit /C

Gamma sensor (PS11)

F29-10 Dmax control /K resulted in an

abnormality.


Developing unit /K

Gamma sensor (PS11)

F29-11 In charging potential control,

drum surface potential /Y was

out of specification.


Drum potential sensor board /Y

(DRPSB Y)

Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)


drum surface potential /M was



Drum potential sensor board /M

(DRPSB M)

Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)


drum surface potential /C was



Drum potential sensor board /C

(DRPSB C)

Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C)


drum surface potential /K was



Drum potential sensor board /K

(DRPSB K)

Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K)

F29-15 Charging potential control /Y

resulted in an abnormality.



(DRPSB Y)


F29-16 Charging potential control /M




(DRPSB M)







5-7

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Processabnor-mality

F29-17 Charging potential control /C


Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.



(DRPSB C)


F29-18 Charging potential control /K




(DRPSB K)


F29-19 Dot diameter adjustment con-

trol /Y resulted in an abnormal-

ity.



(DRPSB Y)



trol /M resulted in an abnormal-

ity.



(DRPSB M)



trol /C resulted in an abnormal-

ity.



(DRPSB C)



trol /K resulted in an abnormal-

ity.



(DRPSB K)


F29-23 Gamma sensor (PS11) improp-

erly adjusted while in the

gamma correction control


Gamma sensor (PS11)

F30-01 2nd transfer abnormality High voltage unit /2 (HU2)

F30-02 Separation abnormality High voltage unit /2 (HU2)

Motor abnor-mality

F30-10 ADU conveyance drive board

communication abnormality

Conveyance drive board

(CVDB)


Fanabnor-mality

F32-01 When the fixing cooling fan /1

and /2 (M10, M36, M37) were

ON, abnormality detection sig-

nal of either of them was con-

tinuously detected for the

specified time.


Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10)



F32-02 When the drum unit fan /3




specified time.


Drum unit fan /3 (M47)







5-8

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

Main

bod

y Fan abnor-mality

F32-03 When the paper exit fan /F, /M,

and /R (M28, M27, and M26)

were ON, abnormality detec-

tion signal of either of them


the specified time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Paper exit fan /F (M28)

Paper exit fan /M (M27)

Paper exit fan /R (M26)

F32-04 When charging air intake fan




specified time.

Toner supply drive board

(TSDB)

Charging air suction fan (M48)

F32-05 When the drum cooling fan /1

and /2 (M12, M13) were ON,

abnormality detection signal of

either of them was continu-


time.


Drum cooling fan /1 (M12)

Drum cooling fan /2 (M13)

F32-06 When the transfer belt cooling

fan (M11) was ON, M11 abnor-

mality detection signal was

continuously detected for the

specified time.


Transfer belt cooling fan (M11)

F32-07 • In the case of the new type

While the paper exit fans /1, /

2 and /3 (M61, M62 and M63)

are turned ON, an error

detection signal of either

M61, M62 or M63 is detected

for the specified period of

time in succession.

• In the case of the old type

For the M61, M62 or M63 that

is not installed, an abnormal

rotation is detected incor-

rectly.


Paper exit fan /1 (M61)



Note:

• Since the old type is not

installed with the M61, M62

and M63, be sure to check

to see if the 25 DIPSW is set

as shown below:

Old type: DIPSW 21-0-0






5-9

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Motor abnor-mality

F33-01 When the fixing motor (M29)




time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.

Conveyance drive motor

(CVDB)

Fixing motor (M29)

F33-02 When the pressure release

sensor (PS16) is ON, PS16 is

not turned OFF within the

specified time after the fixing

motor (M29) is turned ON.

When PS16 is OFF, PS16 is


fied time after M29 is turned

ON.


(CVDB)

Fixing motor (M29)

Fixing pressure release sensor

(PS16)

F33-03 After the 2nd transfer pressing/

releasing motor (M34) is turned

ON, it is not turned OFF within

the specified time.

Conveyance drive motor (CVDB)

2nd transfer pressing/releasing

motor (M34)

F33-04 Abnormality of Web motor

(M54) or circuit was detected.


(CVDB)

Web motor (M54)

Fixing

high

temper-

ature

abnor-

mality

F34-01 Fixing high temperature abnor-

mality (TH1)

Fixing temperature sensor /1

(TH1) detection temperature

over 250°C was continuously



AC drive board (ACDB)

Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)

Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)

Fixing lower lamp (L4)

Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)




WARNING

• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**

(fixing temperature related

abnormality) occurs, be sure

to repair a defective part

before setting the 25 DIPSW

3-1 to 0.

If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to

0 without repairing a defec-

tive part, this may cause a

fire.






V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIST

2

Mai

n bo

dy Fixing high temper-ature abnor-mality

F34-02 Fixing high temperature abnor-mality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detection temperature over 250°C was continuously detected for the specified time.

Main body stops immedi-ately and main relay (RL1) is turned OFF.

Printer control board (PRCB)AC drive board (ACDB)Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2)Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3)Fixing lower lamp (L4)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)

WARNING• When F34-**, F35-** or F36-**

(fixing temperature relatedabnormality) occurs, be sureto repair a defective partbefore setting the 25 DIPSW3-1 to 0.If the 25 DIPSW 3-1 is set to0 without repairing a defec-tive part, this may cause afire.



F34-05 Fixing compensation high tem-perature abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature over 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.

F34-06 Fixing compensation high tem-perature abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature over 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.

F34-07 Fixing roller paper winding abnormalityA condition in which the detected temperature of the fix-ing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) is 25°C higher than the detected temperature of the fix-ing temperature sensor /1, is detected for the specified period of time in succession.

F34-08 Fixing roller paper seizure abnormalityJ31-02 occurred 4 continuous times.




5-10



V

ER

RO

R C

OD

E L

IST

Mai

n bo

dy Fixing low temper-ature abnor-mality

F35-01 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected.





F35-02 Fixing low temperature abnor-mality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detection temperature under 150°C was continuously detected for the specified time.



F35-05 Fixing compensation low tem-perature abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature under 20°C was continuously detected for the specified time.

F35-06 Fixing compensation low tem-perature abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature under 20°C was continuously detected for the specified time.




5-11



V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIST

Mai

n bo

dy Fixing sensor abnor-mality

F36-02 Fixing high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.





F36-04 Fixing high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH4)Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.

F36-05 Fixing low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.

F36-06 Fixing low temperature hardware abnormality (TH3)Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) detected abnormality signal continuously for the specified time.



F36-09 Fixing compensation high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.

F36-10 Fixing compensation low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH1)Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.




5-12



V

ER

RO

R C

OD

E L

IST

Mai

n bo

dy Fixing sensor abnor-mality

F36-11 Fixing compensation high temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2(TH2) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.





F36-12 Fixing compensation low temperature hardware detection abnormality (TH2)Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2) detected abnormality signal continu-ously for the specified time.

F38-02 After the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON, fixing tem-perature sensor /1 (TH1) detection temperature does not reach 150°C within the speci-fied time.

F38-03 After the sub power switch (SW2) is turned ON, fixing tem-perature sensor /2 (TH2) detection temperature does not reach 150°C within the speci-fied time.

F39-01 Fixing section has not been set.

Scanner abnor-mality

F41-01 At the home position search, scanner HP sensor (PS1) is not turned on within the speci-fied time after the scanner motor (M1) is turned ON.

Scanner drive board (SCDB)Scanner motor (M1)Scanner HP sensor (PS1)

Motor abnor-mality

F41-02 When the polygon motor /Y (M3) is started or when the speed is switched, M3 lock sig-nal is not detected within the specified time.When the write intake fan /1, /2 (M43, M44), and write exhaust fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON, abnormality detection signal of either of them was continu-ously detected for the specified time.

Printer control board (PRCB)Polygon motor /Y (M3)Writing suction fan /1 (M43)Writing suction fan /2 (M44)Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46)




5-13 2



5-14

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

Main

bod

y Motor abnor-mality

F41-03 When the polygon motor (M4)

is started or the speed is

switched, M4 lock signal is not

detected within the specified

time.

When the write intake fan /1, /2

(M43, M44), and write exhaust

fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,




time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Polygon motor /M (M4)

Writing suction fan /1 (M43)


Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)


F41-04 When the polygon motor /C

(M5) is started or the speed is



time.



fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,




time.


Polygon motor /C (M5)





F41-05 When the polygon motor /K

(M6) is started or the speed is



time.



fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,




time.


Polygon motor /K (M6)





Scanner abnor-mality

F41-06 When the optical scanning

returns, scanner HP sensor

(PS1) is not turned ON within

the specified time after the

scanner motor (M1) is turned

ON.

Scanner drive board (SCDB)

Scanner motor (M1)

Scanner HP sensor (PS1)

Motor abnor-mality

F41-07 Abnormal temperature of poly-

gon motor /Y (M3) was

detected.


Polygon motor /Y (M3)






5-15

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Motor

abnor-

mality


gon motor /M (M4) was

detected.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Polygon motor /M (M4)

F41-09 Abnormal polygon motor /C

(M5) was detected.


Polygon motor /C (M5)


gon motor /K (M6) was

detected.


Polygon motor /K (M6)

F41-11 Temperature detection board

(TDB) detected temperature

abnormality in writing unit /K.


Temperature detection board

(TDB)

Fanabnor-mality

F42-01 When the write intake fan /1, /2


fan /1, /2 (M45, M46) were ON,




time.






F42-02 When scanner cooling fan (M2)




time.


Scanner cooling fan (M2)

Color registra-tion abnor-mality

F45-01 Color registration base line cor-

rection /F resulted in abnormal-

ity.


Color registration sensor /F (PS8)

F45-03 Color registration base line cor-

rection /R results in abnormal-

ity.


Color registration sensor /R (PS9)

F45-07 When laser correction motor /Y

(M7) was ON, laser correction

HP sensor /Y (PS5) was turned

OFF.


Laser correction motor /Y (M7)

Laser correction HP sensor /Y

(PS5)

F45-08 When the laser correction

motor /M (M8) was ON, laser

correction HP sensor /M (PS6)

was turned OFF,


Laser correction motor /M (M8)

Laser correction HP sensor /M

(PS6)

F45-09 When the laser correction

motor /C (M9) was ON, laser

correction HP sensor /C (PS7)

was turned OFF.


Laser correction motor /C (M9)

Laser correction HP sensor /C

(PS7)






5-16

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod

y Color registra-tion abnor-mality

F45-10 After the laser correction motor

/Y (M7) is turned ON, it is not

turned OFF within the specified

time. Or, laser correction HP

sensor /Y (PS5) installing posi-

tion is abnormal.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Laser correction motor /Y (M7)

Laser correction HP sensor /Y

(PS5)

F45-11 Laser correction motor /M (MB)

is not turned OFF within the

specified time after it is turned

ON. Or, laser correction HP

sensor /M (PS6) installing posi-

tion is abnormal.


Laser correction motor /M (M8)

Laser correction HP sensor /M

(PS6)

F45-12 Laser correction motor /C (M9)

is not turned OFF within the

specified time after it is turned

ON. Or, the laser correction HP

sensor /C (PS7) installing posi-

tion is abnormal.


Laser correction motor /C (M9)

Laser correction HP sensor /C

(PS7)

F45-20 Color registration correction

results in abnormality.


Color registration sensor /F (PS8)

Color registration sensor /R (PS9)

Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality

E46-01 When scanning the image,

sub-scan beam correction APC

cannot be applied. Laser does

not light up because 12VDC

power to drive the beam is not

supplied, MPC is not correct, or

because of fault laser.

Writing unit /Y /M /C /K

Image processing board (IPB)

E46-02 Address abnormality of FIFO

for scanner. When scanning

the image, compression of

scanned image data is not nor-

mally completed.



E46-03 Address abnormality of FIFO

for printer. Expansion of

scanned image data is not nor-

mally completed.

E46-05 FIFO interrupt error of com-

pression/expansion chip

occurred.


E46-06 Image data expansion abnor-

mality


MU-412






5-17

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

1

Main

bod

y Imageprocess-ing abnor-mality

E46-07 Connection abnormality

between CCD board (CCDB)

and image processing board

(IPB)

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


Overall control board (OACB)

CCD board (CCDB)

CCD wiring harness

E46-08 Index sensor output does not

change by the execution of

APC. Index sensor cannot

detect the laser because the

polygon mirror does not rotate,

or because of the index sensor

out of position or defective

index sensor




E46-09 Connection abnormality

between index sensor /Y, /M, /

C, /K (INDX SB Y, M, C, K) or

laser drive board (LDB Y, M, C,

K) and image processing board

(IPB)



E46-12 After negation of SVV, com-

pression of scanned image and

evolution to page memory are

not completed.





compression process from

scanner to memory is not com-

pleted within the specified time.

Evolution from scanner to page

memory is not completed

within the specified time. SVV

is not detected within the speci-

fied time.





expansion process from mem-

ory to printer is not completed

within the specified time. Out-

put from page memory to

printer is not completed within

the specified time. PVV is not


time.






access to expansion device or

some other improper process

took place even though there

was no resource.


Program of overall control

board (OACB)






5-18

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod



access to compression device

or some other improper pro-

cess took place even though

there was no resource.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.



board (OACB)

E46-17 When processing the image,

filter coefficient cannot be prop-

erly prepared.

E46-19 When accessing the memory

device, software fault was

detected.

E46-21 Expansion process from mem-

ory to page memory is not

completed within the specified

time.

Compression process from

page memory to memory is not

completed within the specified

time.

Evolution from memory to page

memory is not completed


Compressed data transfer from

memory to memory is not com-

pleted within the specified time.




board (OACB)


SVV is not turned OFF within

the specified time and there-

fore scanning of next page

cannot be started.




E46-24 Shading correction abnormality

(GA abnormality)


Program of image processing

board (IPB)






5-19

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

1

Main

bod


E46-25 AOC/AGC adjustment abnor-

mality

• Blocking cover and lens cover

of scanner section are out of

place.

• CCD board (CCDB) connec-

tor is disconnected.

• CCDB power cable is discon-

nected.

• CCDB IC protector is broken.

• Quantity of light of exposure

lamp (L1) is excess.

• L1 does not light up.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.

CCD board (CCDB)

Exposure lamp (L1)





L1 inverter board (L1INVB)

E46-26 There is no correction data

which has been reserved by

resolution.

Abnormality

detection pro-

cess is per-

formed but no

abnormality

code is indi-

cated on the

operation

board and

main body

continues

operation.

Abnormality

code is indi-

cated only for

data collec-

tion, list out-

put and

KRDS.



board (OACB)

E46-31 Before completion of MPC,

APC initial sampling was

attempted.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


ICP program

E46-32 Execution of MPC was

attempted during execution of

APC.

E46-35 Continuous page imaging

range abnormality.

Image cannot be evolved on

memory due to abnormal

image range on memory.






5-20

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

1

Main

bod

y Image

process-

ing

abnor-

mality

E46-36 When starting APC, PVV was

ON (APC was executed during

print)

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.


ICP program

E46-40 Hard disk initialization abnor-

mality.

Hard disk failure or improper

connector connection.


Hard disk (HD-106)

HDD I/F board (HDD IFB)

E46-41 JOB information could not be

stored in the hard disk.

E46-42 At the time of automatic hard

disk job deletion, route could

not be opened.

E46-43 Hard disk access error.

Hard disk failure or improper

connector connection.

E46-58 Software failure.

CCD board was replaced but

I1ROM version is not compli-

ant.


I ROM program

CCD wiring harness of CCD

board (CCDB)

E46-59 CCD board (CCDB) bunch or

connector is damaged.

F46-62 Before completion of paper

mis-centering correction, scan-

ning was started (mis-centering

correction cannot be com-

pleted).

Abnormality

detection pro-

cess is con-

ducted but no

code is indi-

cated on the

operation

board and

main body

continues

operation.

Abnormality

code is indi-

cated only for

data collec-

tion, list out-

put and

KRDS.



LCT drive board (LTDB)

F46-63 Since the quantity of light of

exposure lamp (L1) decreased,

AGC was retried, though no

error occurred.

Exposure lamp (L1)


CCD board (CCDB)

F46-64 PWM gammer curve was not

properly prepared.

Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)

Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)

Toner density sensor /C (TDS C)

Toner density sensor /K (TDS K)



E46-66 Shift failure at repeat. Image processing board (IPB)







5-21

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Main

bod


E46-80 Message cue was not enough

or destructed.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.



board (OACB)E46-81 Parameter value exceeds

allowable range.

E46-82 Message cue sender task has

an undefined ID.

E46-83 Message receiving event is

undefined.

E46-90 Abnormal access to memory Image processing board (IPB)


MU-412

E46-91 Header address scanning

abnormality

E46-98 Page memory cannot be

secured for printing.

E46-99 Memory initialization abnormal-

ity.

Memory may not be correctly

connected.

Commu-nication abnor-mality

E50-01 12VDC abnormality.

Abnormality signal was contin-

uously detected for the speci-

fied time.

DC power unit /1 (DCPS1)

E50-02 24VDC abnormality.

Abnormality signal was contin-

uously detected for the speci-

fied time after the specified

time from REN /2 ON.


E50-03 Conveyance drive board

(CVDB) 24VDC abnormality.

Abnormality signal of 24VDC

for CVDB was detected after

specified time from REN /2 ON.



(CVDB)

E50-04 Laser correction motor 5VDC

abnormality.

Abnormal 5VDC for laser cor-

rection motor /Y, /M, and /C

(M7, M8, and M9) was

detected.


E50-05 Conveyance drive board

(CVDB) 12VDC abnormality.

Abnormality signal of 12VDC

for CVDB was detected.



(CVDB)






5-22

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

1

Main

bod


E50-10 Line status error and check

sum error was detected

between the overall control

board (OACB) and image pro-

cessing board (IPB) and

demand for re-transmission

was sent but recovery could

not be attained.

Re-transmission was

demanded and answered but

recovery could not be attained.

Space is not obtained in the

transmission ring buffer within

the specified time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.



E50-11 Communication with the coin

vendor cannot be performed.


Coin vendor

Fan abnor-mality

F52-01 When the DCPS cooling fan




specified time.


DCPS cooling fan (M42)

F52-02 When the IP cooling fan (M24) was

ON, M24 abnormality detection

signal was continuously detected

for the specified time.


IP cooling fan (M24)

F52-03 When the IPB cooling fan




specified time.


IPB cooling fan (M25)

Opera-tion board abnor-mality

E56-02 After the sub power switch (SW2)

is turned ON, communication

between the printer control board

(PRCB), overall control board

(OACB), and operation board /1

(OB1) is not started.



Operation board /1 (OB1)

E56-11 When the sub power switch

(SW2) was turned ON, unwrit-

ten control program 01 of oper-

ation board /1 (OB1) was

detected.







5-23

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

Main

bod

y Opera-tion board abnor-mality





detected.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.






detected.


DF

-31

9,

AF

R-2

0 DF-319 and AFR-20abnor-mality

E60-01 Communication error. RADF control board (DFCB)


F61-01 Registration sensor (PS301)

error.

RADF control board (DFCB)

Registration sensor (PS301)

F61-02 Timing sensor (PS302) error. RADF control board (DFCB)

Timing sensor (PS302)

F61-03 Reverse sensor (PS305) error. RADF control board (DFCB)

Reverse sensor (PS305)

F61-04 Paper exit sensor (PS306)

error.


Paper exit sensor (PS306)

F61-05 Size VR (VR301) error. RADF control board (DFCB)

Size VR (VR301)

F61-06 Non-volatile memory error. RADF control board (DFCB)

F61-07 When the sub power switch

(SW2) was ON, unwritten con-

trol program of RADF control

board (DFCB) was detected.

F61-08 Paper feed motor (M301) error. RADF control board (DFCB)


F61-09 Conveyance motor (M302)

error.


Conveyance motor (M302)

F61-10 Reverse paper exit motor

(M303) error.


Reverse paper exit motor

(M303)

FS FS

abnor-mality

E70-01 Communication error. Main body and

FNS stop

operation

immediately

and main relay

(RL1) is

turned OFF.

FNS control board (FNSCB)


F77-01 Shift unit does not reach the

shifting position or home posi-

tion within the specified time.


Shift motor (M702)

Shift HP sensor (PS718)

F77-02 After the tray up/down motor

(M703) was turned ON, tray

upper limit sensor (PS702) is


fied time.


Tray up/down motor (M703)

Tray upper limit sensor (PS702)






5-24

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

FS FS

abnor-mality

F77-03 After the alignment motor /U

(M705) was turned ON, the

alignment HP sensor /U

(PS708) is not turned ON or


Main body and

FNS stop

operation

immediately

and main relay

(RL1) is

turned OFF.


Alignment motor /U (M705)

Alignment HP sensor /U

(PS708)

F77-04 After the paper exit roller motor

(M707) was turned ON, speed

does not reach the specified

level within the specified time.


Paper exit roller motor (M707)

F77-05 After the paper exit motor

(M708) is turned ON, paper

exit opening HP sensor

(PS712) is not turned ON or



Paper exit opening motor

(M708)

Paper exit opening sensor

(PS712)

F77-06 After the stapler moving motor

(M711) is turned ON, stapler

moving HP sensor (PS711) is

not turned ON or OFF within

the specified time.


Stapler movement motor (M711)

Stapler movement HP sensor (PS711)

F77-07 After the clincher rotating motor

(M704) is turned ON, clincher

rotating HP sensor (PS714) is


the specified time.


Clincher rotation motor (M704)

Clincher rotation HP sensor (PS714)

F77-08 After the stapler rotating motor


rotating HP sensor (PS713) is


the specified time.


Stapler rotation motor (M706)

Stapler rotation HP sensor (PS713)

F77-11 After the stapler motor /F


HP sensor /F (PS731) is not

turned ON within the specified

time.


Stapler motor /F (M714)

Stapler HP sensor /F (PS731)

F77-12 After the stapler motor /R


HP sensor /R (PS730) is not


time.


Stapler motor /R (M709)

Stapler HP sensor /R (PS730)

F77-13 After the clincher motor /F

(M715) is turned ON, clincher

HP sensor /F (PS733) is not


time.


Clincher motor /F (M715)

Clincher HP sensor /F (PS733)






5-25

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

FS FS

abnor-mality

F77-14 After clincher motor /R (M710)

is turned ON, clincher HP sen-

sor /R (PS732) is not turned


Main body and

FNS stop

operation

immediately

and main relay

(RL1) is

turned OFF.


Clincher motor /R (M710

Clincher HP sensor /R (PS732)

F77-21 After the stopper motor (M718)

is turned ON, stopper HP sen-

sor (PS723) is not turned ON



Stopper motor (M718)

Stopper HP sensor (PS723)

F77-22 After the alignment motor /L

(M716) is turned ON, alignment

HP sensor /L (PS724) is not


time.


Alignment motor /L (M716)

Alignment HP sensor /L

(PS724)

F77-25 After the folding knife motor

(M719) is turned ON, folding

knife HP sensor (PS722) is not


time.


Folding knife motor (M719)

Folding knife HP sensor

(PS722)

F77-26 After the folding conveyance

motor (M720) is turned ON,

speed does not reach the

specified level within the speci-

fied time.


Folding conveyance motor

(M720)

TU

-10

9,

TM

G-3 TU-109,

TMG-3 abnor-mality

F77-31 After the conveyance motor

(M101) is turned ON, speed




TU drive board (TUDB)

Conveyance motor (M101)

F77-32 After the cutter motor (M102) is

turned ON, cutter HP sensor

(PS106) is not turned ON




Cutter motor (M102)

Cutter HP sensor (PS106)

F77-33 After the stopper motor (M103)

is turned ON, stopper HP sen-

sor (PS103) is not turned ON




Stopper motor (M103)


F77-34 After the stopper release motor

(M104) is turned ON, stopper

release HP sensor (PS104) is


fied time.



Stopper release motor (M104)

Stopper release HP sensor

(PS104)

F77-35 After the press motor (M105) is

turned ON, press HP sensor





Press motor (M105)

Press HP sensor (PS105)






5-26

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

TU

-10

9 TU-109 abnor-mality

F77-36 After the pressure motor

(M107) is turned ON, pressure

HP sensor (PS112) is not


time.

Main body and

FNS stop

operation

immediately

and main relay

(RL1) is

turned OFF.



Pusher motor (M107)

Pusher HP sensor (PS112)

F77-37 After the holder motor (M106)

is turned ON, upper limit PS

sensor (PS110) is not turned

ON.



Holder motor (M106)

Upper limit PS sensor (PS110)

PI-

110 PI-110

abnor-mality

F77-41 After the tray up/down motor /L

(M202) is turned ON, tray

upper limit sensor /L (PS209)

or tray lower limit sensor /L




PI drive board (PIDB)

Tray up/down motor /L (M202)

Tray upper limit sensor /L

(PS209)

Tray lower limit sensor /L

(PS210)

F77-42 After the tray up/down motor /U

(M201) is turned ON, tray

upper limit sensor /U (PS204)

or tray lower limit sensor /U





Tray up/down motor /U (M201)

Tray upper limit sensor /U

(PS204)

Tray lower limit sensor /U

(PS205)

F77-43 After the PI conveyance motor

(M203) is turned ON, speed





PI Conveyance motor (M203)

PK

-120

, P

K-5

, P

K-5

07 PK-120,

PK-5,PK-507abnor-mality

F77-44 After the punch shift motor

(M802) is turned ON, punch

shift HP sensor (PS803) is not


time.


Punch drive board (PKDB)

Punch shift motor (M802)

Punch shift HP sensor (PS803)


between FNS control board

(FNSCB) and punch drive

board (PKDB)



F77-54 After punch motor (M801) is

turned ON, punch HP sensor





Punch motor (M801)

Punch HP sensor (PS801)






5-27

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

FS FS

abnor-mality

F77-81 After the gate drive motor

(M712) is turned ON, gate HP

sensor (PS716) is not turned


Main body and

FNS stop

operation

immediately

and main relay

(RL1) is

turned OFF.


Gate drive motor (M712)

Gate HP sensor (PS716)


when sub-CPU in FNS control

board (FNSCB) receives data




when the main CPU in FNS

control board (FNSCB)

receives data.

F77-98 When the sub power switch


ten control program of FNS

control Board (FNSCB) was

detected.

F77-99 Abnormality other than those

known to control program of


was detected.

Ma

in b

od



(SW2) is ON, no response is

received from the printer con-

trol board (PRCB) within the

specified time.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.



E80-02 Printer control board (PRCB)

communication abnormality

E80-03 Operation board communica-

tion abnormality


ISWabnor-mality


(SW2) was ON, unwritten

range of ISW was detected in

the printer control program.

Printer control program


(SW2) was ON, unwritten

range of ISW was detected in

the GIF control program.

VIF control program

E80-30 In the data transfer by ISW,

regular header information

cannot be received within the

specified time.

Printer cable

USB cable

PC parallel port

PC USB port

E80-31 In the data transfer by ISW,

check sum error or header

error was detected in the

downloaded data.

Printer cable

USB cable

Program file abnormality






5-28

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

Main

bod

y ISWabnor-mality

E80-32 When transferring data by ISW,

data cannot be correctly written

to flash ROM.

Main body

stops immedi-

ately and main

relay (RL1) is

turned OFF.

Printer cable

USB cable

Program transferred board

E80-40 Engine continued operation

without preparing image or pro-

cess patch for the specified

time.

Printer control program

E81-01 A printer control ROM soft-

ware is not installed that is cor-

responding to the material

changeover setting.





KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION

5-29

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

2

2. ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION

In the event of following abnormalities, the failed unit can be isolated so that other functions may be tem-

porarily operated.

If any abnormality code is issued, press the Auto Reset key and turn OFF and ON the SW2 (sub power

switch). The unit subjected to abnormality is isolated in the software system and other functions can be

operated. If SW2 is turned OFF or ON without correcting the faulty unit, the abnormality is detected and

the abnormality code is indicated again (a function effective only one time).

Error code Error Unit to be cut off Remarks

18-01 Error in paper feed tray /1 up Paper feed tray /1 Tray can not be selected.



18-05 Error in LT tray up LT tray Tray can not be selected.

13-02 LT paper feed motor abnormality

46-40 to 43 HDD abnormality HDD HDD can not be used.

77-22, 25, 26 Folding drive abnormality Folding machine Folding mode, stitch-and-

fold mode, and cutting

mode can not be selected.

77-31, 37 Cutting drive abnormality TU-109, TMG-3

77-41, 42, 43 CF tray drive abnormality PI-110 Cover sheet mode can not

be selected.

77-44, 47, 55 Punch rocking motor abnormality PK-120, PK-5,

PK-507

Punch mode can not be

selected.


ABOUT ABNORMAL UNIT ISOLATION KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

5-30

V E

RR

OR

CO

DE

LIS

T

Blank page


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

6-1

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

VI DIAGRAMS

1. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING

1.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 parts layout drawing

A. Switches and sensors

(1) Rear of the main body

[1] Encoder sensor /Y1 (PS60) [7] Encoder sensor /C2 (PS65)

[2] Encoder sensor /M1 (PS62) [8] Encoder sensor /K2 (PS67)

[3] Encoder sensor /C1 (PS64) [9] Waste toner full sensor (PS52)

[4] Encoder sensor /K1 (PS66) [10] Waste toner door sensor (PS53)

[5] Encoder sensor /Y2 (PS61) [11] Encoder sensor /belt 2 (PS68)

[6] Encoder sensor /M2 (PS63) [12] Encoder sensor /belt 1 (PS69)

8050fs6600

[10] [9] [8] [7] [6] [5]

[11] [12]

[4] [3] [2] [1]


PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6-2

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

(2) Top of the main body

(3) Front of the main body

[1] DF reset switch (RS1) [4] APS sensor /S (PS3)

[2] Toner supply unit open/close sensor (PS14) [5] Scanner HP sensor (PS1)

[3] APS sensor /L (PS4) [6] AAPS timing sensor (PS2)

[1] Front door open/close sensor (PS18) [3] Sub power switch (SW2)

[2] Front door interlock switch (MS1) [4] Main power switch (SW1)

[2][3]

[6][5]

[4]

[1]

8050fs6601

[2] [1]

[3] [4]

8050fs6602



6-3

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(4) Right side of the main body

(5) Front side of the main body

[1] Temp/humidity sensor (TEMP/HUM)

[1] 1st transfer HP sensor (PS15)

8050fs6603[1]

8050fs6604[1]



6-4

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(6) Write unit

* Laser correction HP sensor does not attached to write unit /K.

(7) Process unit

[1] Index sensor board /Y (INDX SB Y) [5] Laser correction HP sensor /Y (PS5)*

[2] Index sensor board /M (INDX SB M) [6] Laser correction HP sensor /M (PS6)*

[3] Index sensor board /C (INDX SB C) [7] Laser correction HP sensor /C (PS7)*

[4] Index sensor board /K (INDX SB K)

[1] Drum potential sensor /K (DRPS K) [3] Drum potential sensor /M (DRPS M)

[2] Drum potential sensor /C (DRPS C) [4] Drum potential sensor /Y (DRPS Y)

8050fs6605[1][2][3][4]

[7][6][5]

8050fs6606[1][2][3][4]



6-5

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(8) Developing unit

(9) Image correction unit

[1] Toner density sensor /K (TDS K) [3] Toner density sensor /M (TDS M)

[2] Toner density sensor /C (TDS C) [4] Toner density sensor /Y (TDS Y)

[1] Gamma sensor (PS11) [3] Color registration sensor /R (PS9)

[2] Color registration sensor /F (PS8)

[1][2][3][4] 8050fs6607

8050fs6608[1]

[2] [3]



6-6

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(10)Toner supply unit

(11) Paper feed tray 1 to 3

[1] Toner level detection sensor /K (TLD K) [4] Toner supply door open/close sensor (PS54)

[2] Toner level detection sensor /C (TLD C) [5] Toner level detection sensor /M (TLD M)

[3] Toner supply interlock switch (MS2) [6] Toner level detection sensor /Y (TLD Y)

[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS29) [10] Paper size VR/1 (VR1)



[4] No paper sensor /1 (PS31) [13] Paper size /S1 (PS33)



[7] Tray upper limit sensor /1 (PS30) [16] Paper size /L1 (PS34)



[2][3] [1]

[4] [6][5]

8050fs6609

8050fs6630[18]

[9] [8] [7]

[3] [2] [1]

[4] [5] [6]

[17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10]



6-7

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(12)Bypass feed unit

(13)Vertical conveyance unit

[1] Paper size /LBP (PS49) [3] Paper size VR/BP (VR4)

[2] No paper sensor /BP (PS47) [4] Paper size /SBP (PS48)

[1] Vertical conveyance door sensor (PS51) [2] Vertical conveyance sensor (PS50)

8050fs6610[4] [3] [2] [1]

8050fs6631

[1][2]



6-8

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(14)ADU

(15)Paper exit section (left side of the main body)

[1] Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 (PS27) [7] ADU conveyance sensor (PS20)

[2] Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 (PS28) [8] ADU reverse sensor (PS21)

[3] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS23) [9] Registration sensor (PS22)

[4] 2nd transfer HP sensor (PS24) [10] Bypass conveyance sensor (PS26)

[5] Conveyance lever sensor (PS55) [11] Tray upper limit sensor (PS25)

[6] Reverse/exit sensor (PS19)

[1] Paper exit sensor (PS13) [2] Paper exit full sensor (PS12)

8050fs6611

[6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11]

[5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

8050fs6612

[1][2]



6-9

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(16)Fixing unit

[1] Fixing temperature sensor /3 (TH3) [5] Thermostat /2 (TS2)

[2] Fixing temperature sensor /1 (TH1) [6] Fixing temperature sensor /2 (TH2)

[3] Thermostat /1 (TS1) [7] Fixing paper exit sensor (PS17)

[4] Fixing pressure/release sensor (PS16) [8] Fixing temperature sensor /4 (TH4)

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[3]

[2]

[1]

8050fs6632



6-10

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. Loads


[1] 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) [13] DCPS cooling fan (M42)

[2] Drum motor /Y (M14) [14] Developing motor /K (M23)

[3] Drum motor /M (M15) [15] Developing motor /C (M22)

[4] Drum motor /C (M16) [16] Developing motor /M (M21)

[5] Drum motor /K (M17) [17] Scanner motor (M1)

[6] Fixing cooling fan /1 (M10) [18] Developing motor /Y (M20)

[7] IP cooling fan (M24) [19] Drum cooling fan /2 (M13)

[8] IPB cooling fan (M25) [20] Drum cooling fan /1 (M12)

[9] Tray up drive motor /1 (M40) [21] Fixing cooling fan /3 (M36)

[10] Tray up drive motor /2 (M39) [22] Fixing cooling fan /2 (M37)

[11] Tray up drive motor /3 (M38) [23] Transfer belt motor (M18)

[12] Paper feed motor (M41)

8050fs6613

[12]

[11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6]

[2][3][4][5] [1]

[13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]



6-11

VI D

IAG

RA

MS



[1] Scanner cooling fan (M2) [2] Exposure lamp (L1)

[1] Transfer belt cooling fan (M11)

[2]

[1]

8050fs6614

8050fs6615[1]



6-12

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

(4) Right side of the main body

(5) Left side of the main body

[1] Writing exhaust fan /2 (M46) [5] Writing intake fan /1 (M43)

[2] Heater /1 (HTR1) [6] Writing exhaust fan /1 (M45)

[3] Heater /2 (HTR2) [7] Drum unit fan (M47)

[4] Writing intake fan /2 (M44)

[1] Paper exit fan /F (M28) [4] Paper exit fan /3 (M63) (New type only)

[2] Paper exit fan /M (M27) [5] Paper exit fan /2 (M62) (New type only)

[3] Paper exit fan /R (M26) [6] Paper exit fan /1 (M61) (New type only)

8050fs6616

[4] [5] [6] [7]

[3] [2] [1]

8050fs6617[1][3] [2]

[6][4] [5]



6-13

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(6) Write unit

* Laser correction motor does not attached to write unit /K.

(7) Process unit

[1] Polygon motor /Y (M3) [5] Laser correction motor /Y (M7)*

[2] Polygon motor /M (M4) [6] Laser correction motor /M (M8)*

[3] Polygon motor /C (M5) [7] Laser correction motor /C (M9)*

[4] Polygon motor /K (M6)

[1] Pre-charging lamp /Y (PCL Y) [4] Pre-charging lamp /K (PCL K)

[2] Pre-charging lamp /M (PCL M) [5] Belt separation claw solenoid (SD1)

[3] Pre-charging lamp /C (PCL C)

8050fs6618[4] [3] [2] [1][7] [6] [5]

[1][2][3][4][5]

8050fs6619



6-14

VI D

IAG

RA

MS


(9) Toner supply unit

[1] Gamma shutter solenoid (SD3) [2] Color registration shutter solenoid (SD2)

[1] Toner bottle clutch /M (MC15) [6] Toner supply motor /C (M51)

[2] Toner bottle motor (M53) [7] Toner supply motor /M (M50)

[3] Toner bottle clutch /C (MC16) [8] Charger intake fan (M48)

[4] Toner bottle clutch /K (MC17) [9] Toner supply motor /Y (M49)

[5] Toner supply motor /K (M52) [10] Toner bottle clutch /Y (MC14)

8050fs6620[1][2]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[4][5][6][7][8]

[9] [10]

8050fs6621



6-15

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(10)Paper feed tray 1 to 3

(11) Vertical conveyance unit

[1] Pick up solenoid /1 (SD7) [6] Paper feed clutch /3 (MC11)

[2] Pick up solenoid /2 (SD8) [7] Pre-registration clutch /1 (MC8)

[3] Pick up solenoid /3 (SD9) [8] Pre-registration clutch /2 (MC10)

[4] Paper feed clutch /1 (MC7) [9] Pre-registration clutch /3 (MC12)

[5] Paper feed clutch /2 (MC9)

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 (MC13)

8050fs6633

[6] [5] [4]

[3] [2] [1]

[7] [8] [9]

8050fs6634[1]



6-16

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(12)ADU

[1] Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 (MC4) [9] ADU reverse motor (M32)

[2] Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 (MC5) [10] 2nd transfer pressure/release motor (M34)

[3] ADU lock solenoid (SD6) [11] Registration motor (M30)

[4] ADU pre-registration clutch (MC3) [12] Loop roller motor (M31)

[5] ADU conveyance clutch /2 (MC1) [13] Pick up solenoid /BP (SD5)

[6] Reverse/exit motor (M33) [14] Paper feed clutch /BP (MC6)

[7] ADU conveyance clutch /1 (MC2) [15] Tray up drive motor /BP (M35)

[8] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD4)

8050fs6622

[9]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]

[10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]



6-17

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(13)Fixing unit

[1] Fixing upper lamp /1 (L2) [4] Fixing motor (M29)

[2] Fixing upper lamp /2 (L3) [5] Fixing lower lamp (L4)

[3] Web motor (M54)

[4]

[5]

[2]

[1]

[3]

8050fs6635



6-18

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

C. PCBs and others


[1] AC drive board (ACDB) [13] HDD: option (HD-106)

[2] Noise filter (NF) [14] HDD I/F board: option (HDD IFB)

[3] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [15] Extended memory: option (MU-412)

[4] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [16] Memory board (MB)

[5] Transformer /LCT (TRNS2) [17] High voltage unit /1 (HV1)

[6] Transformer /main body (TRNS1) [18] Overall control board (OACB)

[7] DC power supply unit /2 (DCPS2) [19] Image processing board (IPB)

[8] DC power supply unit /1 (DCPS1) [20] Scanner drive board (SCDB)

[9] Drum drive board /Y (DRDB Y) [21] DC power supply unit /4:Option (DCPS4)

[10] Drum drive board /M (DRDB M) [22] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)

[11] Drum drive board /C (DRDB C) [23] Printer control board (PRCB)

[12] Drum drive board /K (DRDB K) [24] Fixing heater control board: only in EU (FHCB)

8050fs6623

[17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23]

[24]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[16] [15] [14] [13]

[8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1]



6-19

VI D

IAG

RA

MS



[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] L1 inverter board (L1 INVB)

[2] Key counter (C (K))

[1] Black counter (C (BK)) [5] OB inverter board (OB INVB)

[2] Total counter (C (T)) [6] LCD board (LCDB)

[3] Operation board /2 (OB2) [7] Touch panel board

[4] Operation board /3 (OB3) [8] Operation board /1 (OB1)

[1]

[2][3]

8050fs6624

8050fs6625

[3]

[2] [1]

[4] [5] [6] [7] [8]



6-20

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

(4) Write unit

(5) Process unit

[1] Temp detection board (TDB)

(attached to write unit /K only)

[3] Laser drive board /M (LDB M)

[4] Laser drive board /C (LDB C)

[2] Laser drive board /Y (LDB Y) [5] Laser drive board /K (LDB K)

[1] Drum potential sensor board /K (DRSPSB K) [3] Drum potential sensor board /M (DRSPSB M)

[2] Drum potential sensor board /C (DRSPSB C) [4] Drum potential sensor board /Y (DRSPSB Y)

8050fs6626

[2] [3] [4] [5]

[1]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6627



6-21

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1


(7) Toner supply section

(8) ADU

[1] Color registration board /F (CRB/F) [2] Color registration board /R (CRB/R)

[1] Toner supply drive board (TSDB)

[1] Conveyance drive board (CVDB)

8050fs6636[1] [2]

[1] 8050fs6628

8050fs6629[1]



6-22

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

1.2 DF-319/AFR-20 parts layout drawing

[1] Paper feed motor (M301) [11] Paper exit cover sensor (PS307)

[2] Conveyance motor (M302) [12] Tray open/close sensor (PS308)

[3] Reverse/exit motor (M303) [13] Size sensor /S (PS309)

[4] Registration clutch (MC301) [14] Size sensor /L (PS310)

[5] Registration sensor (PS301) [15] Paper exit solenoid (SD301)

[6] Timing sensor (PS302) [16] Reverse solenoid (SD302)

[7] Paper feed cover sensor (PS303) [17] Size VR (VR301)

[8] No paper sensor (PS304) [18] RADF control board (DFCB)

[9] Reverse sensor (PS305) [19] Size sensor board (SSB)

[10] Paper exit sensor (PS306)

8050fs6031

[5]

[6]

[8]

[7]

[15]

[16]

[14][13]

[1]

[2] [9]

[18] [3] [11] [10]

[12][4][17]



6-23

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

1.3 LT-211/C-208 parts layout drawing

[1] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [9] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)

[2] Paper mis-centering sensor (PS120) [10] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)

[3] No paper sensor (PS108) [11] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)

[4] Paper feed sensor (PS107) [12] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)

[5] Feed sensor (PS106) [13] Top cover interlock switch (MS102)

[6] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [14] Top cover open/close sensor (PS100)

[7] Pre-registration clutch (MC102) [15] Paper feed clutch (MC101)

[8] Lower limit sensor (PS101) [16] LT drive board (LTDB)

[7][16]

SD100[15]

[2]

[4]

M101 8050fs6700

FRONT

[8] [6] [5]M100

[1]SW100[13] [14]

[3]

[9]

[10][11][12]



6-24

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

1.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 parts layout drawing

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

Sub-tray paper exit sensor (PS701)

Paper exit opening HP sensor (PS712)

Gate HP sensor (PS716)

FNS inlet sensor (PS704)

Stapler movement motor (M711)

FNS interlock switch (MS701)

Clincher rotation motor (M704)

Alignment HP sensor /L (PS724)

(FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)

Alignment motor /L (M716)


Folding knife HP sensor (PS722)


Folding knife motor (M719)


Stopper motor (M718) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)

[13]

[14]

[15]

Clincher rotation HP sensor(PS714)

Folding passage sensor (PS726) (FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only)



Stacker inlet sensor (PS705)

Stacker no paper sensor (PS720)

Stacker auxiliary solenoid (SD702)

Stack auxiliary motor (M722)

Alignment HP sensor /U (PS708)

Paper exit belt HP sensor (PS709)

Stacker inlet motor (M713)

Shift HP sensor (PS718)

Shift motor (M702)

Main tray paper exit sensor (PS706)

Sub-tray full sensor (PS719)

Paper exit opening solenoid (SD704)

[16]

[17]

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

[24]

[25][26]

[27]

[13]

[12]

[8]

8050fs6701

FRONT



6-25

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS707) [8] Relay board (RB)

[2] Tray upper limit sensor (PS702) [9] FNS control board (FNSCB)

[3] Counter rest sensor (PS715) [10] Gate drive motor (M712)

[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD705) [11] FNS conveyance motor (M701)

[5] Tray lower limit sensor (PS703) [12] Paper exit opening motor (M708)

[6] Tray up/down motor (M703) [13] Sub-tray paper exit motor (M721)

[7] Folding conveyance motor (M720)


[14] Paper exit opening roller motor (M707)

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

8050fs6702

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12] [13]

[14]



6-26

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

[1] Folding paper exit sensor (PS725)


[5] Three-folding gate solenoid (SD706)


[2] Folding full LED (LED729)


[6]

[7]

[8]

Stapler rotation motor (M706)

Stapler movement HP sensor (PS711)

Alignment motor /U (M705)[3] Folding full sensor (PS729)


[4] Stapler rotation HP sensor (PS713)

[8]

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4] [3] [2] [1] 8050fs6703



6-27

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

[1] Clincher motor /R (M710)/ clincher motor /

F (M715)

[4] Stapler HP sensor /R (PS730) /stapler HP

sensor /F (PS731)

[2] Clincher HP sensor /R (PS732) / clincher

HP sensor /F (PS733)

[5] Cartridge switch/R (SW701) / cartridge

switch/F (SW703)

[3] Stapler motor /R (M709) /stapler motor /F

(M714)

[6] Stapler switch/R (SW702) /stapler switch/F

(SW704)

[1]

[3][4]

[5]

[6]

[2] 8050fs6704



6-28

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

1.5 TU-109/TMG-3 parts layout drawing

[1] Upper limit sensor (PS110) [7] Relay 2 (RL28)

[2] DC power unit (DCPS) [8] Coil (COL)

[3] Lower limit sensor (PS111) [9] Scrap box detection sensor (PS107)

[4] Holder motor (M106) [10] Conveyance motor (M101)

[5] Circuit breaker (CBR) [11] TU drive board (TUDB)

[6] Relay 1 (RL1)

[4]

[5][6][7]

[8][9]

[10]

[11]

[3]

[2]

[1]

8050fs6705



6-29

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

[1] Scrap removal fan motor (M108) [9] Front door MS2 (MS2)

[2] Scrap full LED (LED101) [10] Paper exit sensor (PS108)

[3] Scrap full sensor (PS109) [11] Stacker S3 (MS3)

[4] Entrance sensor (PS101) [12] Stacker door sensor (PS114)

[5] Trimmer motor (M102) [13] Stacker MS4 (MS4)

[6] Trimmer HP sensor (PS106) [14] Stacker full sensor (PS113)

[7] Press HP sensor (PS105) [15] Pusher HP sensor(PS112)

[8] Press motor (M105) [16] Pusher motor (M107)

[1] Stopper movement motor(M103) [4] Stopper release motor (M104)

[2] Conveyance sensor (PS102) [5] Stopper HP sensor (PS103)

[3] Stopper release HP sensor (PS104)

[4]

[5][6]

[7][8]

[9][10]

[11]

[3][2]

[1]

[16][15][14][13]

[12]

8050fs6706

[1]

[5]

[4]

[2]

[3]8050fs6707



6-30

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

1.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 parts layout drawing

8050fs6119eFRONT

M801

Punch motor

PAPER EDGE SENSOR

Paper edge sensor

(PK-120 only)PS802

Punch scraps full PS

PS801

Punch HP PS

PS803

Punch shift HP PS

(PK-120 only)

M802

Punch shift motor

(PK-120 only)

PKDB

Punch drive board

(PK-120 only)

PKDB

Punch drive board

(PK-110 only)

PS804

Punch scraps box set PS

(PK-120 only)

PS804

Punch scraps box set PS

(PK-110 only)


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

6-31

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING

2.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 connector layout drawing

2.1.1 Relay connector

A. Main body rear side - 1

8050fs6107

621 (W : 7 pin) 622 (W : 4 pin)

127 (BK : 8 pin)

128 (BK : 8 pin)

501 (W : 34 pin)

504 (W : 8 pin)

146 (W : 2 pin)

141 (W : 2 pin)

140 (W : 4 pin)

142 (W : 4 pin)143 (W : 2 pin)

124 (BK : 8 pin)456 (W : 7 pin)

479 (W : 3 pin)

471 (W : 9 pin)

269 (W : 4 pin)

493 (BK : 4 pin)

623 (GY : 18 pin)

123 (BK : 10 pin)457 (W : 4 pin)


CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6-32

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

B. Main body rear side - 2

8050fs6108

294 (W : 9 pin)

355 (W : 4 pin)

295 (W : 2 pin)

358 (W : 6 pin)

296 (W : 9 pin)

297 (W : 2 pin)

291 (W : 3 pin)

298 (W : 9 pin)

299 (W : 2 pin)

304 (W : 6 pin)

292 (W : 9 pin)

293 (W : 2 pin)

496 (W : 22 pin)

354 (W : 7 pin)

347 (W : 4 pin)

344 (W : 7 pin)

348 (W : 4 pin)

126 (BK : 10 pin)

125 (BK : 10 pin)

341 (W : 7 pin)

345 (W : 4 pin)

342 (W : 7 pin)

346 (W : 4 pin)

343 (W : 7 pin)

377 (W : 22 pin)



6-33

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

C. Main body upper side

8050fs6109

161 (W : 4 pin)

701 (W : 26 pin)

487 (W : 4 pin)492 (W : 4 pin)

703 (W : 6 pin)

615 (W : 6 pin)617 (W : 9 pin)614 (W : 3 pin)



6-34

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

D. Main body right side

8050fs6110

655 (W : 2 pin)653 (W : 2 pin)652 (W : 2 pin)

443 (W : 12 pin)

452 (W : 8 pin)

465 (W : 11 pin)

466 (W : 8 pin)

654 (W : 2 pin)



6-35

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

E. Main body left side

F. Writing section

8050fs6111e

469 (W : 6 pin)

483 (W : 6 pin)

482 (W : 12 pin)

468 (W : 6 pin)

751 (W : 6 pin)

(New type only)

754 (W : 3 pin)

(New type only)

8050fs6112

273 (W : 17 pin)

281 (W : 17 pin)

285 (W : 17 pin)

656 (W : 15 pin)

660 (W : 15 pin)

664 (W : 15 pin)

668 (W : 15 pin)

277 (W : 17 pin)



6-36

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

G. Process unit section

H. Toner supply section

8050fs6113

366 (W : 8 pin)

367 (W : 12 pin)361 (BK : 60 pin)

8050fs6115

171 (W : 6 pin)

741 (W : 8 pin)

170 (W : 12 pin)



6-37

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

I. Paper supply tray 1 to 3

J. ADU section

8050fs6116

409 (W : 5 pin)

423 (W : 5 pin)

437 (W : 5 pin)

402 (W : 13 pin)

416 (W : 13 pin)

430 (W : 13 pin)

566 (W : 2 pin)

567 (W : 2 pin)

568 (W : 2 pin)

401 (BK : 32 pin)

415 (BK : 32 pin)

429 (BK : 32 pin)

8050fs6117

556 (W : 3 pin)

555 (W : 6 pin)

508 (W : 4 pin)

509 (W : 3 pin)

530 (B : 3 pin)

551 (BK : 3 pin)

554 (W : 3 pin)552 (W : 3 pin)

570 (W : 4 pin)

521 (W : 6 pin)

502 (W : 34 pin)

505 (W : 8 pin)

511 (W : 11 pin) 514 (W : 6 pin)

557 (W : 3 pin)



6-38

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

K. Fixing section

8050fs6118

130 (BK : 12 pin)

131 (BK : 12 pin)

516 (W : 3 pin)



6-39

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2.1.2 Connector in the board

A. Printer control board

8050fs6033e

391 (GY : 18 pin)360 (W : 40 pin)357 (W : 9 pin)650 (W : 20 pin)

340 (W : 28 pin)

572 (W : 10 pin)

(New type only)

572 (W : 10 pin)

(Old type only)

620 (BN : 7 pin)

700 (W : 26 pin)

309 (W : 36 pin)

353 (BN : 12 pin)

1 (N.C.)

150 (GY : 24 pin)442 (W : 34 pin)

36 (N.C.)

301 (W : 4 pin)

730 (W : 32 pin)151 (GY : 8 pin)

4 (N.C.)

573 (W : 3 pin)

651 (W : 20 pin) 384 (W : 30 pin)

574 (W : 3 pin)

376 (W : 28 pin)

564 (W : 2 pin)

393 (W : 24 pin)

459 (W : 10 pin)

736 (W : 24 pin)

37 (N.C.)

464 (BN : 19 pin)

467 (BN : 6 pin)

600 (BN : 20 pin)

300 (BN : 18 pin)

303 (W : 2 pin)

302 (W : 6 pin)

400 (BN : 32 pin)

414 (B : 32 pin)

2 (N.C.)

500 (BN : 34 pin)

428 (BN : 30 pin)



6-40

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. AC drive board

C. CCD drive board

D. Conveyance drive board

8050fs6034

121 (W : 8 pin)

120 (W : 5 pin)

157 (W : 4 pin)155 (W : 5 pin)

153 (W : 4 pin)

156 (W : 5 pin)152 (W : 11 pin)

8050fs6035511 (W : 50 pin)

8050fs6036

507 (W : 6 pin)

503 (W : 34 pin) 510 (W : 11 pin)1 (N.C.)527 (W : 15 pin)

536 (W : 6 pin)

518 (W : 15 pin) 569 (B : 4 pin) 513 (W : 6 pin)

3 (N.C.) 539 (W : 22 pin)5 (N.C.)534 (W : 12 pin)

548 (W : 6 pin)

524 (W : 7 pin)



6-41

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

E. DC power unit/1

F. DC power unit/2

G. DC power unit/3

8050fs6037

104 (W : 10 pin)

105 (W : 6 pin)

103 (W : 6 pin)

108 (W : 4 pin)

106 (W : 8 pin)

107 (W : 7 pin)

102 (W : 4 pin)

101 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6038

115 (W : 8 pin)

111 (W : 12 pin)

112 (W : 6 pin)

113 (W : 4 pin)

114 (W : 9 pin)

110 (W : 4 pin)

8050fs6100

109 (W : 6 pin)



6-42

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

H. Drum drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

I. Fixing heater control board

J. High voltage unit/1

8050fs6039

312,319,326,333 (W : 2 pin)

311,318,325,332 (W : 9 pin)

316,323,330,337 (W : 3 pin)

313,320,327,334 (W : 6 pin)

8050fs6040

158 (W : 4 pin)

8050fs6041

734 (W : 8 pin)

733 (W : 8 pin)

735 (W : 3 pin)

732 (W : 8 pin)

731 (W : 8 pin)



6-43

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

K. High voltage unit/2

L. Image processing board

8050fs6042

738 (W : 10 pin)

740 (N.C.)

737 (W : 12 pin)

739 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6043

254 (BK : 120 pin)

253 (BK : 100 pin)

270 (BK : 60 pin)

8 (N.C.)9 (N.C.)

271 (W : 6 pin)

260 (W : 68 pin)

220 (W : 120 pin)272 (W : 34 pin)

280 (B : 34 pin)



6-44

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

M. Index sensor /Y, /M, /C, /K

N. L1 inverter board

O. Laser drive board /Y, /M, /C, /K

P. Memory board

8050fs6044

274,278,282,286 (GY : 5 pin)

8050fs6045?? (W : 4 pin)

606 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6046

275,279,283,287 (W : 12 pin)

8050fs6047

142 (W : 20 pin)

141 (W : 40 pin)



6-45

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

Q. Overall control board

R. OB inverter board

8050fs6048

255 (BK : 8 pin)

259 (BK : 4 pin)

256 (BK : 36 pin)

257 (BK : 9 pin)

9 (N.C.)

14 (N.C.)

251 (W : 16 pin) 252 (W : 4 pin)

8 (N.C.)5 (N.C.)

250 (W : 18 pin) 217 (BN : 50 pin) 258 (N.C.)

254 (W : 120 pin)

253 (W : 100 pin)

270 (W : 60 pin)

13 (N.C.)

11 (N.C.)

10 (N.C.)

12 (N.C.)

6 (N.C.) 7 (N.C.)

8050fs6049

165 (W : 3 pin)166 (W : 4 pin)



6-46

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

S. Operation board /1

T. Operation board /2

U. Operation board /3

8050fs6050

176 (W : 6 pin) 173 (W : 6 pin) 172 (W : 12 pin)

175 (W : 4 pin)

174 (W : 14 pin)

8050fs6051

162 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6101

158 (W : 3 pin)



6-47

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

V. Scanner drive board

W. Temperature detection board

X. Toner supply drive board

Y. Gamma sensor

8050fs6052

601 (W : 20 pin)

605 (W : 3 pin)602 (W : 4 pin)

609 (W : 14 pin) 1 (N.C.)607 (W : 3 pin)

603 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6053

670 (W : 3 pin)

8050fs6054

711 (W : 8 pin)

708 (W : 11 pin)

702 (W : 26 pin)

705 (W : 7 pin)

706 (W : 6 pin)

704 (W : 6 pin) 724 (W : 18 pin)

726 (W : 12 pin)

8050fs6055

558 (W : 5 pin)



6-48

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

1

Z. Color registration board /F, /R

8050fs6056

498 (W : 4 pin)

381 (W : 4 pin)

379 (W : 4 pin)

382 (W : 4 pin)



6-49

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2.2 DF-319/AFR-20 connector layout drawing

A. DF drive board

8050fs6102

13 (W : 15 pin)14 (W : 9 pin)

5 (W : 5 pin)

1 (N.C.)

8 (N.C.)

3 (W : 7 pin)

2 (W : 6 pin)

4 (W : 6 pin)

6 (W : 2 pin)10 (W : 8 pin)7 (W : 9 pin)

12 (W : 5 pin)



6-50

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2.3 LT-211/C-208 connector layout drawing

8050fs6103

802 (W : 10 pin)

3 (N.C.)

807 (W : 14 pin)

5 (N.C.)

4 (N.C.)

808 (W : 2 pin)

803 (W : 6 pin)

805 (W : 11 pin)

800 (W : 6 pin)

801 (W : 11 pin)

806 (W : 15 pin) 1 (N.C.)2 (N.C.)

804 (W : 12 pin)



6-51

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2.4 FS-115/FS-215/FN-120/FN-9/FS-513/FS-606 connector layout drawing

A. FNS control board

B. Relay board

8050fs6104e

33 (W : 38 pin)

8 (W : 8 pin)

52 (W : 6 pin)

61 (W : 2 pin) 51 (W : 32 pin)

62 (W : 40 pin)

4 (W : 40 pin)

5 (W : 22 pin)

9 (W : 28 pin)

FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

3 (W : 11 pin)2 (W : 5 pin)

43 (W : 8 pin)


42 (W : 5 pin)


41 (GY : 30 pin)


12 (W : 24 pin)

1 (W : 18 pin)

10 (W : 4 pin)11 (W : 9 pin)

7 (W: 6 pin)

6 (W : 5 pin)

8050fs6105e

5 (W : 30 pin)6 (W : 30 pin)

2 (W : 22 pin) 3 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

8 (W : 34 pin)

7 (W : 28 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

9 (W : 2 pin) FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 only

4 (W : 24 pin)


10 (W : 8 pin)

1 (W : 40 pin)



6-52

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

2.5 TU-109/TMG-3 connector layout drawing

2.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 connector layout drawing

A. Punch control board

B. Paper edge sensor

8050fs6106

407 (W : 2 pin)

408 (W : 3 pin)

403 (W : 5 pin)

406 (GY : 20 pin)404 (GY : 18 pin)402 (GY : 28 pin)

401 (GY : 40 pin)

409 (W : 4 pin)

405 (W : 4 pin)

8050fs6120

68 (W : 8 pin)70 (W : 15 pin)69 (W : 6 pin)

65 (W : 5pin)

64 (W : 2 pin)

67 (W : 3 pin)

66 (GY : 9 pin)

63 (GY : 38 pin)

8050fs6121

25 (W : 7 pin)


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 TIMING CHART

6-53

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3. TIMING CHART

3.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 timing chart

A. Full color, life size, ADF single sided original document of 2 sheets, double sided original doc-

ument of 2 copies, paper feed tray /1 paper feed

8050fs6324

Ite

mT

ime (

sec)

Pa

pe

r fe

ed m

oto

r (M

41

)P

ick

up

so

len

oid

/1

(S

D7

)P

ape

r fe

ed c

lutc

h /

1 (

MC

7)

Pre

-re

gis

tra

tion

clu

tch

/1

(M

C8

)

Pre

-re

gis

tra

tion

se

nso

r /1

(P

S2

9)

Inte

rmed

iate

con

veya

nce

sens

or /1

(PS

27)

Inte

rmed

iate

con

veya

nce

sens

or /2

(PS

28)

Re

gis

tratio

n s

en

sor

(PS

22

)

Inte

rmed

iate

con

veya

nce

clut

ch /1

(MC

13)

Inte

rmed

iate

con

veya

nce

clut

ch /2

(M

C4)

Inte

rmed

iate

con

veya

nce

clut

ch /3

(M

C5)

V_

TO

P

Lo

op

ro

ller

mo

tor

(M3

1)

Re

gis

ter

ou

t ro

ller

mo

tor

(M3

0)

Fix

ing

mo

tor

(M2

9)

F R

Fix

ing

pa

pe

r e

xit

sen

sor

(PS

17

)P

ape

r e

xit

sen

sor

(PS

13

)R

eve

rse/e

xit

sen

sor

(PS

19)

AD

U r

eve

rse

se

nso

r (P

S2

1)

AD

U c

on

veya

nce

(P

S2

0)

AD

U p

re-r

eg

istr

atio

n s

en

sor

(PS

23

)

1st t

rans

fer p

ress

ure/

rele

ase

mot

or (M

19)

2nd

trans

fer p

ress

ure/

rele

ase

mot

or(M

34)

Re

vers

e/e

xit

mo

tor

(M3

3)

F R

AD

U r

eve

rse

mo

tor

(M3

2)

Re

vers

e/e

xit

sole

no

id (

SD

4)

AD

U c

on

veya

nce

clu

tch

/1

(M

C2

)A

DU

co

nve

yan

ce c

lutc

h /

2 (

MC

1)

AD

U p

re-r

eg

istr

atio

n c

lutc

h (

MC

3)

Dru

m m

oto

r /Y

(M

14

)

Dru

m m

oto

r /M

(M

15

)D

rum

mo

tor

/C (

M1

6)

Dru

m m

oto

r /K

(M

17

)T

ran

sfe

r b

elt

mo

tor

(M1

8)

Ch

arg

ing

/Y

Ch

arg

ing

/M

Ch

arg

ing

/C

F R

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

AC

/K

1st

tra

nsf

er

/Y

1st

tra

nsf

er

/M1st

tra

nsf

er

/C1st

tra

nsf

er

/K

2n

d t

ransf

er

Se

pa

ratio

n A

C/D

CTr

ansf

er D

rum

sep

arat

ion

claw

sole

noid

(SD1

)

Ch

arg

ing

/K

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

DC

/Y

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

DC

/M

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

DC

/C

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

DC

/K

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

AC

/Y

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

AC

/M

De

velo

pe

r b

ias

AC

/C


TIMING CHART KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6-54

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.2 DF-319/AFR-20 timing chart

A. A4, life size, single-sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/3)

8050fs6310

0

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

OF

F

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

150 m

m/s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sen

sor P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-55

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (2/3)

8050fs6311

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

OF

F

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 30

0 mm/

s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 15

0 mm/

s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sen

sor P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-56

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

A. A4, life size, single sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (3/3)

8050fs6312

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

OF

F

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 30

0 mm/

s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 15

0 mm/

s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sen

sor P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-57

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original document of 3 sheets (1/4)

8050fs6313

0

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

OF

F

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 30

0 mm/

s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

150 m

m/s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sens

or P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-58

VI D

IAG

RA

MS


8050fs6314

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

O

FF

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

p

CCW

138 m

m/s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 15

0 mm/

s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sens

or P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-59

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. A4, life size, double sided original document, original documents of 3 sheets (3/4)

8050fs6315

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

O

FF

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0mm/

s

CW 35

0mm/

s

CW 15

0mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 15

0mm/

s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sens

or P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-60

VI D

IAG

RA

MS


8050fs6316

No p

aper

sen

sor P

S304

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n sen

sor P

S301

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Regis

tratio

n clut

ch M

C301

OF

F

ON

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

M30

1CW

300 m

m/s

CW 67

mm/

s

Sto

p

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Pape

r unlo

aded

Conv

eyan

ce m

otor M

302

Sto

pCC

W 13

8 mm/

s

CCW

300 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

Reve

rse

sens

or P

S305

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Tim

ing

sens

or P

S30

2

Reve

rse/ex

it moto

r M30

3CW

710 m

m/s

CW 40

0 mm/

s

CW 35

0 mm/

s

CW 15

0 mm/

s

Sto

pCC

W 15

0 mm/

s

CCW

400 m

m/s

CCW

710 m

m/s

CCW

900 m

m/s

Pape

r loa

ded

Pape

r exit

sen

sor P

S306

Pape

r unlo

aded

Pape

r loa

ded

Reve

rse so

lenoid

SD3

02O

FF

ON

Pape

r exit

solen

oid S

D301

OF

F

ON

CW 71

0 mm/

s



6-61

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.3 LT-211/C-208 timing chart

A. A4, single sided, 2-sheet paper feed

8050fs6317

01

23

45

67

Ite

m

Pape

r fee

d m

otor

(M10

1)

Pape

r fee

d clu

tch

(MC1

01)

Pape

r fee

d so

leno

id (S

D100

)

Pre-

regis

tratio

n clut

ch (M

C102

)

Pape

r fee

d se

nsor

(PS1

07)

Feed

sen

sor (

PS

106)

Interm

ediat

e con

veya

nce s

enso

r /1

(PS2

7)

Sta

rt b

utt

on

ON

Tim

e (s

ec)



6-62

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.4 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 timing chart

A. Sort, A4, document of 2 sheets, 3-copy setting, single sided

8050fs6318

01

23

4

67

8

A

9

A

Code

PS70

4

M70

1FN

S Con

veya

nce m

otor

670 m

m/s

400 m

m/s

FNS

Ent

ranc

e se

nsor

M70

2S

hift

moto

r

PS71

8S

hift

HP

senso

rSD

704

Pape

r exit

open

ing so

lenoid

M70

7Pa

per e

xit rol

ler m

otor

253 m

m/s

400 m

m/s

PS70

6M

ain

tray

pape

r exit

sen

sor

PS70

2Tr

ay u

pper

lim

it se

nsor

M70

3Tr

ay up

/down

moto

rU

P

DOW

N

Time (

sec)

Item

Code

PS70

4

M70

1FN

S Con

veya

nce m

otor

670 m

m/s

400 m

m/s

FNS

Ent

ranc

e se

nsor

M70

2S

hift

moto

r

PS71

8S

hift

HP

se

nso

r

SD70

4Pa

per e

xit op

ening

solen

oid

M70

7Pa

per e

xit rol

ler m

otor

253 m

m/s

400 m

m/s

Mai

n tra

y pa

per e

xit s

enso

r

Tray

upp

er li

mit

sens

or

Tray

up/do

wn m

otor

UP

DO

WN

Time (

sec)

Item

M70

3

PS70

2

PS70

6

FNS

oper

atio

n st

art s

igna

l ON

Copy

1 Pa

ge 1

Copy

1 Pa

ge 2

Copy

2 Pa

ge 1

Copy

2 Pa

ge 2

Copy

3 Pa

ge 1

Copy

3 Pa

ge 2



6-63

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. Flat stapling at 2 points, A4, document of 11 sheets, 2-copy setting

8050fs6319

12

34

513

14

15

16

18

17

20

19

26

28

29

27

A

A

31

32

30

0C

ode

PS

70

4FN

S En

tranc

e se

nsor

M7

01

FNS C

onve

yanc

e driv

e moto

r

SD

70

5By

pass

gat

e so

leno

id

PS

70

5St

acke

r ent

ranc

e se

nsor

M7

13

Stac

ker e

ntra

nce

mot

orM

72

2S

tack

driv

e m

otor

SD

70

2S

tack

driv

e so

leno

id

M7

05

Alig

nmen

t mot

or /U

Clo

seO

pen

M7

11St

aple

r mov

emen

t mot

orM

714,

M71

5St

aple

r, cli

nche

r mot

or /F

M70

9, M

710

Stap

ler,

clinc

her m

otor

/RP

S7

09

Pape

r exit

belt H

P se

nsor

PS

70

6Ma

in tra

y pap

er ex

it sen

sor

SD

70

4Pa

per e

xit op

ening

solen

oid

M7

07

Pape

r exit

roller

moto

r

950 m

m/s

660 m

m/s

280 m

m/s

PS

70

7St

apler

pape

r exit

uppe

r limi

t sen

sor

M7

03

Tray

up/do

wn m

otor

UP

DOW

N

Item

670 m

m/s

FNS

Entra

nce

sens

orFN

S co

nvey

ance

drive

moto

r

Bypa

ss g

ate

sole

noid

Stac

ker e

ntran

ce se

nsor

Stac

ker e

ntra

nce

mot

orS

tack

driv

e m

otor

Sta

ck d

rive

sole

noid

Align

ment

motor

/UC

lose

Ope

nS

tapl

er m

ovem

ent m

otor

Stap

ler, c

linch

er m

otor /

FSt

apler

, clin

cher

moto

r /R

Pape

r exit

belt H

P se

nsor

Main

tray p

aper

exit s

enso

rPa

per e

xit op

ening

solen

oid

Pape

r exit

rolle

r moto

r

950

mm

/s

660

mm

/s

280

mm

/s

Stap

ler pa

per e

xit up

per li

mit s

enso

r

Tray u

p/dow

n moto

rU

PDO

WN

Item

Time (

sec)

Code

670 m

m/s

PS

70

4M

70

1S

D7

05

PS

70

5M

71

3M

72

2S

D702

M7

05

M7

11M

714,

M71

5

M70

9, M

710

PS

70

9P

S7

06

SD

70

4

M7

07

PS

70

7

M7

03

FNS

ope

ratio

n st

art s

igna

l ON

Cop

y 1

Pag

e 1

Copy

1 P

age

2Co

py 1

Page

3Co

py 1

Pag

e 9

Copy

1 P

age

10Co

py 1

Pag

e 11

Copy

2 P

age

1Co

py 2

Pag

e 2

Copy

2 P

age

3Co

py 2

Pag

e 4

Copy

2 P

age

9Co

py 2

Pag

e 10

Cop

y 2

Pag

e 11

Time (

sec)



6-64

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

C. Stitch and fold, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided

8050fs6320

A

01

23

45

67

89

10

1112

13

14

15

16

17

A

Code

Ite

mTim

e (se

c)

FNS

Entra

nce

sens

orFN

S Co

nvey

ance

drive

moto

rSt

acke

r Entr

ance

sens

or

Sta

cker

en

tranc

e m

otor

670 m

m/s

500 m

m/s

Align

ment

HP se

nsor

/UCl

ose

Ope

nAl

ignme

nt HP

sens

or /L

Align

ment

motor

/L

Staple

r moto

r,clinc

her m

otor /F

Staple

r moto

r,clinc

her m

otor /R

Stop

per H

P se

nsor

Stop

per m

otor

Fol

ding

con

-ve

yanc

e m

otor

Down

Up 670 m

m/s

500 m

m/s

Foldi

ng co

nvey

ance

sens

orFo

ldin

g kn

ife m

otor

Fold

ing

knife

HP

sens

orFo

lding

pas

sage

sens

orPa

per e

xit op

ening

HP se

nsor

Pape

r exit

open

ing m

otor

Code

Item

PS

704

PS

705

M7

13

PS

708

M7

05

M7

01

PS

72

4 M

71

6

M71

4, M

715

PS

72

3

M718

M720

PS

72

M719

PS

722

PS

72

6P

S7

12

M708

Time (

sec)

FNS

Entra

nce

sens

orFN

S Co

nvey

ance

mot

orSt

acke

r Ent

ranc

e se

nsor

Stacke

r entr

ance

moto

r67

0 mm/

s50

0 mm/

sAl

ignme

nt HP

sens

or /U

Align

ment

motor

/UC

lose

Ope

nAl

ignme

nt HP

sens

or /L

Alig

nmen

t moto

r /L

Staple

r moto

r,clin

cher

motor

/FSta

pler m

otor,c

linche

r moto

r /RS

topp

er H

P s

enso

r

Stop

per m

otor

Foldin

g Con

veya

nce m

otor

Down

Up 800 m

m/s

Foldi

ng co

nvey

ance

sens

orF

oldi

ng k

nife

mot

or

Foldi

ng p

assa

ge se

nsor

Pape

r exit

open

ing H

P sen

sor

Pape

r exit

open

ing H

P sen

sor

M70

9, M

710

400 m

m/s

Fold

ing

knife

HP

sens

or

Alig

nm

en

t m

oto

r /U

PS

70

4

PS

70

5

M7

13

PS

70

8

M7

05

M7

01

PS

72

4M

71

6

M71

4, M

715

PS

72

3

M7

18

M7

20

PS

72

5M

71

9P

S7

22

PS

72

6P

S7

12

M7

06

M70

9, M

710

Copy

2 Pa

ge 1

Copy

2 Pa

ge 2

Copy

2 Pa

ge 3

FNS

Ope

ratio

n O

pen

star

t sig

nal O

NC

op

y 1

Pa

ge

1C

op

y 1 P

age

2C

op

y 1

Pa

ge

3

Clo

seO

pen

Clos

eO

pen



6-65

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

D. Three-folding, A4R, original document of 3 sheets, 2-copy setting, single sided

8050fs6321

A

A

01

23

45

67

89

10

11

12

13

16

17

18

19

20

14

Co

de

M7

07

Pa

pe

r e

xit

rolle

r m

oto

rP

S70

9P

ap

er

exi

t b

elt

HP

se

nso

rP

S70

4F

NS

En

tra

nce

se

nso

rM

71

2G

ate

dri

ve m

oto

r

M7

05

Alig

nm

en

t m

oto

r /U

Clo

seO

pe

n

M7

16

Alig

nm

en

t m

oto

r /L

Clo

seO

pe

n

PS

705

Sta

cke

r E

ntr

an

ce s

enso

r

M7

13

Stac

ker e

ntran

ce m

otor

670

mm

/s

500

mm

/s

PS

726

Fold

ing

pa

ssa

ge

se

nso

r

M7

19

Fold

ing k

nife

moto

r

PS

722

Fo

ldin

g k

nife

HP

se

nso

r

M7

01

FN

S C

on

veya

nce

mo

tor

M7

18

Sto

pp

er

mo

tor

Dow

nU

pS

D70

6T

hre

e-f

old

ing g

ate

sole

noid

M7

20

Fold

ing

Conve

yance

moto

rP

S72

5F

old

ing

exi

t se

nso

r

Item

Tim

e (s

ec)

Code

M7

07

Pa

pe

r e

xit

rolle

r m

oto

rP

S7

09

Pa

pe

r e

xit

be

lt H

P s

en

sor

PS

70

4F

NS

En

tra

nce

se

nso

rM

71

2G

ate

drive

moto

r

M7

05

Alig

nmen

t mot

or /U

Clo

seO

pen

M7

16

Alig

nmen

t mot

or /L

Clo

seO

pen

PS

70

5S

tack

er

En

tra

nce

se

nso

r

M7

13

Stac

ker e

ntra

nce

mot

or67

0 m

m/s

500

mm

/s

PS

726

Fo

ldin

g p

ass

ag

e s

en

sor

M7

19

Fold

ing k

nife

moto

r

PS

72

2F

old

ing k

nife

HP

senso

r

M7

01

FN

S C

on

veya

nce

mo

tor

M7

18

Sto

ppe

r m

oto

rD

ow

nU

pS

D7

06

Th

ree

-fo

ldin

g g

ate

so

len

oid

M7

20

Fo

ldin

g C

on

veya

nce

mo

tor

PS

72

5F

old

ing

exi

t se

nso

r

Ite

mTi

me

(sec

)FN

S o

pera

tion

star

t sig

nal O

N



6-66

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.5 TU-109/TMG-3 timing chart

A. Cutting mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies

8050fs6322

01

-52

-51

23

45

67

89

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

Code

Ite

mTi

me

(sec

)

Foldi

ng C

onve

yanc

e moto

r M72

0 (FN

S)

Con

veya

nce

mot

or M

101

En

tra

nce

se

nso

r P

S1

01

Sto

pp

er

mo

tor

M1

03

Con

veya

nce

sens

or P

S10

2

Pre

ss m

oto

r M

105

Cu

tte

r m

oto

r M

10

2

Sto

pper

cle

ar m

otor

M10

4

Hold

er

moto

r M

106

Pre

ssu

re m

oto

r M

107

Pap

er e

xit s

enso

r PS

108

Co

py

1C

op

y 2



6-67

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

B. Through mode, A3, 16 sheets, 2 copies

8050fs6323

01

-52

-51

23

45

67

89

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

Co

de

Ite

mTi

me

(sec

)

Foldi

ng C

onve

yanc

e moto

r M72

0 (FN

S)

Conve

yance

moto

r M

101

En

tra

nce

se

nso

r P

S1

01

Sto

pp

er

mo

tor

M1

03

Con

veya

nce

sens

or P

S10

2

Pre

ss m

oto

r M

10

5

Cu

tte

r m

oto

r M

10

2

Sto

pper

cle

ar m

otor

M10

4

Ho

lde

r m

oto

r M

10

6

Pre

ssure

mo

tor

M107

Pap

er e

xit s

enso

r P

S10

8

Copy

1C

op

y 2



6-68

VI D

IAG

RA

MS

2

3.6 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 timing chart

A. Punch, 2-staple flat stapling, A4, 2 sheets, 3 copies set, single sided

8050fs6122

01

23

45

67

89

10

Sym

bol

Ite

ms

Tim

e (

sec)

Pa

pe

r e

xit

PS

Sta

rt s

ign

al f

or

FN

S O

N

Ga

te d

rive

mo

tor

PS

FN

S e

ntr

an

ce P

SP

ape

r e

dg

e s

en

sor

Pun

ch s

hift

mot

or

Pu

nch

mo

tor

Pu

nch

HP

PS

FN

S c

onve

yan

ce m

oto

r

Byp

ass

ga

te S

DS

tack

er

en

tra

nce

PS

Sta

cke

r e

ntr

an

ce m

oto

r

Alig

nmen

t mot

or /U

Sta

ple

r, c

linch

er

mo

tor

/FS

tap

ler,

clin

che

r m

oto

r /R

Pa

pe

r e

xit

rolle

r m

oto

rP

ape

r e

xit

belt

HP

PS

Ma

in tra

y pa

pe

r e

xit P

S

Pa

pe

r e

xit

SD

PS

37

M71

2P

S7

04

M80

2

M80

1P

S8

01

M70

1

SD

705

PS

705

M71

3

M70

5

M7

14

M7

15

M7

09

M7

10

M70

7P

S70

9

PS

706

SD

70

4

F R

CLO

SE

OP

EN


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

6-69 2

4. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM

4.1 DF-319/AFR-20 Overall Wiring Diagram

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PAPER FEEDCOVER SENSOR

PAPER FEED MOTOR

CONVEYANCE MOTOR

REVERSE/EXIT MOTOR

REVERSE SOLENOID

PAPER EXIT SOLENOID

REGISTRATION CLUTCH

REGISTRATIONSENSOR

TRAY OPEN/CLOSESENSOR

PAPER EXITCOVER SENSOR

TIMING SENSOR

SIZESENSOR/L

SIZESENSOR/S

REVERSE SENSOR

PAPER EXITSENSOR

SIZE VR

NO PAPER SENSOR

SIZE SENSOR BOARD

DFCB

PS303

PS304

M301

M302

M303

SD302

MC301

SD301

PS301

PS302

PS308

SSB

PS310

PS309

PS305

PS306

PS307

VR301

Symbol

Crimp

Connector Faston

Relay connector


OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

6-70

Symbol Part name Location

DFCB RADF control board 4-A

M301 Paper feed motor 7-A

M302 Conveyance motor 7-B

M303 Reverse/exit motor 7-C

MC301 Registration clutch 7-F

PS301 Registration sensor 1-B

PS302 Timing sensor 1-C

PS303 Paper feed cover sensor 1-A

PS304 No paper sensor 1-B

PS305 Reverse sensor 1-F

PS306 Paper exit sensor 1-G

PS307 Paper exit cover sensor 1-G

PS308 Tray open/close sensor 1-D

PS309 Size sensor /S 1-E

PS310 Size sensor /L 1-D

SD301 Paper exit solenoid 7-E

SD302 Reverse solenoid 7-D

SSB Size sensor board 2-D

VR301 Size VR 1-E



6-71 2

4.2 LT-211/C-208 Overall Wiring Diagram

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105PS101

REMAINING

PAPER

SENSOR/3

REMAINING

PAPER

SENSOR/4

LOWER LIMIT

SENSOR

REMAINING

PAPER

SENSOR/1

REMAINING

PAPER

SENSOR/2

UP/DOWN

MOTOR

M100

82

1-1

82

1-2

82

1-3

82

2-1

82

2-2

82

2-3

81

8-1

81

8-2

81

8-3

81

9-1

81

9-2

81

9-3

82

0-1

82

0-2

82

0-3

81

4-1

81

4-2

UPPER

LIMIT

SENSOR

PAPER

FEED

SOLENOID

FEED

SENSOR

PAPER

FEED

SENSOR

NO PAPER

SENSOR

PS106 PS107 PS108 PS109 SD100M136 M137

PAPER FEED

ASSIST FAN/F

PAPER FEED

ASSIST FAN/R

82

3-3

82

4-1

82

4-2

82

4-3

82

5-1

82

5-2

82

5-3

83

1-1

83

1-2

83

1-3

82

3-1

82

3-2

81

2-3

-1

81

2-2

-2

81

2-1

-3

81

1-3

-1

81

1-2

-2

81

1-1

-3

82

9-2

-1

82

9-1

-2

80

7-1

4 S

GN

D

80

7-1

1 S

GN

D

80

7-7

P

S

80

7-6

S

GN

D

84

1-1

4-1

84

1-1

3-2

84

1-1

2-3

84

1-8

-7

84

1-7

-8

84

1-6

-9

84

1-1

1-4

84

1-1

0-5

84

1-9

-6

84

1-2

-13

84

1-1

-14

84

1-5

-10

84

1-4

-11

84

1-3

-12

80

7-3

S

GN

D

83

7-6

-1

83

7-5

-2

83

7-4

-3

83

7-3

-4

83

7-2

-5

83

7-1

-6

80

3-5

LO

CK

80

3-2

LO

CK

80

3-1

DR

IVE

80

3-3

PG

ND

80

3-4

DR

IVE

80

3-6

PG

ND

80

7-4

P

S

80

7-5

5

V2

80

7-8

5

V2

80

7-9

5

V2

80

7-1

0 P

S

80

7-1

2 5

V2

80

7-1

3 P

S

80

7-2

C

ON

T

80

7-1

2

4V

801-7 LTCCL

801-8 SGND

801-5 LTRCL

80

6-1

5 5

V2

80

6-1

3 S

GN

D

80

6-1

4 P

S

80

6-1

2 5

V2

80

6-1

0 S

GN

D

80

6-9

5

V2

80

6-7

S

GN

D

80

6-6

5

V2

80

6-4

S

GN

D

80

6-3

5

V2

80

6-1

S

GN

D

80

6-1

1 P

S

80

6-8

P

S

80

6-5

P

S

80

6-2

P

S

801-11 LTNP_SIG

801-10 LTRP_SIG

801-9 LTSO_SIG

801-6 LTSSD

801-4 LTSCL

801-3 SGND

801-2 SIN(RXD)

801-1 SOUT(TXD)

465-1

465-2

465-3

465-4

465-5

465-6

465-7

465-8

465-9

465-10

465-11 80

8-1

DR

IVE

1

80

8-2

DR

IVE

2

800-3 24V2

800-4 SGND

800-2 12V

800-1 5V2

800-5 SGND

800-6 PGND

464-5 LTCCL

464-4 SGND

464-7 LTRCL

464-1 LTNP_SIG

464-2 LTRP_SIG

464-3 LTSO_SIG

464-6 LTSSD

464-8 LTSCL

464-9 SGND

464-10 SOUT(TXD)

464-11 SIN(RXD)

106-7 12V

106-3 5V2

153-4 24VAC(N)

153-3 24VAC(H)

111-10 PGND

111-7 24V2

106-6 SGND

106-8 SGND

ACDB

MAIN BODY

DCPS2

DCPS1

PRCB

466-1

466-2

466-3

466-4

466-5

466-6

466-7

466-8

80

5-1

5

V2

80

5-4

L

CT

M_

CL

OC

K

80

5-5

L

CT

M_

F/R

80

5-1

0 2

4V

2

80

5-1

1 2

4V

2

80

2-3

5

V2

80

2-4

-5

V

LTDB

80

5-2

S

GN

D

80

5-3

L

CT

MC

ON

T

80

5-6

L

CT

M_

EM

80

5-7

L

CT

MG

AIN

80

5-8

P

GN

D

80

5-9

P

GN

D

80

2-1

V

IDE

O

80

2-8

C

LO

CK

80

2-9

L

ED

80

4-2

SG

ND

80

4-1

DW

_S

W

80

2-1

0 2

4V

2

80

2-7

S

GN

D

80

2-6

S

I

80

2-5

S

GN

D

80

2-2

S

GN

D

80

4-8

S

GN

D

80

4-5

S

GN

D

80

4-4

P

S

80

4-3

5

V2

80

4-6

5

V2

80

4-7

P

S

80

4-9

2

4V

2

80

4-1

0

CO

NT

80

4-1

1

24

V2

80

4-1

2

CO

NT

TRAY DOWN

SWITCH

SW100

81

0-1

0

81

0-4

81

0-3

81

0-1

81

0-6

81

0-8

81

0-9

81

0-2

PS120

PAPER MIS-CENTERING SENSOR

81

3-2

81

3-1

81

0-5

81

0-7

83

9-1

-5

83

9-2

-4

FRONT DOOR

OPEN/CLOSE

SENSOR

PS115

83

2-1

83

2-2

83

2-3

83

9-3

-3

83

9-4

-2

83

9-5

-1

UPPER COVER

OPEN/CLOSE

SENSOR

PS100

83

3-1

83

3-2

83

3-3

MC101

PAPER FEED

CLUTCH

82

6-2

-1

82

6-1

-2

MC102

PRE-

REGIST-

RATION

CLUTCH

83

0-2

-1

83

0-1

-2

817-2

816-1

81

5-3

81

5-4

81

5-1

81

5-7

81

5-8

81

5-9

81

5-1

0

81

5-1

1

81

5-6

CO

NT

CW

/CC

W

H/L

M101

5V

S.G

.

CL

K

LD

P.G

.

P.G

.

24

V

24

V

PAPER FEED MOTOR

81

5-5

81

5-2

817-1

816-2 MS101

MS102

HTR100

HTR101

HTR102

834-1

834-2

835-1

835-2

836-1

836-2

Symbol

Crimp

Connector Faston

Relay connector



6-72


LT211 LT211 4-D

M101 Paper feed motor 8-A

M100 Up/down motor 5-H

M136 Paper feed assist fan/F 7-H

M137 Paper feed assist fan/R 7-H

MC101 Paper feed clutch 7-B

MC102 Pre-registration clutch 7-B

MS101 Front door interlock switch 9-C

MS102 Upper cover interlock switch 9-C

PS120 Paper mis-centering sensor 6-A

PS100 Upper cover open/close sensor 7-A

PS101 Lower limit sensor 5-H

PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-H




PS106 Feed sensor 7-H

PS107 Paper feed sensor 8-H

PS108 No paper sensor 8-H

PS109 Upper limit sensor 8-H

PS115 Front door open/close sensor 7-A

SD100 Paper feed solenoid 8-H

SW100 Tray down switch 6-B

HTR100 Heater/1 5-B

HTR101 Heater/2 5-B

HTR102 Heater/3 5-C

LTDB LT drive board 4-D



6-73 2

4.3 FS-115/215/FN-120/9/FS-513/606 Overall Wiring Diagram

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

19

1-5

19

1-4

15

0-1

15

0-2

15

0-3

15

0-4

15

0-5

15

0-6

16

0-1

16

0-2

15

3-7

15

3-3

15

3-4

15

3-6

15

3-5

15

3-1

01

53

-11

15

3-8

15

3-9

15

3-2

15

1-2

15

1-5

15

1-4

15

1-6

15

1-3

15

1-1

19

0-3

19

0-2

19

0-1

17

1-1

17

1-2

17

1-3

17

0-1

17

0-2

17

0-3

15

2-1

15

2-2

15

3-1

19

1-6

17

2-1

17

2-2

17

2-3

15

3-1

17

9-4

17

9-3

17

9-2

17

9-1

17

9-5

17

9-6

17

9-7

17

8-4

17

8-3

17

8-2

17

8-1

17

8-5

17

8-6

17

8-7

18

1-1

11

81

-12

18

1-8

18

1-9

18

1-6

18

1-3

18

1-5

18

1-4

18

1-1

18

1-7

15

6-1

15

6-2

15

6-5

15

6-6

15

6-3

15

6-4

18

2-3

18

2-2

18

2-1

18

0-1

11

80

-12

18

0-8

18

0-9

18

0-6

18

0-3

18

0-5

18

0-4

18

0-1

18

0-7

15

4-1

15

4-2

15

4-5

15

4-6

15

4-3

15

4-4

17

7-3

17

7-2

17

7-1

19

3-3

19

3-2

19

3-1

19

1-3

19

1-2

19

1-1

17

3-1

17

3-2

17

3-3

17

4-1

17

4-2

17

4-3

17

6-1

17

6-3

19

4-1

19

4-2

17

5-1

17

5-3

18

0-2

18

1-2

18

3-3

18

3-2

18

3-1

19

5-6

19

5-5

19

5-4

4 5 6

15

7-1

15

7-2

15

7-3

15

7-4

15

7-5

15

7-6

18

4-3

18

4-2

18

4-1

19

5-9

19

5-8

19

5-7

18

5-3

18

5-2

18

5-1

19

5-3

19

5-2

19

5-1

1 2 3 7 8 9

15

8-1

15

8-6

15

8-3

15

8-4

15

8-5

15

8-6

19

8-3

19

8-2

19

8-1

1 2 3

15

5-1

15

5-2

15

5-5

15

5-6

15

5-3

15

5-4

18

7-3

18

7-2

18

7-1

19

9-3

19

9-2

19

9-1

1 2 3

18

6-3

18

6-2

18

6-1

113-1

111-1

111-2

113-2

29

-2

29

-1

75

3-4

75

3-5

75

2-1

75

2-2

75

2-3

75

2-4

75

2-5

75

2-6

75

3-1

75

3-3

75

3-2

75

3-6

75

2-6

75

2-5

75

2-4

75

2-3

75

2-2

75

2-1

14

0

1 3

2 2

3 1

12

4-3

12

4-2

12

4-1

14

1

1 4

2 3

3 2

12

0-3

12

0-2

12

0-1

10

3-4

10

4-6

10

4-5

10

4-2

10

4-1

10

4-3

13

0-3

13

0-2

13

0-1

10

6-2

10

6-1

13

1-3

13

1-2

13

1-1

13

2-3

13

2-2

13

2-1

13

3-1

13

3-2

13

3-3

11

1-1

11

1-2

10

1-1

10

1-2

12

2-3

12

2-2

12

2-1

11

0

10

4-4

10

4-5

10

4-6

10

4-8

10

4-9

10

4-3

10

4-1

10

4-1

01

04

-11

104-7

NC

104-2

NC

12

5-3

12

5-2

12

5-1

14

2

3 1

2 2

1 3

12

1-3

12

1-2

12

1-1

10

0-2

10

0-5

10

0-1

10

0-3

10

0-4

10

0-6

10

2-2

10

2-1 1

27

-31

27

-21

27

-1

10

5

4

2

3

1

6

5

3

5

4

6

1

2

12

3-1

12

3-2

12

3-3

5-B

6 5

V

5-B

4 S

GN

D5

-B5

PS

73

2

5-B

12

24

V5

-B1

3 2

4V

5-B

14

M7

10

DR

IVE

25

-B1

5 M

71

0 D

RIV

E2

5-B

3 5

V

5-B

1 S

GN

D

5-B

8 2

4V

5-B

9 2

4V

5-B

10

M7

15

DR

IVE

25

-B1

1

M7

15

DR

IVE

2

5-B

2 P

S7

33

8-B

7 P

S7

31

8-B

9 F

_C

ST

-IN

8-B

5 5

V8

-B6

F_

LS

8-B

1 M

71

4 D

RIV

E1

8-B

2 M

71

4 D

RIV

E1

8-B

3 M

71

4 D

RIV

E2

8-B

4 M

71

4 D

RIV

E2

8-B

10

F_

CD

8-B

11

SG

ND

8-B

8 F

_C

S

8-A

12

24

V8

-A1

3 2

4V

8-A

14

A8

-A1

5 A

8-A

16

B8

-A1

7 B

8-B

17

GN

D

8-B

15

5V

8-B

16

PS

8-A

5 5

V8

-A6

R_

LS

8-A

7 P

S7

30

8-A

9 R

_C

ST

-IN

8-A

1 M

70

9 D

RIV

E1

8-A

2 M

70

9 D

RIV

E1

8-A

3 M

70

9 D

RIV

E2

8-A

4 M

70

9 D

RIV

E2

8-A

10

R_

CD

8-A

11

SG

ND

8-A

8 R

_C

S

5-A

1 2

4V

5-A

2 2

4V

5-A

3 A

5-A

4 A

5-A

5 B

5-A

6 B

5-A

13

SG

ND

5-A

15

5V

5

-A1

4 I

N

6-A

9 5

V

6-A

7 G

ND

6-A

1 2

4V

6-A

8 P

S

6-A

6 B

6-A

5 B

6-A

4 A

6-A

3 A

6-A

2 2

4V

6-A

12

5V

6-A

15

5V

6-A

13

GN

D

6-A

10

GN

D

6-A

14

PS

6-A

11

PS

6-B

15

B

6-B

13

A6

-B1

2 A

6-B

11

24

V6

-B1

0 2

4V

6-B

14

B

6-B

3 5

V

6-B

1 G

ND

6-B

2 P

S

5-A

7 2

4V

5-A

8 2

4V

5-A

9 A

5-A

10

A5

-A1

1 B

5-A

12

B

6-B

6 5

V

6-B

4 G

ND

6-B

5 P

S

7-B

13

24

V

7-B

1 5

V

7-B

7 2

4V

7-B

8 2

4V

7-B

2 B

RA

KE

7-B

3 C

ON

T7

-B4

CL

OC

K7

-B5

PL

L7

-B6

F/R

7-B

14

CO

NT

7-B

9 P

GN

D7

-B1

0 P

GN

D7

-B1

1 S

GN

D

7-A

8 2

4V

7-A

7 2

4V

7-A

10

A7

-A9

A

7-A

11

B7

-A1

2 B

4-A

6 5

V

4-A

4 G

ND

4-A

5 P

S

4-A

3 5

V

4-A

1 G

ND

4-A

2 P

S

7-A

13

24

V7

-A1

4 D

RIV

E

4-B

3 5

V

4-A

12

5V

4-A

10

GN

D

4-B

1 G

ND

9-2

GN

D

4-A

11

PS

4-B

2 P

S

9-1

PS

4-B

4 G

ND

4-B

6 5

V

4-A

7 G

ND

4-A

9 5

V4

-A8

PS

7-A

1 2

4V

7-A

2 2

4V

7-A

3 A

7-A

5 B

7-A

4 A

7-A

6 B

10-6 N.C.

10-4 N.C.10-3 DRIVE

10-2 N.C.10-1 24V

10-5 N.C.

10-8 CONT10-7 24V

1-A

11

-A2

1-A

31

-A4

1-A

51

-A6

1-A

71

-A8

1-A

9

1-B

11

-B2

1-B

31

-B4

1-B

51

-B6

2-B

11

2-B

10

2-B

9

2-B

2

2-B

4

2-B

72

-B6

2-B

3

2-B

5

2-B

8

2-A

10

2-A

11

2-B

1

2-A

82

-A9

2-A

12

-A2

2-A

32

-A4

2-A

52

-A6

2-A

7

1-B

10

1-B

11

1-B

12

1-B

13

1-B

14

1-B

15

1-B

17

1-B

18

1-B

20

1-B

16

1-B

19

1-B

71

-B8

1-B

9

1-A

20

1-A

15

1-A

16

1-A

17

1-A

18

1-A

19

1-A

13

1-A

14

1-A

12

1-A

11

1-A

10

3-B

4

3-B

12

3-B

13

3-B

14

3-B

10

3-A

1 N

C3

-A2

3-A

33

-A4

3-A

53

-A6

3-A

73

-A8

3-A

93

-A1

0 S

GN

D3

-A1

13

-A1

23

-A1

33

-A1

43

-B1

3-B

23

-B3

NC

3-B

53

-B6

3-B

73

-B8

3-B

9

3-B

11

5-A

10

5-A

11

4-A

6 P

GN

D4

-A7

PG

ND

4-A

8 P

GN

D4

-A9

PG

ND

4-B

1 S

G4

-B1

SG

4-B

3 S

G4

-B4

5V

4-B

5 5

V4

-B6

5V

5-A

9 R

_C

HP

5-B

15

-B2

F_

LS

5-B

3 F

_D

HP

5-B

4 F

_C

S5

-B5

F_

LS

T5

-B6

F_

CD

5-B

7 R

_L

S5

-B8

R_

DH

P5

-B9

R_

CS

5-B

11

R_

CD

5-B

10

R_

LS

T

4-A

3 2

4V

4-A

2 2

4V

4-A

1 2

4V

4-A

5 N

C4

-A4

24

V

4-A

10

M7

13

CL

OC

K4

-A1

1 M

71

3 R

ES

ET

4-A

12

M7

13

CO

NT

4-A

13

M7

04

A4

-A1

4 M

70

4 A

4-A

15

M7

04

B4

-A1

6 M

70

4 B

4-A

17

M7

05

A4

-A1

8 M

70

5 A

4-A

19

M7

05

B4

-A2

0 M

70

5 B

4-B

7 M

71

1 A

4-B

8 M

71

1 A

4-B

9 M

71

1 B

4-B

10

M7

11

B4

-B1

1 M

70

6 A

4-B

12

M7

06

A4

-B1

3 M

70

6 B

4-B

14

M7

06

B4

-B1

5 M

70

9 C

ON

T4

-B1

6 M

70

9 F

/R4

-B1

7 M

71

0 C

ON

T4

-B1

8 M

71

4 C

ON

T4

-B1

9 M

71

4 F

/R4

-B2

0 M

71

5 C

ON

T5

-A1

PS

70

55

-A2

PS

70

85

-A3

PS

70

95

-A4

PS

71

15

-A5

PS

71

35

-A6

PS

71

45

-A7

PS

72

05

-A8

F_

CH

P

9-A

2 S

D7

06

CO

NT

9-A

13

M7

16

B9

-A1

4 M

71

6 B

9-B

1 M

71

9 D

RIV

E1

9-B

2 M

71

9 D

RIV

E2

9-B

4 M

71

8 M

OD

E9

-B5

M7

18

CL

OC

K9

-B6

M7

18

RE

SE

T9

-B7

M7

18

F/R

9-B

8 M

71

8 C

ON

T1

9-B

9 M

71

8 C

ON

T2

9-B

10

M7

20

BR

AK

E9

-B1

1 M

72

0 C

ON

T9

-B1

2 M

72

0 C

LO

CK

9-B

13

M7

20

PL

L9

-B1

4 M

72

0 F

/R

9-A

11

M7

16

A9

-A1

2 M

71

6 A

9-A

1 S

UB

IN5

PI

9-A

10

BM

SE

T

9-B

3 S

UB

OU

T1

9-A

3 P

S7

22

9-A

4 P

S7

23

9-A

5 P

S7

24

9-A

6 P

S7

25

9-A

7 P

S7

26

9-A

8 P

S7

29

9-A

9 P

S7

30

12

-A8

PS

12

-B5

GN

D

12

-A2

5V

8-1

24

V8

-2 2

4V

8-3

A8

-4 A

8-5

B8

-6 B

10

-2 D

RIV

E1

0-1

24

V

11

-6 P

S1

1-9

GN

D

11

-3 5

V

12

-B1

2 B

12

-B1

1 B

12

-B1

0 A

12

-B8

24

V1

2-B

7 2

4V

12

-B9

A

12

-B3

G

ND

12

-A1

0 P

S1

2-A

4 5

V

7-2

SG

ND

7-5

SG

ND

6-4

PG

ND

6-5

PG

ND

6-3

SG

ND

6-2

5V

6-1

24

V-P

S

7-1

SR

XD

7-3

SR

TS

7-4

ST

XD

7-6

SC

TS

12

-A7

PS

12

-B6

GN

D

12

-A1

5V

1-B

8 B

1-B

7 B

1-B

6 A

1-B

5 A

1-B

4 2

4V

1-B

3 2

4V

12

-A1

1 P

S1

2-B

2 G

ND

12

-A5

5V

2-4

PS

2-5

GN

D

2-3

5V

2-1

DR

IVE

-F2-2

DR

IVE

-R

3-4

PS

3-7

GN

D

3-1

5V

3-8

GN

D3

-5 P

S3

-2 5

V

3-6

PS

3-9

GN

D

3-3

5V

3-1

1 D

RIV

E3

-10

24

V

8-7

24

V8

-8 D

RIV

E

12

-A9

PS

12

-B4

GN

D

12

-A3

5V

10

-3 2

4V

10-4

DR

IVE

1-A

3 P

/S1

-A4

CL

OC

K1

-A5

F/R

1-A

6 L

OC

K1

-A7

H/L

1-A

8 P

GN

D1

-A9

PG

ND

1-B

2 2

4V

1-B

1 2

4V

1-A

1 5

V

11

-7 G

ND

11

-4 P

S1

1-1

5V

106-

2 S

GN

D

106-

4 M

RX

D10

6-5

SG

ND

106-

1 M

TX

D

1-3

SG

ND

1-6

FG

ND

1-5

PG

ND

1-4

PG

ND

1-1

24V

1-2

5V

106-

3 M

CT

S

106-

6 M

RT

S1

SG

ND

5V

PS

DR

IVE

2D

RIV

E2

SG

ND

5V

DR

IVE

2D

RIV

E2

PS

SG

ND

5V

5V

5V

DR

IVE

1D

RIV

E1

DR

IVE

2D

RIV

E2

PS

F_

CS

T

F_

LS

SG

ND

5V

DR

IVE

1D

RIV

E1

DR

IVE

2D

RIV

E2

PS

5V

5V

R_

CS

T

R_

LS

FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY

MAIN BODY

PS70

4S

EN

SO

RF

NS

EN

TR

AN

CE

MO

TOR

FN

S C

ON

VE

YA

NC

EM7

01 MS70

1F

NS

IN

TE

RL

OC

KS

WIT

CH

PS70

1E

XIT

SE

NS

OR

SU

B-T

RA

Y P

AP

ER

M721

EX

IT M

OT

OR

SU

B-T

RA

Y P

AP

ER

PS71

9F

ULL

SE

NS

OR

SU

B-T

RA

Y

M703

MO

TOR

TR

AY

UP

/DO

WN

PS70

3

PS70

2

PS70

7

LIM

IT S

EN

SO

R

TR

AY

LO

WE

R

LIM

IT S

EN

SO

RT

RA

Y U

PP

ER

UP

PE

R L

IMIT

SE

NS

OR

ST

AP

LER

PA

PE

R E

XIT

PS71

5S

EN

SO

R

CO

UN

TE

R R

ES

ET

SD70

5B

Y-P

AS

S G

AT

E

SO

LEN

OID

M708

OP

EN

ING

MO

TO

R

PA

PE

R E

XIT

PS71

2P

AP

ER

EX

IT

OP

EN

ING

HP

SE

NS

OR

SD70

4O

PE

NIN

G S

OLE

NO

IDP

AP

ER

EX

IT

M707

RO

LLE

R M

OT

OR

PA

PE

R E

XIT

PS70

6E

XIT

SE

NS

OR

MA

IN T

RA

Y P

AP

ER

M702

PS71

8S

HIF

T H

P S

EN

SO

R

SH

IFT

MO

TO

R

M712

MO

TOR

GA

TE

DR

IVE

PS71

6G

AT

E H

P S

EN

SO

R

SD702

M722

ST

AP

LER

RO

TA

TIO

NM

OTO

R

ST

AP

LER

RO

TA

TIO

NH

P S

EN

SO

R

PS70

8S

EN

SO

R/U

ALI

GN

ME

NT

HP

MO

TOR

/UA

LIG

NM

EN

TM7

05

PS70

9

PS72

0S

EN

SO

RS

TA

CK

ER

NO

PA

PE

R

HP

SE

NS

OR

PA

PE

R E

XIT

BE

LT

MO

TOR

ST

AC

KE

R E

NT

RA

NC

E

PS70

5S

EN

SO

RS

TA

CK

ER

EN

TR

AN

CE

STACKING ASSIST MOTOR

STACKING ASSIST SOLENOID

ST

AP

LER

MO

VE

ME

NT

MO

TO

R

PS71

1S

TA

PLE

R M

OV

EM

EN

TH

P S

EN

SO

R

PS73

1

SW70

3

SW70

4

CA

RTR

IDG

E S

WIT

CH

/F

ST

AP

LE S

WIT

CH

/F

ST

AP

LER

HP

SE

NS

OR

/F

ST

AP

LER

MO

TO

R/F

M714

M706

PS71

3

M709

PS73

0

SW70

1

SW70

2S

TA

PLE

SW

ITC

H/R

CA

RTR

IDG

E S

WIT

CH

/R

ST

AP

LER

HP

SE

NS

OR

/R

ST

AP

LER

MO

TO

R/R

M704

CLI

NC

HE

R R

OT

AT

ION

PS71

4C

LIN

CH

ER

RO

TA

TIO

NH

P S

EN

SO

R

M713M7

11

M710

PS73

2C

LIN

CH

ER

HP

SE

NS

OR

/R

CLI

NC

HE

RM

OTO

R/R

M715

PS73

3C

LIN

CH

ER

HP

SE

NS

OR

/F

CLI

NC

HE

RM

OTO

R/F

MO

TOR

THR

EE

-FO

LDIN

G G

ATE

SO

LEN

OID

FO

LDIN

G C

ON

VE

YA

NC

E

SD70

6

FO

LDIN

G S

TO

PP

ER

PS72

3F

OLD

ING

ST

OP

PE

RH

P S

EN

SO

R

PS72

2F

OLD

ING

KN

IFE

HP

SE

NS

OR

FO

LDIN

G K

NIF

E

PS72

5

PS72

6

PS72

9F

OLD

ING

FU

LL

FO

LDIN

G P

AS

SA

GE

FO

LDIN

G E

XIT

LED7

29F

OLD

ING

FU

LL

PS72

4A

LIG

NM

EN

T H

PS

EN

SO

R/L

ALI

GN

ME

NT

MO

TOR

/L

FS-215/FN-9/FS-606 ONLY

M720

MO

TOR

M718

MO

TOR

M719

MO

TOR

SE

NS

OR

SE

NS

OR

SE

NS

OR

LED

M716

FNS CB

RB

Symbol

CrimpConnector Faston

Relay connector



6-74


FNSCB FNS control board 1-C

M701 FNS conveyance motor 1-A

M702 Shift motor 3-A

M703 Tray up/down motor 5-B

M704 Clincher rotation motor 4-H

M705 Alignment motor/U 7-H

M706 Stapler rotation motor 6-H

M707 Paper exit roller motor 3-A

M708 Paper exit opening motor 4-A

M709 Stapler motor/R 5-H

M710 Clincher motor/R 4-H

M711 Stapler movement motor 6-H

M712 Gate drive motor 2-B

M713 Stacker entrance motor 7-H

M714 Stapler motor/F 5-H

M715 Clincher motor/F 4-H

M716 Alignment motor/L 1-H

M718 Folding stopper motor 2-H

M719 Folding knife motor 2-H

M720 Folding conveyance motor 2-H

M721 Sub-tray paper exit motor 7-A

M722 Stacking assist motor 9-E

SD702 Stacking assist solenoid 9-E

SD704 Paper exit opening solenoid 4-B

SD705 Bypass gate solenoid 6-B

SD706 Three-folding gate solenoid 3-H

MS701 FNS interlock switch 8-A

PS701 Sub-tray paper exit sensor 7-A

PS702 Tray upper limit sensor 5-B

PS703 Tray lower limit sensor 5-B

PS704 FNS entrance sensor 1-A

PS705 Stacker entrance sensor 7-H

PS706 Main tray paper exit sensor 4-B

PS707 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor 6-B

PS708 Alignment HP sensor/U 7-H

PS709 Paper exit belt HP sensor 8-H

PS711 Stapler movement HP sensor 7-H

PS712 Paper exit opening HP sensor 4-A

PS713 Stapler rotation HP sensor 6-H

PS714 Clincher rotation HP sensor 5-H

PS715 Counter reset sensor 6-B

PS716 Gate HP sensor 2-A


PS718 Shift HP sensor 3-B

PS719 Sub-tray full sensor 7-A

PS720 Stacker no paper sensor 8-H

PS722 Folding knife HP sensor 2-H

PS723 Folding stopper HP sensor 2-H

PS724 Alignment HP sensor/L 1-H

PS725 Folding exit sensor 3-H

PS726 Folding passage sensor 3-H

PS729 Folding full sensor 3-H

PS730 Stapler HP sensor/R 5-H

PS731 Stapler HP sensor/F 5-H

PS732 Clincher HP sensor/R 4-H

PS733 Clincher HP sensor/F 4-H

LED729 Folding full LED 3-H

SW701 Cartridge switch/R 5-H

SW702 Staple switch/R 5-H

SW703 Cartridge switch/F 6-H

SW704 Staple switch/F 6-H



6-75 2

4.4 TU-109/TMG-3 Overall Wiring Diagram

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Symbol


Relay connector



6-76


CBR Circuit breaker 2-H

Coil Coil 4-H

DCPS DC power supply unit 5-H

LED101 Scraps full LED 2-D

M101 Conveyance motor 1-D

M102 Trimmer motor 3-D

M103 Stopper motor 3-C

M104 Stopper release motor 3-C

M105 Press motor 5-D

M106 Holder motor 7-B

M107 Pusher motor 7-B

M108 Scraps removal motor 1-C

MS2 Front door MS 3-H

MS3 Stacker MS3 6-D

MS4 Stacker MS4 7-D

PS101 Entrance PS 2-D

PS102 Conveyance PS 4-D

PS103 Stopper HP PS 4-D

PS104 Stopper release HP PS 4-D

PS105 Press HP PS 5-D

PS106 Trimmer HP PS 3-D

PS107 Scraps box detection PS 2-D

PS108 Exit PS 6-D

PS109 Scraps full PS 2-D

PS110 Upper limit PS 6-D

PS111 Lower limit PS 6-D

PS112 Pusher PS 6-D

PS113 Stacker full PS 5-C

PS114 Stacker door PS 5-C

RL1 Relay 1 2-H

RL2 Relay 2 2-H

TUDB TU drive board 1-E



6-77 2

4.5 PK-120/PK-5/PK-507 Overall Wiring Diagram

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

M8

01

CN

62-A

2 5

VC

N62-A

1 5

V

CN

62-B

19 S

GC

N62-B

20 S

G

CN

551-1

CN

551-2

CN

61-1

2

4V

CN

61-2

P

G

CN

63-A

1 5

VC

N63-A

2 5

V

CN

64-2

P

GC

N64-1

2

4V

CN

63-B

20 S

GC

N63-B

19 S

G

PS

80

2

PS

80

4

CN

502-1

CN

502-2

CN

502-3

CN

504-1

CN

504-2

CN

504-3

CN

63-B

4 P

KS

ET

CN

63-B

16

CN

62-B

16 M

801F

/R

CN

62-B

4 P

KS

ET

CN

63-B

15

CN

63-A

17 P

S802 IN

CN

63-A

18 P

S804 IN

CN

63-A

19 N

.C.

CN

66-3

5V

NC

CN

66-6

IN

NC

CN

62-A

17

CN

62-A

18

CN

62-A

19 N

.C.

CN

62-B

15 M

801C

ON

T

CN

62-A

3C

N62-A

4

CN

62-A

7C

N62-A

8

CN

62-A

5C

N62-A

6

CN

62-A

13 N

.C.

CN

62-A

11

CN

62-A

10

CN

62-A

9

CN

62-A

15 N

.C.

CN

62-A

16 N

.C.

CN

62-B

1 N

.C.

CN

62-A

20 N

.C.

CN

62-B

2 N

.C.

CN

62-B

12 S

IG_8

CN

62-B

11 S

IG_7

CN

62-B

10 S

IG_6

CN

62-B

6 S

IG_2

CN

62-B

5 S

IG_1

CN

62-B

7 S

IG_3

CN

62-B

8 S

IG_4

CN

62-B

9 S

IG_5

CN

62-B

13 S

IG_9

CN

63-A

3 O

UT

-1C

N63-A

4 O

UT

-2

CN

63-A

7 O

UT

-5C

N63-A

8 O

UT

-6

CN

63-A

5 O

UT

-3C

N63-A

6 O

UT

-4

CN

63-A

13 N

.C.

CN

63-A

11 O

UT

-9C

N63-A

10 O

UT

-8C

N63-A

9 O

UT

-7

CN

63-A

15 N

.C.

CN

63-A

16 N

.C.

CN

63-A

20 N

.C.

CN

63-B

2 N

.C.

CN

63-B

1 N

.C.

CN

63-B

12

CN

63-B

11

CN

63-B

10

CN

63-B

6C

N63-B

5

CN

63-B

7C

N63-B

8C

N63-B

9

CN

63-B

13

CN

63-B

17 N

.C.

CN

63-B

18 N

.C.

CN

531-3

CN

531-2

CN

531-1

CN

531-1

CN

531-2

CN

531-3

CN

66-1

PS

802 5

VC

N66-4

PS

802 IN

CN

66-7

PS

802 S

G

CN

66-2

PS

804 5

VC

N66-5

PS

804 IN

CN

66-8

PS

804 S

G

CN

66-9

SG

NC

CN

65-1

M801 D

RV

1C

N65-2

M801 D

RV

2

CN

62-A

12

CN

62-B

14 S

IG_10

CN

62-B

17 N

.C.

CN

62-B

18 N

.C.

CN

63-B

14

CN

63-A

12 O

UT

-10

CN

63-A

14 P

S801

CN

62-A

14

CN

62-B

3 P

KS

ET

2C

N63-B

3 P

KS

ET

2

PS

80

3

CN

505-1

CN

505-2

CN

505-3

CN

67-1

PS

803 5

VC

N67-2

PS

803 IN

CN

67-3

PS

803 S

G

CN

158-3

CN

158-9

CN

158-1

CN

158-5

CN

158-7

CN

158-1

1

M8

02

CN

69-3

M802 D

RV

A

CN

69-5

M802 D

RV

B

CN

69-1

24V

CN

69-2

24V

CN

69-4

M802 D

RV

A

CN

69-6

M802 D

RV

B

PS

80

1C

N501-3

CN

501-2

CN

501-1

CN

65-3

PS

801 5

VC

N65-4

PS

801 IN

CN

65-5

PS

801 S

G

CN

504-3

CN

504-2

CN

504-1

CN

68-1

5V

CN

504-6

CN

504-5

CN

504-4

CN

504-7

CN

68-2

IN

1C

N68-3

IN

2C

N68-4

IN

3C

N68-5

IN

4C

N68-6

IN

5

CN

68-8

N.C

.C

N68-7

SG

PKDB

FNS CB

PU

NC

H M

OT

OR

PU

NC

H H

P

SE

NS

OR

PA

PE

R E

DG

E

SE

NS

OR

PU

NC

H S

CR

AP

S

BO

X S

ET

SE

NS

OR

PU

NC

H S

CR

AP

S

FU

LL S

EN

SO

R

PU

NC

H S

HIF

T H

P

SE

NS

OR

PU

NC

H S

HIF

T

MO

TO

R

P P P P P P P P P P

P P P P P P P P P P

H H

H H H H

L L

L

L L L L L

P P P P

Symbol


Relay connector



6-78 2


PKDB Punch drive board 2-D

FNS CB FNS control board 2-H

M801 Punch motor 3-B

PS801 Punch HP PS 4-B

— Paper edge sensor 5-B

PS804 Paper scraps box set PS 5-B

PS802 Paper scraps full PS 6-B

M802 Punch shift motor 7-A

PS803 Punch shift HP PS 8-B


KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004 APPENDIX

Appendix-1 2

5. APPENDIX

5.1 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Overall Wiring Diagram (1/8)

1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

60

9-5

PS

60

3-1

U

60

3-2

V

60

3-3

W

60

9-2

PS

60

9-8

PS

60

9-1

1 P

S

613-

3

613-

2

613-

1

612-

3

612-

2

612-

1

610-

3

610-

2

610-

1

611-

3

611-

2

611-

1

606-

1

606-

2

606-

3

60

5-1

24

V4

60

5-2

CO

NT

60

7-1

CO

NT

60

7-2

EM

60

5-3

PG

ND

60

7-3

PG

ND

604-

7

604-

3

604-

1

60

9-1

SG

ND

60

9-4

SG

ND

60

9-7

5V

2

60

9-3

5V

2

60

9-6

5V

2

60

9-9

SG

ND

60

2-1

5V

2

60

2-2

SG

ND

60

2-3

24

V2

60

2-4

PG

ND

60

1-1

9

60

1-1

8

60

1-1

5

60

1-1

4

60

1-1

3

60

1-1

2

60

1-1

1

60

1-9

60

1-8

60

1-7

60

1-6

60

1-5

60

1-4

60

1-3

60

1-2

60

1-1

60

1-1

0

60

1-2

0

60

9-1

0 5

V2

60

9-1

2 S

GN

D

608-

3-1

608-

2-2

608-

1-3

60

1-1

7

60

1-1

6

621-

7-1

621-

6-2

621-

5-3

621-

4-4

621-

3-5

621-

2-6

621-

1-7

616-

2

616-

1

60

9-1

3 S

IG

24

V

24

V

PG

ND

PG

ND

SG

ND

SG

ND

DT

XD

SG

ND

CT

S

DR

XD

SG

ND

RT

S

DS

ET

623-

1B-8

B

623-

2B-7

B

623-

3B-6

B

623-

4B-5

B

623-

5B-4

B

623-

6B-3

B

623-

8B-1

B

623-

1-1

623-

9A-1

A

623-

8A-2

A

623-

7A-3

A

623-

6A-4

A

623-

4A-6

A

623-

5A-5

A

623-

3A-7

A

623-

2A-8

A

623-

1A-9

A

60

9-1

4 S

GN

D

623-

7B-2

B

622-

3-3

622-

4-4

622-

1-1

622-

2-2

5V

5V

604-

2

604-

460

4-5

604-

6

26

6-1

12

V

26

6-2

SG

ND

26

6-3

SG

ND

26

6-4

5V

2

269-

1

269-

2

269-

4

269-

3

285-

11 -

7

285-

17 -

1

285-

16 -

2

285-

15 -

3

285-

14 -

4

285-

13 -

5

287-

12

287-

11

287-

10

287-

9

287-

8

286-

4

286-

3

286-

2

286-

1

287-

7

287-

6

287-

5

287-

4

287-

3

287-

2

287-

1

285-

12 -

6

285-

10 -

8

285-

8 -

10

285-

7 -

11

285-

6 -

12

285-

5 -

13

285-

4 -

14

285-

3 -

15

285-

2 -

16

285-

1 -

17

286-

5

281-

11 -

7

281-

17 -

1

281-

16 -

2

281-

15 -

3

281-

14 -

4

281-

13 -

5

282-

5

282-

4

282-

3

282-

2

282-

1

283-

7

283-

6

283-

5

283-

4

283-

3

283-

2

283-

1

281-

12 -

6

281-

10 -

8

281-

8 -

10

281-

7 -

11

281-

6 -

12

281-

5 -

13

281-

4 -

14

281-

3 -

15

281-

2 -

16

281-

1 -

17

283-

12

283-

11

283-

10

283-

9

283-

8

277-

11 -

7

277-

17 -

1

277-

16 -

2

277-

15 -

3

277-

14 -

4

277-

13 -

5

273-

11 -

7

273-

17 -

1

273-

16 -

2

273-

15 -

3

273-

14 -

4

273-

13 -

5

274-

5

274-

4

274-

3

274-

2

274-

1

275-

7

275-

6

275-

5

275-

4

275-

3

275-

2

275-

1

273-

12 -

6

273-

10 -

8

273-

8 -

10

273-

7 -

11

273-

6 -

12

273-

5 -

13

273-

4 -

14

273-

3 -

15

273-

2 -

16

273-

1 -

17

275-

12

275-

11

275-

10

275-

9

275-

8

278-

5

278-

4

278-

3

278-

2

278-

1

279-

7

279-

6

279-

5

279-

4

279-

3

279-

2

279-

1

277-

12 -

6

277-

10 -

8

277-

8 -

10

277-

7 -

11

277-

6 -

12

277-

5 -

13

277-

4 -

14

277-

3 -

15

277-

2 -

16

277-

1 -

17

279-

12

279-

11

279-

10

279-

9

279-

8

285-

9 -

9

281-

9 -

9

277-

9 -

9

273-

9 -

9

27

2-1

6B

SG

ND

27

2-1

6A

SG

ND

27

2-1

3A

LD

5V

27

2-1

4A

SG

ND

27

2-1

4B

SG

ND

27

2-1

5A

LD

YID

X

27

2-6

A P

WM

Y-

27

2-5

A P

WM

Y+

27

2-2

A S

GN

D

27

2-1

A L

D5

V

27

2-1

5B

LD

MID

X

27

2-1

3B

LD

5

27

2-6

B P

WM

M-

27

2-5

B P

WM

M+

27

2-2

B S

GN

D

27

2-1

B L

D5

V

27

2-3

A /

S/H

_Y

27

2-4

A /

LD

YE

NB

27

2-7

A /

LD

YA

LM

27

2-8

A /

AL

MY

RS

T

27

2-9

A M

PC

YC

K

27

2-1

0A

MP

CY

DI

27

2-1

1A

MP

CY

LD

27

2-1

2A

LD

YJT

B

27

2-1

7A

ID

XY

JT

B

27

2-3

B /

S/H

_Y

27

2-4

B /

LD

ME

NB

27

2-7

B /

LD

MA

LM

27

2-8

B /

AL

MM

RS

T

27

2-9

B M

PC

MC

K

27

2-1

0B

MP

CM

DI

27

2-1

1B

MP

CM

LD

27

2-1

2B

LD

MJT

B

27

2-1

7B

ID

XM

JT

B

28

0-1

6B

SG

ND

28

0-1

3B

LD

5V

28

0-1

4B

SG

ND

28

0-1

6A

SG

ND

28

0-1

3A

LD

5V

28

0-1

4A

SG

ND

28

0-1

5A

LD

CID

X

28

0-6

A P

WM

C-

28

0-5

A P

WM

C+

28

0-2

A S

GN

D

28

0-1

A L

D5

V

28

0-1

5B

LD

KID

X

28

0-6

B P

WM

K-

28

0-5

B P

WM

K+

28

0-2

B S

GN

D

28

0-1

B L

D5

V

28

0-3

A /

S/H

_C

28

0-4

A /

LD

CE

NB

28

0-7

A /

LD

CA

LM

28

0-8

A /

AL

MC

RS

T

28

0-9

A M

PC

CC

K

28

0-1

0A

MP

CC

DI

28

0-1

1A

MP

CC

LD

28

0-1

2A

LD

CJT

B

28

0-1

7A

ID

XC

JT

B

28

0-3

B /

S/H

_K

28

0-4

B /

LD

KE

NB

28

0-7

B /

LD

KA

LM

28

0-8

B /

AL

MK

RS

T

28

0-9

B M

PC

KC

K

28

0-1

0B

MP

CK

DI

28

0-1

1B

MP

CK

LD

28

0-1

2B

LD

KJT

B

28

0-1

7B

ID

XK

JT

B

614-

3-1

614-

2-2

614-

1-3

615-

6-1

615-

5-2

615-

4-3

615-

3-4

615-

2-5

615-

1-6

617-

6-4

617-

5-5

617-

4-6

617-

3-7

617-

2-8

617-

1-9

617-

7-3

617-

8-2

617-

9-1

26

0-A

28

ON

LIN

E+

26

0-A

26

EN

G_

SL

P+

26

0-A

22

PS

IG0

+2

60

-A2

3 T

XD

-

26

0-A

25

EN

G_

SE

T-

26

0-A

24

RT

S+

26

0-A

27

AC

_D

OW

N-

26

0-A

29

RX

D-

26

0-A

30

CT

S+

26

0-A

31

CP

RD

Y-

26

0-A

32

WA

KE

UP

+2

60

-A3

3 N

.C2

60

-A3

4 G

ND

26

0-B

1 G

ND

26

0-B

3 G

ND

26

0-B

2 S

SIG

0+

26

0-B

4 S

SIG

1+

26

0-B

5 S

SIG

2+

26

0-B

7 S

CL

K+

26

0-B

8 S

SIG

3+

26

0-B

10

PS

IG7

-2

60

-B1

1 P

SIG

6-

26

0-B

12

GN

D2

60

-B1

3 P

SIG

5-

26

0-B

14

PS

IG4

-2

60

-B1

5 G

ND

26

0-B

16

PS

IG3

-2

60

-B1

7 P

CL

K-

26

0-B

18

GN

D2

60

-B1

9 P

SIG

2-

26

0-B

20

PS

IG1

-2

60

-B2

1 G

ND

26

0-B

22

PS

IG0

-2

60

-B2

3 T

XD

+2

60

-B2

4 R

TS

-2

60

-B2

5 E

NG

_S

ET

+2

60

-B2

6 E

NG

_S

LP

-2

60

-B2

7 A

C_

DO

WN

+2

60

-B2

8 O

NL

INE

-2

60

-B2

9 R

XD

+2

60

-B3

0 C

TS

-2

60

-B3

1 C

PR

DY

+2

60

-B3

2 W

AK

EU

P-

26

0-B

33

N.C

26

0-B

34

GN

D

26

9-5

26

9-6

26

9-8

26

9-7

28

0-1

SG

ND

28

0-2

SG

ND

28

0-3

5V

3

28

0-4

5V

3

26

7-1

12

V

26

7-4

5V

2

26

7-2

SG

ND

26

7-3

SG

ND

PS1PS3 PS4 PS2

L 1

1112

1314

RS1

11515

11416

M1M2

ADF (OPTION)

132 133 131130

CN220(PCi B to B)

LDB YINDEX SB Y LDB MINDEX SB M LDB CINDEX SB C LDB KINDEX SB K

F/G

F/G

HD

-106

HD-106 (OPTION)

MU-412(OPTION)

134135

136

137138

139140 144

143142

141

148147

146145

152151

150149

156155

154153

160159

158157

138139 140 141136 137

135 134

SC

AN

NE

R

MO

TO

R

EX

PO

SU

RE

LA

MP

AP

S

SE

NS

OR

/S

AP

S

SE

NS

OR

/L

SC

AN

NE

R H

P

SE

NS

OR

AP

S T

IMIN

G

SE

NS

OR

RE

SE

T S

WIT

CH

SC

AN

NE

R

CO

OL

ING

FA

N

SCDB

SCANNER UNIT 1/2

L1 INVB

HDD

IFBIP-901(OPTION) 1/2

IPB 1/2

IP-921 (OPTION) 1/2HDD


APPENDIX KONICA MINOLTA 8050/CF5001/C500/8150 Field Service Ver.3.0 Dec. 2004

Appendix-2 2


ADF ADF (option) 1-A

HD-106 HD-106 (option) 6-D

HDD HDD (IP-921) 7-D

HDD IFB HDD I/F board 5-D

INDX SB Y INDEX sensor board /Y 3-I

INDX SB M INDEX sensor board /M 5-I

INDX SB C INDEX sensor board /C 6-I

INDX SB K INDEX sensor board /K 8-I

IP-901 IP-901 (option) 7-D

IP-921 IP-921 (option) 7-D

L1 Exposure lamp 3-A

LDB Y Laser drive board /Y 4-I

LDB M Laser drive board /M 5-I

LDB C Laser drive board /C 7-I

LDB K Laser drive board /K 8-I

M1 Scanner motor 2-A

M2 Scanner cooling fan 5-A

MU-412 MU-412 (option) 3-F

PS1 Scanner HP sensor 4-A

PS2 APS timing sensor 4-A

PS3 APS sensor /S 3-A

PS4 APS sensor /L 4-A

RS1 DF Reset switch 4-A

L1INVB L1 inverter 3-B

IPB Image processing board 3-F

SCDB Scanner drive board 2-C



Appendix-3 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

25

2-2

SG

ND

25

2-1

5V

1

25

2-4

AC

_O

FF

25

2-3

RE

M/1

25

9-1

VB

US

25

9-2

D-

25

9-3

D+

25

9-4

GN

D

25

6-1

6 N

.C2

56

-17

N.C

25

6-2

0 G

ND

25

6-2

1 G

ND

25

6-2

4 G

ND

25

6-2

5 G

ND

25

6-2

8 N

.C2

56

-29

N.C

25

6-1

HT

_C

LO

CK

25

6-2

CE

NT

D0

25

6-3

CE

NT

D1

25

6-4

CE

NT

D2

25

6-5

CE

NT

D3

25

6-6

CE

NT

D4

25

6-7

CE

NT

D5

25

6-8

CE

NT

D6

25

6-9

CE

NT

D7

25

6-1

0 P

R_

CL

OC

K2

56

-11

PR

_B

US

Y2

56

-12

AD

RE

Q2

56

-13

XF

LA

G2

56

-14

HT

_B

US

Y2

56

-15

N.C

25

6-1

8 N

.C2

56

-19

GN

D

25

6-2

2 G

ND

25

6-2

3 G

ND

25

6-2

6 G

ND

25

6-2

7 G

ND

25

6-3

0 N

.C2

56

-31

IN

T_

ISW

B2

56

-32

DA

VA

LB

25

6-3

3 N

.C2

56

-34

N.C

25

6-3

6 A

C1

28

42

56

-35

N.C

25

0-7

25

0-8

25

0-9

25

0-1

0

25

0-1

1

25

0-1

2

25

0-1

3

25

0-1

4

25

0-1

5

25

0-1

6

25

0-1

7

25

0-4

25

0-5

25

0-6

25

0-3

25

0-2

25

0-1

25

0-1

8

27

1-3

5V

2

27

1-1

12

V

27

1-2

SG

ND

27

1-6

SG

ND

27

1-4

SG

ND

27

1-5

3.5

V

DS

P_

OF

F

Y1

CO

NT

X1

CO

NT

Y2

CO

NT

X2

CO

NT

LC

D_

AD

J

LC

D_

24

V

LD

3

LD

2

LD

1

LD

0

LC

D_

24

V

GN

D

5V

CP

LP

FL

M

NC

16

5-1

PW

M

16

5-2

GN

D

161-4-1

161-3-2

16

5-3

5V

15

8-3

SG

ND

15

8-1

LC

D_

24

V

15

8-2

LC

D_

AD

J

25

1-1

DA

TA

_M

25

1-2

DA

TA

_O

P

25

1-3

AC

K_

M

25

1-4

AC

K_

OP

25

1-5

RE

Q_

M

25

1-6

RE

Q_

OP

25

1-7

CA

RD

IN

25

1-8

CA

RD

_R

XD

25

1-9

CA

RD

_T

XD

170-

12-1

170-

11-2

170-

10-3

170-

9-4

170-

8-5

170-

7-6

170-

6-7

170-

5-8

170-

4-9

25

1-1

0 W

T_

LE

D

25

1-1

1 S

T_

LE

D

25

1-1

2 S

T_

SIG

17

3-2

5V

2

17

3-3

SG

ND

25

1-1

3 S

W_

SIG

25

1-1

4 S

GN

D

170-

3-10

170-

2-11

170-

1-12

17

3-1

5V

2

17

3-4

SG

ND

17

3-5

12

V

17

2-1

2

17

2-1

1

17

2-1

0

17

2-9

17

2-8

17

2-7

17

2-6

17

2-5

17

2-4

17

2-3

17

2-2

17

2-1

17

1-6

-1

17

1-5

-2

17

1-4

-3

17

1-3

-4

17

1-2

-5

17

1-1

-61

75

-4

17

5-3

17

5-2

17

5-1

17

4-1

4

17

4-1

3

17

4-1

2

17

4-1

1

17

4-1

0

17

4-

9

17

4-

8

17

4-

7

17

4-

6

17

4-

5

17

4-

4

17

4-

3

17

4-

2

17

4-

1

17

6-3

17

6-2

17

6-1

17

6-6

17

6-5

17

6-4

FT-32

FT-31

161-2-3

161-1-4

25

1-1

5 5

V

162-1

162-3

25

1-1

6 S

GN

D

21

7-1

GN

D

21

7-3

CL

AM

P2

17

-4 A

CL

AM

P2

17

-5 B

CL

AM

P

21

7-2

TG

21

7-6

GN

D2

17

-7 T

CK

+2

17

-8 T

CK

-2

17

-9 G

ND

21

7-1

0 R

CK

+2

17

-11

RC

K-

21

7-1

2 G

ND

21

7-1

5 G

ND

21

7-1

6 S

CK

21

7-1

7 /

SE

N2

17

-18

SD

I2

17

-19

SD

O2

17

-20

GN

D2

17

-21

AD

_D

0-

21

7-2

2 A

D_

D0

+2

17

-23

GN

D2

17

-24

AD

_D

1-

21

7-2

9 G

ND

21

7-2

8 A

D_

D2

+

21

7-2

5 A

D_

D1

+2

17

-26

GN

D2

17

-27

AD

_D

2-

21

7-3

0 L

VD

SC

K0

-

21

7-1

3 L

VD

SC

K+

21

7-1

4 L

VD

SC

K-

21

7-3

1 L

VD

SC

K0

+

21

7-4

0 L

VD

SC

K1

+2

17

-39

LV

DS

CK

1-

21

7-3

2 G

ND

21

7-3

3 A

D_

D3

-2

17

-34

AD

_D

3+

21

7-3

5 G

ND

21

7-3

6 A

D_

D4

-2

17

-37

AD

_D

4+

21

7-3

8 G

ND

21

7-4

1 A

DR

ST

21

7-4

2 A

D_

5V

21

7-4

3 A

D_

5V

21

7-4

4 A

D_

5V

21

7-4

5 A

D_

5V

21

7-4

6 A

D_

5V

21

7-4

7 G

ND

21

7-4

8 A

D_

12

V2

17

-49

AD

_1

2V

21

7-5

0 G

ND

55

1-1

55

1-2

55

1-4

55

1-3

55

1-5

55

1-6

55

1-8

55

1-7

55

1-9

55

1-1

0

55

1-1

25

51

-11

55

1-1

35

51

-14

55

1-1

65

51

-15

55

1-1

75

51

-18

55

1-1

9

55

1-2

15

51

-22

55

1-2

3

55

1-2

55

51

-26

55

1-2

85

51

-27

55

1-2

95

51

-30

55

1-3

25

51

-31

55

1-3

35

51

-34

55

1-3

65

51

-35

55

1-3

75

51

-38

55

1-4

05

51

-39

55

1-4

15

51

-42

55

1-4

45

51

-43

55

1-4

55

51

-46

55

1-4

85

51

-47

55

1-4

95

51

-50

55

1-2

0

55

1-2

4

17

3-6

162-2

255-1 TX+255-2 TX-

255-3 RX+255-4 GND255-5 GND255-6 RX-

255-7 GND255-8 GND

257-1 DCD257-2 RXD257-3 TXD257-4 DTR257-5 GND257-6 DSR257-7 RTS257-8 CTS

257-9 RI

26

0-A

1 G

ND

26

0-A

3 G

ND

26

0-A

9 G

ND

26

0-A

2 S

SIG

0-

26

0-A

4 S

SIG

1-

26

0-A

5 S

SIG

2-

26

0-A

6 G

ND

26

0-A

7 S

CL

K-

26

0-A

8 S

SIG

3-

26

0-A

10

PS

IG7

+2

60

-A1

1 P

SIG

6+

26

0-A

12

GN

D2

60

-A1

3 P

SIG

5+

26

0-A

14

PS

IG4

+2

60

-A1

5 G

ND

26

0-A

16

PS

IG3

+2

60

-A1

7 P

CL

K+

26

0-A

18

GN

D2

60

-A1

9 P

SIG

2+

26

0-A

20

PS

IG1

+2

60

-A2

1 G

ND

1 2 43

5 6 78 9 10

4PIN 14PIN 6PIN

78 7675 77 79

CT6PIN CT12PIN

SW2

RJ-

45 LAN I/F

DB

-9 KRDS I/F(RS-232)

USB Amphenol 36pin

164163

162161

168167

166165

172171

170169

176175

174173

178177

CCDB

TOUCH PANEL

BOARDLCDB OB_INVB

OB3

OB1

OB2

SUB POWER

SWITCH

OACB

MB

SCANNER UNIT 2/2

IPB 2/2

IP-901(OPTION) 2/2

IP-921 (OPTION) 2/2



Appendix-4 1


SW2 Sub power switch 8-D

OB INVB OB inverter board 7-A

LCDB LCD board 6-A

Touch panel board 5-A

CCDB CCD board 2-A

OB1 Operation board /1 5-C

OB2 Operation board /2 8-E

OB3 Operation board /3 8-A

OACB Overall control board 3-F

MB Memory board 6-G



Appendix-5 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

62

0-5

SG

ND

62

0-2

SG

ND

62

0-4

SO

UT

62

0-1

SIN

62

0-3

RT

S

62

0-6

CT

S

62

0-7

DS

ET

60

0-1

8 S

CA

N_

EN

60

0-1

L1

CO

NT

60

0-2

SG

ND

60

0-3

PS

4

60

0-4

PS

3

60

0-5

PS

2

60

0-6

PS

1

60

0-7

SG

ND

60

0-8

M2

EM

60

0-2

0 S

CA

N_

CK

60

0-9

M2

CO

NT

60

0-1

1 A

PS

2

60

0-1

2 A

PS

3

60

0-1

9 S

GN

D

60

0-1

3 S

CA

N_

CW

60

0-1

4 S

CA

N_

PC

60

0-1

0 A

PS

1

60

0-1

5 S

GN

D

60

0-1

6 S

CA

NV

RE

F

60

0-1

7 S

GN

D

657-

3

657-

4

657-

5

657-

1

657-

2

659-

6

659-

5

659-

3

659-

4

659-

2

659-

1

656-

10-6

656-

11-5

656-

12-4

656-

13-3

656-

14-2

656-

15-1

656-

2-14

656-

3-13

656-

4-12

656-

5-11

656-

7-9

656-

8-8

656-

9-7

65

0-6

A

B

65

0-4

A

A

55

0-3

A

A

65

0-2

A

5V

2

65

0-1

A

5V

2

65

0-9

A

5V

2

65

0-8

A

PS

65

0-7

A

SG

ND

65

0-1

3A

CO

NT

65

0-1

2A

CL

OC

K

65

0-1

1A

LO

CK

656-

1-15

65

0-5

A

B

661-

3

661-

4

661-

5

661-

1

662-

1

662-

2

662-

3

661-

2

663-

6

663-

5

663-

3

663-

4

663-

2

663-

1

660-

10-6

660-

11-5

660-

12-4

660-

13-3

660-

14-2

660-

15-1

660-

2-14

660-

3-13

660-

4-12

660-

5-11

660-

7-9

660-

8-8

660-

9-7

65

0-6

B

B

65

0-4

B

A

55

0-3

B

A

65

0-2

B

5V

2

65

0-1

B

5V

2

65

0-9

B

5V

2

65

0-8

B

PS

65

0-7

B

SG

ND

65

0-1

3B

CO

NT

65

0-1

2B

CL

OC

K

65

0-1

1B

LO

CK

660-

1-15

65

0-5

B

B

665-

3

665-

4

665-

5

665-

1

666-

1

666-

2

666-

3

665-

2

667-

6

667-

5

667-

3

667-

4

667-

2

667-

1

664-

10-6

664-

11-5

664-

12-4

664-

13-3

664-

14-2

664-

15-1

664-

2-14

664-

3-13

664-

4-12

664-

5-11

664-

7-9

664-

8-8

664-

9-7

65

1-1

3 B

65

1-1

1 A

65

1-1

4 S

GN

D

65

1-2

0 C

ON

T

65

1-1

8 L

OC

K

664-

1-15

669-

3

669-

4

669-

5

669-

1

670-

1

670-

2

670-

3

669-

266

8-2-

14

668-

3-13

668-

4-12

668-

5-11

668-

7-9

668-

8-8

668-

9-7

65

1-1

S

GN

D

65

1-7

C

ON

T

65

1-5

L

OC

K

668-

1-15

65

1-1

9 C

LO

CK

65

1-1

6 5

V2

65

1-1

5 P

S

65

1-1

2 B

65

1-9

5

V2

65

1-8

5

V2

65

1-6

C

LO

CK

65

1-3

5

V2

65

1-2

K

HP

_S

IG

668-

10-6

668-

11-5

668-

12-4

668-

13-3

668-

14-2

668-

15-1

652-

1-2

652-

2-1

653-

1-2

653-

2-1

654-

1-2

654-

2-1

655-

1-2

655-

2-1

656-

6-10

657-

66

50

-10

A T

EM

P.E

RR

OR

660-

6-10

661-

66

50

-10

B T

EM

P.E

RR

OR

665-

666

4-6-

106

51

-17

TE

MP

.ER

RO

R

669-

666

8-6-

106

51

-4

TE

MP

.ER

RO

R

55

1-1

0 A

382-

4

382-

3

382-

2

382-

1

379-

4

379-

3

379-

2

379-

1

378-

1

378-

23

76

-1A

2

4V

2

389-

3

389-

2

389-

1

387-

3

387-

2

387-

1

388-

3

388-

2

388-

1

37

6-4

B 5

V2

37

6-3

B S

GN

D

37

6-2

B C

RE

G2

LE

D

37

6-5

A

SG

ND

499-

1

499-

2

499-

3

499-

4

383-

1

383-

2

383-

3

383-

4

498-

1

498-

2

498-

3

498-

4

381-

1

381-

2

381-

3

381-

4

38

4-8

A S

GN

D

491-

4-1

491-

3-2

491-

2-3

491-

1-4

490-

4-1

490-

3-2

490-

2-3

490-

1-4

489-

4-1

489-

3-2

489-

2-3

489-

1-4

483-

1-6

483-

2-5

483-

3-4

483-

4-3

483-

5-2

483-

6-1

38

4-2

A E

M

558-

2

558-

1

37

6-7

B S

GN

D

37

6-5

B D

S2

_V

RE

F

558-

3

558-

4

558-

5

37

6-8

B 1

2V

37

6-9

B D

S2

_S

IG

37

6-6

B D

S2

_C

NT

37

6-1

B C

RE

G2

MO

N

37

6-3

A

CR

EG

1M

ON

37

6-4

A

CR

EG

1L

ED

306-

1

306-

2

37

6-2

A

DR

IVE

37

6-6

A

5V

2

37

6-1

0B

2

4V

2

37

6-1

1B

D

RIV

E

38

4-3

A H

/L

38

4-1

A D

RIV

E

38

4-6

A P

S

38

4-7

A 5

V

38

4-5

A S

GN

D

38

4-9

A P

S

38

4-1

0A

5V

38

4-1

1A

TC

NT

_D

RIV

E2

38

4-1

2A

SH

UT

_2

4V

38

4-1

3A

TC

NT

_D

RIV

E1

38

4-1

4A

SH

UT

_2

4V

38

4-2

B

EM

38

4-4

B

GN

D

38

4-6

B E

M

38

4-1

0B

EM

38

4-1

4B

PS

38

4-1

5B

5V

38

4-4

A S

GN

D

38

4-8

B S

GN

D

38

4-1

2B

SG

ND

38

4-1

3B

SG

ND

559-

1-2

559-

2-1

390-

1-2

390-

2-1

496-

1A-1

1A

496-

2A-1

0A

496-

3A-9

A

496-

4A-8

A

496-

5A-7

A

496-

6A-6

A

496-

1B-1

1B

496-

2B-1

0B

496-

3B-9

B

496-

4B-8

B

496-

5B-7

B

496-

6B-6

B

496-

7B-5

B

496-

8B-4

B

496-

9B-3

B

496-

10B

-2B

496-

11B

-1B

377-

1A-1

1A

377-

2A-1

0A

377-

3A-9

A

377-

4A-8

A

377-

5A-7

A

377-

6A-6

A

377-

1B-1

1B

377-

2B-1

0B

377-

3B-9

B

377-

4B-8

B

377-

5B-7

B

377-

6B-6

B

377-

7B-5

B

377-

8B-4

B

377-

9B-3

B

377-

10B

-2B

377-

11B

-1B

37

6-1

2A

N.C

37

6-1

3A

N.C

37

6-1

4A

N.C

37

6-1

2B

N

.C

37

6-1

3B

N

.C

37

6-1

4B

N

.C

38

4-1

5A

38

4-1

B

DR

IVE

38

4-3

B

H/L

38

4-5

B D

RIV

E

38

4-7

B H

/L

38

4-9

B D

RIV

E

38

4-1

1B

H/L

487-

1

487-

2

487-

3

487-

4

492-

4

492-

3

492-

2

492-

148

8-1-

3

488-

2-2

488-

3-112

V

TD

S_

SIG

SG

ND

TD

S_

VR

EF

12

V

TD

S_

SIG

SG

ND

TD

S_

VR

EF

12

V

SG

ND

TD

S_

VR

EF

12

V

TD

S_

SIG

TD

S_

SIG

SG

ND

TD

S_

VR

EF

36

0-9

A 1

2V

36

0-1

A 2

4V

2

36

0-2

A P

CL

CO

NT

Y

36

0-4

A P

CL

CO

NT

M

36

0-6

A P

CL

CO

NT

C

36

0-8

A P

CL

CO

NT

K

36

0-6

B S

UR

F_

EV

Y

36

0-7

B S

GN

D

36

0-8

B P

GN

D

36

0-1

0A

TO

NE

RY

_S

36

0-1

1A

SG

ND

36

0-1

2A

TD

SY

VR

EF

36

0-1

4A

TO

NE

RM

_S

36

0-1

6A

TD

SM

VR

EF

36

0-1

0B

SU

RF

_E

VM

36

0-1

1B

SG

ND

36

0-1

4B

SU

RF

_E

VC

36

0-1

5B

SG

ND

36

0-1

8B

SU

RF

_E

VK

36

0-1

9B

SG

ND

36

0-1

8A

TO

NE

RC

_S

36

0-2

0A

TD

SC

VR

EF

36

0-2

B T

ON

ER

K_

S

36

0-4

B T

DS

KV

RE

F

24

V2

CO

NT

24

V2

CO

NT

24

V2

CO

NT

24

V2

CO

NT

362-

1-2

362-

2-1

363-

1-2

363-

2-1

364-

1-2

364-

2-1

365-

1-2

365-

2-1

36

0-1

2B

PG

ND

36

0-1

6B

PG

ND

36

0-2

0B

PG

ND

361A

-3-8

361A

-4-7

361A

-5-6

361A

-6-5

361A

-7-4

361A

-8-3

361A

-9-2

36

0-1

5A

SG

ND

36

0-1

9A

SG

ND

36

0-3

B S

GN

D

36

0-1

7A

12

V

36

0-3

A 2

4V

2

36

0-5

A 2

4V

2

36

0-7

A 2

4V

2

36

0-5

B 2

4V

2

36

0-9

B 2

4V

2

36

0-1

3B

24

V2

361A

-10-

1

361B

-5-1

6

361B

-6-1

5

361B

-7-1

4

361B

-14-

7

361B

-15-

6

361B

-16-

5

361B

-17-

4

361B

-18-

3

361B

-19-

2

361B

-20-

1

361C

-1-1

2

361C

-2-1

1

361C

-3-1

0

361C

-10-

3

361C

-11-

2

361C

-12-

1

361B

-1-2

0

361B

-2-1

9

361B

-3-1

8

361B

-4-1

7

36

0-1

7B

24

V2

371-

4-1

371-

3-2

371-

2-3

371-

1-4

370-

4-1

370-

3-2

370-

2-3

370-

1-4

369-

4-1

369-

3-2

369-

2-3

369-

1-4

368-

4-1

368-

3-2

368-

2-3

368-

1-4

366-

4-5

366-

3-6

366-

2-7

366-

1-8

366-

8-1

366-

7-2

366-

6-3

366-

5-4

367-

4-9

367-

3-10

367-

2-11

367-

1-12

367-

8-5

367-

7-6

367-

6-7

367-

5-8

367-

12-1

367-

11-2

367-

10-3

367-

9-4

24

V2

SU

RF

Y_

EV

SG

ND

PG

ND

24

V2

SU

RF

M_

EV

SG

ND

PG

ND

24

V2

SU

RF

C_

EV

SG

ND

PG

ND

24

V2

SU

RF

K_

EV

SG

ND

PG

ND

372-

4

372-

3

372-

2

372-

1

373-

4

373-

3

373-

2

373-

1

374-

4

374-

3

374-

2

374-

1

375-

4

375-

3

375-

2

375-

1

361C

-4-9

361C

-5-8

361C

-6-7

361C

-7-6

361C

-8-5

361C

-9-4

361B

-8-1

3

361B

-9-1

2

361B

-10-

11

361B

-11-

10

361B

-12-

9

361B

-13-

8

36

0-1

3A

12

V

36

0-1

B 1

2V

361A

-2-9

361A

-1-1

0

361D

-2-1

7

361D

-1-1

847

5-1-

2

475-

2-1

361D

-4-1

5

361D

-3-1

6

361D

-6-1

3

361D

-5-1

4

361D

-8-1

1

361D

-7-1

2

477-

6

477-

5

477-

4

477-

3

477-

2

477-

1

476-

1

476-

2

476-

3

476-

4

476-

5

476-

6

56

4-1

2

4V

2

56

4-2

DR

IVE

57

3-2

M_

TE

MP

1

57

3-1

5V

57

3-3

GN

D

57

4-3

GN

D

57

4-2

M_

TE

MP

2

57

4-1

5V

PS5

658-

1

658-

2

658-

3

M3M7

17 18

PS6M4

M8

19 20

PS7M5

M9

21 22

TDBM6

23 24

SD2 CRB/F CRB/R

PS14PS13PS12

M11

M12 M13M10

SD3

SD1

PS8 PS9

PS11

DRPS Y DRPS M DRPS C DRPS K

TD

S Y

TD

S M

TD

S C

TD

S K

PC

L Y

PC

L M

PC

L C

PC

L K

DRPSB Y DRPSB M DRPSB C DRPSB K

134135

136

137138

139140 144

143142

141

148147

146145

152151

150149

156155

154153

160159

158157

TO

NE

R S

UP

PLY

DO

OR

OP

EN

/CL

OS

E S

EN

SO

R

TR

AN

SF

ER

BE

LT

CO

OL

ING

FA

N

BL

AC

K C

OU

NT

ER

TO

TA

L C

OU

NT

ER

DR

UM

CO

OL

ING

FA

N/1

DR

UM

CO

OL

ING

FA

N/2

C(T

)

C(B

K)

PA

PE

R E

XIT

FU

LL S

EN

SO

R

PA

PE

R E

XIT

SE

NS

OR

FIX

ING

CO

OL

ING

FA

N/1

COLOR REGISTRATION

SENSOR/R

COLOR REGISTRATION

SENSOR/F

GA

MM

A S

HU

TT

ER

SO

LE

NO

ID

GA

MM

A S

EN

SO

R

CO

LO

R R

EG

IST

RA

TIO

N

SH

UT

TE

R S

OL

EN

OID

PR

E-

CH

AR

GIN

G

LA

MP

/Y

PR

E-

CH

AR

GIN

G

LA

MP

/M

PR

E-

CH

AR

GIN

G

LA

MP

/C

PR

E-

CH

AR

GIN

G

LA

MP

/K

TO

NE

R

DE

NS

ITY

SE

NS

OR

/Y

TO

NE

R

DE

NS

ITY

SE

NS

OR

/M

TO

NE

R

DE

NS

ITY

SE

NS

OR

/C

TO

NE

R

DE

NS

ITY

SE

NS

OR

/K

DRUM POTENTIAL

SENSOR BOARD/Y

DRUM POTENTIAL

SENSOR BOARD/M

DRUM POTENTIAL

SENSOR BOARD/C

DRUM POTENTIAL

SENSOR BOARD/K

DR

UM

SE

PA

RA

TIO

N

CL

AW

SO

LE

NO

ID

POLYGON MOTOR/K

POLYGON

MOTOR/C

TEMP

DETECTION

BOARD

LASER

CORRECTION

SENSOR/C

LASER

CORRECTION

MOTOR/C

POLYGON

MOTOR/M

LASER

CORRECTION

SENSOR/M

LASER

CORRECTION

MOTOR/M

POLYGON

MOTOR/Y

LASER

CORRECTION

SENSOR/Y

LASER

CORRECTION

MOTOR/Y

PRCB 1/2

PROCESS UNIT IMAGE CORRECTION UNIT



Appendix-6 1

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location

TDS Y Toner density sensor /Y 2-H CRB /F Color registration board /F 5-H

TDS M Toner density sensor /M 2-H CRB /R Color registration board /R 6-H

TDS C Toner density sensor /C 2-H

TDS K Toner density sensor /K 3-H

M3 Polygon motor /Y 3-A

M4 Polygon motor /M 5-A

M5 Polygon motor /C 6-A

M6 Polygon motor /K 8-A

M7 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A

M8 Laser correction motor /M 6-A

M9 Laser correction motor /C 7-A

M10 Fixing cooling fan /1 7-G

M11 Transfer belt cooling fan 8-H

M12 Drum cooling fan /1 9-G

M13 Drum cooling fan /2 9-G

PCL Y Pre-charging lamp /Y 1-H

PCL M Pre-charging lamp /M 1-H

PCL C Pre-charging lamp /C 1-H

PCL K Pre-charging lamp /K 1-H

PS5 Laser correction motor /Y 4-A

PS6 Laser correction motor /M 5-A

PS7 Laser correction motor /C 7-A

PS8 Color registration sensor /F 5-I

PS9 Color registration sensor /R 6-I

PS11 Gamma sensor 6-H

PS12 Paper exit full sensor 7-G

PS13 Paper exit sensor 7-G

PS14 Toner supply unit open/close sensor 9-G

SD1 Drum separation claw solenoid 5-H

SD2 Color Registration shutter solenoid 5-H

SD3 Gamma shutter solenoid 7-H

DRPS Y Drum potential sensor /Y 3-I

DRPS M Drum potential sensor /M 3-I

DRPS C Drum potential sensor /C 4-I

DRPS K Drum potential sensor /K 4-I

DRPSB Y Drum potential sensor board /Y 3-H

DRPSB M Drum potential sensor board /M 3-H

DRPSB C Drum potential sensor board /C 4-H

DRPSB K Drum potential sensor board /K 4-H

TDB Temp detection board 8-A

PRCB Printer control board 1-D

C (T) Total counter 8-G

C (BK) Black counter 8-G



Appendix-7 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

30

0-1

8 P

_C

MD

30

0-1

7 P

_R

TS

30

0-1

6 P

_S

TS

30

0-1

5 P

_C

TS

30

0-1

4 S

GN

D

30

0-9

SG

ND

30

0-6

SG

ND

30

0-5

RE

M/4

30

0-4

S_

VV

30

0-3

EE

_V

V

30

0-2

AC

_O

FF

30

0-7

P_

PT

OP

30

0-8

P_

VT

OP

30

0-1

1 P

C_

IDX

30

0-1

2 P

M_

IDX

30

0-1

3 P

Y_

IDX

30

0-1

MR

L_

OF

F

30

0-1

0 P

K_

IDX

30

1-2

12

V

30

1-3

SG

ND

30

1-4

SG

ND

30

2-1

24

V1

30

2-2

PG

ND

30

2-3

24

V2

30

1-1

5V

2

30

2-4

PG

ND

30

3-1

5V

2

30

3-2

SG

ND

30

2-5

N.C

30

2-6

N.C

465-

10-2

465-

9-3

465-

8-4

465-

7-5

465-

6-6

465-

5-7

465-

4-8

46

4-6

L

TS

SD

CN

T

465-

3-9

465-

2-10

465-

1-11

466-

3

466-

4

466-

6

466-

5

PG

ND

24

V2

SG

ND

12

V

466-

8

466-

7

PG

ND

24

VA

C

466-

1

466-

2S

GN

D

5V

2

46

4-1

L

TN

PS

IG46

5-11

-1

46

4-1

1 S

IN2

-2

46

4-1

0 S

OU

T2

-2

46

4-9

S

GN

D

46

4-8

L

TS

CL

CN

T

46

4-7

L

TR

CL

CN

T

46

4-5

L

TC

CL

CN

T

46

4-4

S

GN

D

46

4-3

L

TS

O_

SIG

46

4-2

L

TP

R_

SIG

PG

ND

24

V2

SG

ND

5V

2

468-

1-6

468-

2-5

468-

3-4

468-

4-3

468-

5-2

468-

6-1

46

7-1

SO

UT

46

7-2

SG

ND

46

7-3

CT

S

46

7-4

SIN

46

7-5

SG

ND

46

7-6

RT

S

469-

2

469-

3

469-

4

469-

1

469-

5

469-

6

35

-1 C

VM

1_

SIG

35

-2 C

VF

D_

SIG

35

-3 C

V_

SIZ

E0

35

-4 C

V_

SIZ

E1

35

-5 C

V_

SIZ

E2

35

-6 C

V_

SIZ

E3

35

-7 C

VU

P_

SIG

35

-8 C

PF

0

35

-9 C

PF

1

37

-6 O

P_

RT

S

37

-5 O

P_

DS

R

37

-4 O

P_

SIN

37

-3 O

P_

CT

S

35

-10

PG

ND

37

-11

5V

2

37

-9 2

4V

37

-2 O

P_

DT

R

37

-1 O

P_

SO

UT

37

-7 S

GN

D

37

-8 C

OP

V_

EN

B

37

-10

GN

D

31

3-2

PS

315-

3

314-

3

315-

1

315-

2

314-

1

314-

2

31

3-1

5V

2

31

3-3

SG

ND

31

3-4

5V

2

31

6-1

U

31

6-2

V

31

6-3

W

31

1-1

31

1-2

31

1-3

31

1-4

31

1-5

31

1-6

31

1-7

31

1-8

31

2-2

31

2-1

31

1-9

317-

3

317-

2

317-

1

31

3-5

PS

31

3-6

SG

ND

32

0-2

PS

322-

3

321-

3

322-

1

322-

2

321-

1

321-

2

32

0-1

5V

2

32

0-3

SG

ND

32

0-4

5V

2

32

3-1

U

32

3-2

V

32

3-3

W

31

8-1

31

8-2

31

8-3

31

8-4

31

8-5

31

8-6

31

8-7

31

8-8

31

9-2

31

9-1

31

8-9

324-

3

324-

2

324-

1

32

0-5

PS

32

0-6

SG

ND

30

9-1

8A

SG

ND

32

7-2

PS

329-

3

328-

3

329-

1

329-

2

328-

1

328-

2

32

7-1

5V

2

32

7-3

SG

ND

32

7-4

5V

2

33

0-1

U

33

0-2

V

33

0-3

W

32

5-1

32

5-2

32

5-3

32

5-4

32

5-5

32

5-6

32

5-7

32

5-8

32

6-2

32

6-1

32

5-9

331-

3

331-

2

331-

1

30

9-4

B

H/L

1

30

9-5

B

H/L

2

30

9-6

B

EN

A1

30

9-7

B

EN

A2

32

7-5

PS

32

7-6

SG

ND

30

9-9

B

SG

ND

30

9-2

B

FH

30

9-3

B

EN

AB

LE

33

4-2

PS

336-

3

335-

3

336-

1

336-

2

335-

1

335-

2

33

4-1

5V

2

33

4-3

SG

ND

33

4-4

5V

2

33

7-1

U

33

7-2

V

33

7-3

W

33

2-1

33

2-2

33

2-3

33

2-4

33

2-5

33

2-6

33

2-7

33

2-8

33

3-2

33

3-1

33

2-9

338-

3

338-

2

338-

1

33

4-5

PS

33

4-6

SG

ND

30

9-1

8B

SG

ND

30

9-1

1A

FH

30

9-1

2A

EN

AB

LE

30

9-1

3A

H/L

1

30

9-1

4A

H/L

2

30

9-1

5A

EN

A1

30

9-1

6A

EN

A2

30

9-1

1B

FH

30

9-1

2B

EN

AB

LE

30

9-1

3B

H/L

1

30

9-1

4B

H/L

2

30

9-1

5B

EN

A1

30

9-1

6B

EN

A2

30

9-1

A

CL

OC

K

30

9-8

A

5V

2

30

9-1

0A

CL

OC

K

30

9-2

A

FH

30

9-3

A

EN

AB

LE

30

9-4

A

H/L

1

30

9-5

A

H/L

2

30

9-6

A

EN

A1

30

9-7

A

EN

A2

30

9-9

A

SG

ND

30

9-1

7A

5V

2

30

9-1

B

CL

OC

K

30

9-8

B

5V

2

30

9-1

0B

CL

OC

K

30

9-1

7B

5V

2

349-

1

349-

2

349-

3

349-

4

349-

5

349-

6

349-

7

349-

8

349-

9

349-

10

349-

11

350-

1

350-

2

350-

3

350-

4

350-

5

350-

6

350-

7

350-

8

350-

9

350-

10

350-

11

34

0-1

3A

SG

ND

34

0-6

A S

GN

D

34

0-1

1A

CL

OC

K

34

0-9

A L

OC

K

34

0-8

A H

/L

34

0-1

A H

/L

34

0-4

A C

LO

CK

34

0-1

4A

5V

2

340-1

2A

ST

AR

T/S

TO

P

34

0-1

0A

CW

/CC

W

34

0-7

A 5

V2

340-5

A S

TA

RT

/ST

OP

34

0-3

A C

W/C

CW

34

0-2

A L

OC

K

351-

1

351-

2

351-

3

351-

4

351-

5

351-

6

351-

7

351-

8

351-

9

351-

10

351-

11

352-

1

352-

2

352-

3

352-

4

352-

5

352-

6

352-

7

352-

8

352-

9

352-

10

352-

11

34

0-1

3B

SG

ND

34

0-1

4B

5V

2

34

0-3

B C

W/C

CW

34

0-6

B S

GN

D

34

0-7

B 5

V2

34

0-8

B H

/L

34

0-1

0B

CW

/CC

W

34

0-1

1B

CL

OC

K

340-1

2B

ST

AR

T/S

TO

P

340-5

B S

TA

RT

/ST

OP

34

0-4

B C

LO

CK

34

0-2

B L

OC

K

34

0-1

B H

/L

34

0-9

B L

OC

K

35

3-7

5V

235

6-1

356-

2

356-

3

356-

4

356-

5

356-

6

356-

7

356-

8

356-

9

356-

10

356-

11

35

3-2

LO

CK

35

3-3

CW

/CC

W

35

3-4

CL

OC

K

35

3-5

CO

NT

35

3-6

SG

ND

35

3-1

H/L

358-

1-6

358-

2-5

358-

3-4

358-

4-3

358-

5-2

358-

6-1

35

7-1

A

35

7-2

A

35

7-3

B

35

7-4

B

35

7-6

24

V2

35

7-5

24

V2

359-

3

359-

2

359-

1

35

7-7

SG

ND

35

7-9

5V

2

35

7-8

PS

341-

7-1

341-

6-2

341-

5-3

341-

4-4

341-

3-5

341-

2-6

341-

1-7

345-

4-1

345-

3-2

345-

2-3

345-

1-4

342-

7-1

342-

6-2

342-

5-3

342-

4-4

342-

3-5

342-

2-6

342-

1-7

346-

4-1

346-

3-2

346-

2-3

346-

1-4

343-

7-1

343-

6-2

343-

5-3

343-

4-4

343-

3-5

343-

2-6

343-

1-7

347-

4-1

347-

3-2

347-

2-3

347-

1-4

344-

7-1

344-

6-2

344-

5-3

344-

4-4

344-

3-5

344-

2-6

344-

1-7

348-

4-1

348-

3-2

348-

2-3

348-

1-4

354-

7-1

354-

6-2

354-

5-3

354-

4-4

354-

3-5

354-

2-6

354-

1-7

355-

4-1

355-

3-2

355-

2-3

355-

1-4

291-

1-3

291-

2-2

291-

3-1

298-

9-1

298-

8-2

298-

7-3

298-

6-4

298-

5-5

298-

4-6

298-

3-7

298-

2-8

298-

1-9

299-

1-2

299-

2-1

296-

9-1

296-

8-2

296-

7-3

296-

6-4

296-

5-5

296-

4-6

296-

3-7

296-

2-8

296-

1-9

297-

1-2

297-

2-1

294-

9-1

294-

8-2

294-

7-3

294-

6-4

294-

5-5

294-

4-6

294-

3-7

294-

2-8

294-

1-9

295-

1-2

295-

2-1

292-

9-1

292-

8-2

292-

7-3

292-

6-4

292-

5-5

292-

4-6

292-

3-7

292-

2-8

292-

1-9

293-

1-2

293-

2-1

289-

3

289-

2

35

3-8

5

V2

289-

130

4-6-

1

304-

5-2

304-

4-3

35

3-1

0 S

GN

D

305-

3

305-

2

35

3-1

1 5

V2

305-

130

4-3-

4

304-

2-5

304-

1-6

35

3-1

3 S

GN

D

35

3-1

2 P

S

35

3-9

P

S

470-

1-4

470-

2-3

470-

3-2

470-

4-1

463-

4-1

463-

3-2

463-

2-3

463-

1-4

471-

7-3

471-

6-4

471-

5-5

471-

4-6

471-

2-8

471-

1-9

471-

3-7

471-

8-2

471-

9-1

46

4-1

9 P

GN

D

46

4-1

8 H

/L

46

4-1

6 D

RIV

E

(

24

V1

)

46

4-1

5 P

GN

D

46

4-1

4 H

/L

46

4-1

2 D

RIV

E

(2

4V

1)

46

4-1

3 S

TF

AN

_E

R

46

4-1

7 S

TF

AN

_E

R

57

2-1

N.C

57

2-2

N.C

57

2-3

N.C

57

2-4

N.C

DCPS1

53 54 5556 57 58

59 60 63 64

70 69 7172 73 74116 117

LCT (OPTION)FNS (OPTION)

65 66 6768

PS60 PS61

28 32

PS62 PS63

27 31

PS64 PS65

26 30

PS66 PS67

25 29

M14 M15 M16 M17

M20 M21 M22 M23M18

M19

4546

47

48 4142

43

44 3738

39

40 3334

35

365251

50

49

PS15

PS69 PS68

M24 M25164

163162

161

168167

166165

172171

170169

176175

174173

178177

IPB

CO

OL

ING

FA

N

IP

CO

OL

ING

FA

N

CV

(PARALLEL)

CV

(SERIAL)

COIN VENDOR COIN VENDOR

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R

HP

SE

NS

OR

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R

PR

ES

SU

RE

/RE

LE

AS

E

MO

TO

R

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G

MO

TO

R/Y

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G

MO

TO

R/M

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G

MO

TO

R/C

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G

MO

TO

R/K

TR

AN

SF

ER

BE

LT

MO

TO

R

EN

CO

DE

R S

EN

SO

R/B

ELT

2

EN

CO

DE

R S

EN

SO

R/B

ELT

1

DRDB/KDRDB/CDRDB/MDRDB/Y

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/M1

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/K2

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/K1

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/C2

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/C1

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/M2

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/Y1

EN

CO

DE

R

SE

NS

OR

/Y2

DR

UM

MO

TO

R/Y

DR

UM

MO

TO

R/M

DR

UM

MO

TO

R/C

DR

UM

MO

TO

R/K

PRCB 2/2



Appendix-8 2


PS60 Encoder sensor /Y1 1-I

PS61 Encoder sensor /Y2 2-I

PS62 Encoder sensor /M1 2-I

PS63 Encoder sensor /M2 2-I

PS64 Encoder sensor /C1 3-I

PS65 Encoder sensor /C2 3-I

PS66 Encoder sensor /K1 4-I

PS67 Encoder sensor /K2 4-I

PS69 Encoder sensor /BELT1 4-G

PS68 Encoder sensor /BELT2 5-G

FNS FNS (option) 8-A

LCT LCT (option) 6-A

M14 Drum motor /Y 1-I

M15 Drum motor /M 2-I

M16 Drum motor /C 3-I

M17 Drum motor /K 4-I

M18 Transfer belt motor 5-G

M19 1st transfer pressure/release motor 6-G

M20 Developing motor /Y 7-G

M21 Developing motor /M 7-G

M22 Developing motor /C 8-G

M23 Developing motor /K 9-G

M24 IP cooling fan 7-A

M25 IPB cooling fan 8-A

PS15 1st transfer HP sensor 6-G

CV Coin vendor (parallel) 4-A

CV Coin vendor (serial) 5-A

DRDB /Y Drum drive board /Y 1-G

DRDB /M Drum drive board /M 2-G

DRDB /K Drum drive board /C 3-G

DRDB /C Drum drive board /K 4-G



Appendix-9 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

2-3

RE

M/1

10

2-1

5V

1

10

4-1

5V

2

10

2-2

SG

ND

10

3-2

5V

2

10

4-3

12

V

10

3-5

SG

ND

10

3-3

3.5

V

10

3-1

12

V

10

3-6

SG

ND

10

4-4

24

V1

101-1 AC(H)

AC(N)

10

3-4

SG

ND

10

4-2

5V

2

10

2-4

AC

_O

FF

10

5-1

5V

2

10

5-2

5V

2

12

1A

-4

12

1B

-4 156-1

156-2

156-4

156-5

12

1A

-2

12

1B

-2

12

1A

-3

12

1B

-3

12

1A

-1

10

4-6

SG

ND

10

4-7

SG

ND

10

4-8

SG

ND

10

4-9

PG

ND

10

5-5

24

V1

10

5-3

SG

ND

10

5-4

SG

ND

10

5-6

N.C

12

0-1

12

0-3

12

0-5

10

4-5

24

V1

10

4-1

0 P

GN

D

10

8-2

SG

ND

10

8-4

SG

ND

10

8-1

5V

2

101-2 NC

12

0-2

12

0-4

15

3-1

24

V1

FT

16

AC

_H

FT

17

AC

_N

FT

18

AC

_N

FT

19

AC

_N

15

2-9

-2

4V

IN

15

2-1

0 P

GN

D

155-4 H1(H)

155-5 H1(N)

155-1 H1(H)

155-2 H1(N)

15

3-3

24

VA

C(H

)

15

3-4

24

VA

C(N

)

15

2-1

1 P

GN

D

15

7-1

SG

ND

15

7-3

L2

_C

ON

T

15

7-4

5V

2

15

7-2

L3

_C

ON

T

15

3-2

NC

15

2-8

15

2-7

15

2-6

15

2-5

15

2-4

15

2-3

15

2-2

15

2-1

15

8-4

15

8-3

15

8-2

15

8-1

10

8-3

24

V1

DCPS1 1/2Y/G

AC(H)

AC(N)

16

23

45

78

953

5455

5657

5863

6467

6884

85

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

FT1510 107

133

130 131

132

RL1

24V1

RL224V1

RL324V1

123-

5

123-

412

3-1

123-

3

123-

2

123-

9

123-

812

3-10

123-

7

123-

6

268-

5 G

ND

268-

6 24

V

268-

4 5V

IN

268-

2 G

ND

268-

1 12

V

268-

3 5V

OU

T

130-

A1

- A

4

130-

A2

- A

3

130-

B2

- B

3

130-

B4

- B

1

130-

2 -

2

130-

3 -

3

130-

4 -

4

131-

2 -

2

131-

3 -

3

131-

1 -

1

131-

A2

- A

3

131-

B2

- B

3

131-

B4

- B

1

130-

1 -

1

130-

A3

- A

2

131-

A3

- A

2

CH12

144-1

144-2

145-1

145-2

131-

A1

- A

4

143-

1

143-

2

141-

1

141-

2

140-

1

142-

1

140-

4

142-

4

146-

2

146-

1

142-

2

140-

2

142-

3

140-

3

131-

B3

- B

2

131-

B1

- B

4

130-

A4

- A

1

131-

A4

- A

1

131-

4 -

4

130-

B3

- B

2

130-

B1

- B

4

146-

2

146-

1F

T18

FT

17

482-

12-1

482-

11-2

482-

10-3

482-

9-4

482-

8-5

482-

7-6

482-

6-7

482-

5-8

482-

4-9

482-

3-10

482-

2-11

482-

1-12

403-

1

403-

2

403-

3

404-

1

404-

2

404-

3

405-

1

405-

2

405-

3

412-

1

412-

2

412-

3

413-

3

413-

1

406-

2

406-

1

407-

2

407-

1

413-

2

411-

1

411-

2

411-

3

410-

2

410-

3

410-

1

401-

1B-1

6B

401-

2B-1

5B

401-

3B-1

4B

401-

4B-1

3B

401-

5B-1

2B

401-

6B-1

1B

401-

7B-1

0B

401-

8B-9

B

401-

9B-8

B

401-

4A-1

1A

401-

5A-1

0A

401-

6A-9

A

401-

10B

-7B

401-

11B

-6B

401-

1A-1

4A

401-

2A-1

3A

401-

3A-1

2A

401-

7A-8

A

401-

8A-7

A

401-

9A-6

A

401-

10A

-5A

401-

11A

-4A

401-

12A

-3A

401-

13A

-2A

401-

14A

-1A

402-

1-13

402-

2-12

402-

3-11

402-

4-10

402-

5-9

402-

6-8

402-

7-7

402-

8-6

402-

9-5

402-

10-4

402-

11-3

402-

12-2

402-

13-1

401-

15B

-2B

401-

14B

-3B

401-

13B

-4B

401-

12B

-5B

408-

2

408-

1

409-

5-1

409-

4-2

409-

3-3

409-

2-4

409-

1-5

417-

1

417-

2

417-

3

418-

1

418-

2

418-

3

419-

1

419-

2

419-

3

415-

1B-1

6B

415-

2B-1

5B

415-

3B-1

4B

415-

4B-1

3B

415-

5B-1

2B

415-

6B-1

1B

415-

7B-1

0B

415-

8B-9

B

415-

9B-8

B

416-

1-13

416-

2-12

416-

3-11

416-

4-10

416-

5-9

416-

6-8

416-

7-7

416-

8-6

416-

9-5

401-

16B

-1B

484-

4

484-

3

484-

2

484-

1

485-

4

485-

3

485-

2

485-

1

486-

4

486-

3

486-

2

486-

1

566-

1-2

566-

2-1

109

SW1

TRNS1

TRNS2

9798

99

96

107

101100

102103

104

105106

6970

HTR1

HTR2

9697

9899

100101

102103

104105

106

CBR2

CBR1

NF

BT-4

BT-2

BT-3

BT-1

DC

PS

4

FT3

FT4 FT6

FT5 FT7

FT8

FT1

FT2

FT9 FT10

MC7 MC8 PS33PS29 PS30 PS31 PS34 VR1PS32SD7 PS35 PS36 PS37M26 M27 M28

F/G

POWER PLUG

OACB IPB PRCB

DRDB

CVDBFNS ACDB

ACDB

TRANSFORMER/MAIN BODY

TRANSFORMER/LCT

PA

PE

R S

IZE

VR

/1

PIC

K U

P

SO

LE

NO

ID/1

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

CL

UT

CH

/1

PA

PE

R F

EE

D

CL

UT

CH

/1

NO

PA

PE

R

SE

NS

OR

/2

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

SE

NS

OR

/2

TR

AY

UP

PE

R L

IMIT

SE

NS

OR

/2

NO

PA

PE

R

SE

NS

OR

/1

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

SE

NS

OR

/1

TR

AY

UP

PE

R L

IMIT

SE

NS

OR

/1

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/S1

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/L1

RE

MA

ININ

G P

AP

ER

SE

NS

OR

/1

PA

PE

R E

XIT

FA

N/R

PA

PE

R E

XIT

FA

N/F

PA

PE

R E

XIT

FA

N/M

FIXING UNIT

FHCB

EUROPE ONLY

PRCBPRCB

TRAY /1 TRAY /2 1/2

MAIN POWER SWITCH

199195

194

193192

191

190189

188187

186

185184

183

182181180

179198

197196

203202

201200

207206

205204

211210

209208

218217

216215

222221

220219

226225

224223

230229

228227

234233

232231

238237

236235

242241

240239

246245

244243

250249

248247

254253

252251

260259

258257

264263 265

262261

256255

214213

212



Appendix-10 1


CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 1-A

CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 1-B

DCPS1 DC power suply unit /1 6-A

DCPS4 DC power suply unit /4 (HD-106) 9-D

RL1 Main relay 4-D

RL2 DCPS2 relay 4-D

RL3 HTR relay 4-D

HTR1 Heater /1 6-E

HTR2 Heater /2 6-E

M26 Paper exit fan /R 5-F

M27 Paper exit fan /M 5-F

M28 Paper exit fan /F 6-F

MC7 Paper feed clutch /1 7-F

MC8 Pre-registration clutch /1 7-F

PS29 Pre-registration sensor /1 6-F

PS30 Tray upper limit sensor /1 6-F

PS31 No paper sensor /1 6-F

PS32 Remaining paper sensor /1 8-F

PS33 Paper size /S1 8-F

PS34 Paper size /L1 8-F




SD7 Pick up solenoid /1 7-F

SW1 Main power switch 3-A

TRNS1 Transformer/main body 5-C

TRNS2 Transformer/LCT 5-C

VR1 Paper size VR /1 8-F

NF Noise filter 2-A

Power plug 1-B

ACDB AC drive board 1-D

FHCB Fixing heater control board 2-F



Appendix-11 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10

6-2

5V

2

11

1-4

PG

ND

11

1-2

24

V2

11

2-1

24

V2

11

2-6

N.C

11

1-1

24

V2

11

3-2

PG

ND

11

2-4

N.C

11

2-3

PG

ND

11

1-5

PG

ND

110-1 AC(H)

110-4 AC(N)

10

6-3

5V

2

10

7-1

5V

2

10

7-2

5V

2

10

7-7

12

V

11

3-1

24

V2

11

3-4

PG

ND

11

5-6

PG

ND

11

5-7

PG

ND

11

3-3

24

V2

11

5-5

N.C

11

4-2

24

V2

11

4-6

PG

ND

11

1-6

PG

ND

11

1-3

24

V2

11

1-7

24

V2

11

1-8

24

V2

11

1-9

24

V2

11

4-3

24

V2

11

4-7

PG

ND

11

5-8

PG

ND

11

4-8

PG

ND

11

4-9

PG

ND

11

4-4

24

V2

11

4-5

24

V2

11

5-1

24

V2

11

5-2

24

V2

11

5-3

PG

ND

11

5-4

PG

ND

11

2-2

24

V2

11

2-5

PG

ND

10

7-3

5V

2

11

1-1

0 P

GN

D

11

1-1

1 P

GN

D

11

1-1

2 P

GN

D

10

6-1

5V

2

10

6-7

12

V

11

4-1

NC

10

6-5

SG

ND

10

6-6

SG

ND

10

6-8

SG

ND

10

6-4

SG

ND

10

7-4

SG

ND

10

7-5

SG

ND

10

7-6

SG

ND

110-2 NC

110-3 NC

112-1

112-3

10

9-6

SG

ND

10

9-7

SG

ND

10

9-8

12

V

10

9-5

5V

2

10

9-2

SG

ND

10

9-3

5V

3

10

9-4

5V

3

10

9-1

SG

ND

112-2DCPS1 2/2 DCPS2

1112

7374

7576

7778

798687

1314

1516

17 1819 2021 2223 24 33 34 35 3637 38 39 4041 42 43 4445 46 47 48 52 51 49 50

6059

6566

7271

8889

9091

9392

9495

110111

112113

8081

8283

121

116117 114

115

127-

1

127-

2

127-

3

127-

6

127-

712

7-5

128-

7

128-

6

128-

5

128-

112

8-3

128-

2

126-

5

126-

412

6-1

126-

3

126-

2

125-

5

125-

412

5-1

125-

3

125-

2

126-

9

126-

812

6-10

126-

7

126-

6

125-

9

125-

812

5-10

125-

7

125-

6

127-

4

127-

8

128-

4

128-

8

124-

8

124-

7

124-

6

124-

2

124-

3

124-

4

124-

1

124-

5

458-

10

458-

9

458-

8

458-

11

449-

1

449-

2

450-

1

450-

2

451-

1

451-

2

444-

1

444-

2

444-

3

445-

1

445-

2

445-

3

446-

1

446-

2

446-

3

447-

1

447-

2

447-

3

453-

2

453-

1

454-

1

454-

2

454-

3

455-

1

455-

2

455-

3

460-

1

460-

2

460-

3

458-

7

458-

6

443-

12-1

443-

11-2

443-

10-3

443-

9-4

443-

8-5

443-

7-6

443-

6-7

443-

5-8

443-

4-9

443-

2-11

443-

1-12

458-

5

458-

4

458-

3

458-

2

458-

1

452-

8-1

452-

7-2

452-

6-3

452-

5-4

452-

4-5

452-

3-6

452-

2-7

452-

1-8

461-

1

461-

2

461-

3

456-

6-2

456-

4-4

456-

5-3

456-

7-1

456-

3-5

456-

1-7

456-

2-6

457-

4-1

426-

1

426-

2

426-

3

427-

3

427-

1

420-

2

420-

1

421-

2

421-

1

427-

2

425-

1

425-

2

425-

3

424-

2

424-

3

424-

1

415-

4A-1

1A

415-

5A-1

0A

415-

6A-9

A

415-

10B

-7B

415-

11B

-6B

415-

1A-1

4A

415-

2A-1

3A

415-

3A-1

2A

415-

7A-8

A

415-

8A-7

A

415-

9A-6

A

415-

10A

-5A

415-

11A

-4A

415-

12A

-3A

415-

13A

-2A

415-

14A

-1A

416-

10-4

416-

11-3

416-

12-2

416-

13-1

415-

15B

-2B

415-

14B

-3B

415-

13B

-4B

415-

12B

-5B

422-

2

422-

1

423-

5-1

423-

4-2

423-

3-3

423-

2-4

423-

1-5

431-

1

431-

2

431-

3

432-

1

432-

2

432-

3

433-

1

433-

2

433-

3

440-

1

440-

2

440-

3

441-

3

441-

1

434-

2

434-

1

435-

2

435-

1

441-

2

439-

1

439-

2

439-

3

438-

2

438-

3

438-

1

429-

1B-1

6B

429-

2B-1

5B

429-

3B-1

4B

429-

4B-1

3B

429-

5B-1

2B

429-

6B-1

1B

429-

7B-1

0B

429-

8B-9

B

429-

9B-8

B

429-

4A-1

1A

429-

5A-1

0A

429-

6A-9

A

429-

10B

-7B

429-

11B

-6B

429-

1A-1

4A

429-

2A-1

3A

429-

3A-1

2A

429-

7A-8

A

429-

8A-7

A

429-

9A-6

A

429-

10A

-5A

429-

11A

-4A

429-

12A

-3A

429-

13A

-2A

429-

14A

-1A

430-

1-13

430-

2-12

430-

3-11

430-

4-10

430-

5-9

430-

6-8

430-

7-7

430-

8-6

430-

9-5

430-

10-4

430-

11-3

430-

12-2

430-

13-1

429-

15B

-2B

429-

14B

-3B

429-

13B

-4B

429-

12B

-5B

436-

2

436-

1

437-

5-1

437-

4-2

437-

3-3

437-

2-4

437-

1-5

457-

1-4

457-

2-3

457-

3-2

415-

16B

-1B

429-

16B

-1B

462-

4-1

462-

3-2

462-

2-3

462-

1-4

479-

1-3

479-

2-2

479-

3-1

567-

1-2

567-

2-1

568-

1-2

568-

2-1

443-

3-10

109

110111

112113

PS47 VR4 PS48

M41

PS52PS49 PS51PS50M38 M39 M40 PS53 M42

MC9 PS39 PS40 VR2PS38SD8 PS45PS41 PS42 PS43 PS46 VR3PS44SD9MC10 MC11 MC12

MC13

M18

CVDBSCDB TSDB OB1LCT ADF SCDB ADF FNS LCT TSDB

M3 M4 M5 M6 M20,M21,M22,M23

PRCB HV1 M41

DC

PS

CO

OL

ING

FA

N

WA

ST

E T

ON

ER

FU

LL S

EN

SO

R

WA

ST

E T

ON

ER

DO

OR

SE

NS

OR

PAPER FEED MOTOR

TR

AY

UP

DR

IVE

M

OT

OR

/3

TR

AY

UP

DR

IVE

M

OT

OR

/1

TR

AY

UP

DR

IVE

M

OT

OR

/2

INT

ER

ME

DIA

TE

CO

NV

EY

AN

CE

CL

UT

CH

/1

VE

RT

ICA

L C

ON

VE

YA

NC

E S

EN

SO

R

VE

RT

ICA

L C

ON

VE

YA

NC

E D

OO

R S

EN

SO

R

NO

PA

PE

R S

EN

SO

R/B

P

NO

PA

PE

R

SE

NS

OR

/3

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/SB

P

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/LB

P

PA

PE

R S

IZE

VR

/BP

PA

PE

R S

IZE

VR

/2

PA

PE

R S

IZE

VR

/3

RE

MA

ININ

G

PA

PE

R S

EN

SO

R/3

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/S2

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/L2

PIC

K U

P

SO

LE

NO

ID/3

PIC

K U

P

SO

LE

NO

ID/2

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

CL

UT

CH

/3

PA

PE

R F

EE

D

CL

UT

CH

/3

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

CL

UT

CH

/2

PA

PE

R F

EE

D

CL

UT

CH

/2

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/S2

PR

E-

RE

GIS

TR

AT

ION

SE

NS

OR

/3

PA

PE

R S

IZE

/L2

TR

AY

UP

PE

R L

IMIT

SE

NS

OR

/3

RE

MA

ININ

G P

AP

ER

SE

NS

OR

/2

TRAY /2 2/2 TRAY /3 BY-PASS TRAY

IP-921

DCPS3

IP-921 (OPTION)

269268

267266

276275

274273

280279

278277

284283

282281

290289

288287

294293

292291

298297

296295

302301

300299

306305

304303

310309

308307

314313

312311

320319

318317

324323

322321

328327

326325

338337

336335

342341

340339

353352

351350

357356

359358

355354

346345

344343

349348

347

330329

332331

334333

316315

286285

272271

270

137140134

135136138

139141



Appendix-12 1


DCPS2 DC power supply unit /2 4-A

DCPS3 DC power supply unit /3 (IP-921) 3-A

M38 Tray up drive motor /3 7-F



M41 Paper feed motor 8-F

M42 DCPS cooling fan 9-F





MC13 Intermediate conveyance clutch /1 7-F










PS47 No paper sensor /BP 6-F

PS48 Paper size /SBP 6-F

PS49 Paper size /LBP 6-F

PS50 Vertical conveyance sensor 7-F

PS51 Vertical conveyance door sensor 8-F

PS52 Waste toner full sensor 9-F

PS53 Waste toner door sensor 9-F





VR4 Paper size VR /BP 6-F



Appendix-13 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 95

03

-7B

CW

/CC

W

50

3-9

B S

TA

RT

/ST

OP

50

3-8

B C

LO

CK

50

3-6

B L

OC

K

50

3-5

B H

/L

52

7-6

5V

2

50

3-8

A F

D_

OP

EN

50

3-4

A B

PN

F_

SIG

50

7-6

SG

ND

50

7-5

5V

2

53

9-B

1 5

V2

53

9-B

9 5

V2

53

9-B

6 5

V2

50

7-1

24

V2

50

7-2

24

V2

50

7-4

PG

ND

50

7-3

PG

ND

50

3-1

5A

SG

ND

50

3-1

4A

AD

UP

_S

IG

50

3-1

3A

AD

UH

_S

IG

50

3-1

2A

BM

AX

_S

IG

50

3-1

A R

EG

_C

ON

T

50

3-1

7B

BP

SD

CO

NT

50

3-1

6B

EX

SD

CO

NT

50

3-1

5B

AM

C1

CO

NT

50

3-1

4B

AM

C2

CO

NT

50

3-1

3B

AP

CL

CO

NT

50

3-1

2B

MC

L2

CO

NT

50

3-1

1B

MC

L3

CO

NT

50

3-1

0B

BP

CL

CO

NT

50

0-1

A

50

0-2

A

50

0-3

A

50

0-4

A

50

0-5

A

50

0-6

A

50

0-7

A

50

0-8

A

50

0-9

A

50

0-1

B

50

0-2

B

50

0-3

B

50

0-4

B

50

0-5

B

50

0-1

0A

50

0-1

1A

50

0-1

2A

50

0-1

3A

50

0-1

4A

50

0-1

5A

50

0-1

0B

50

0-1

1B

50

0-1

2B

50

0-1

3B

50

0-1

4B

54

8-5

24

V2

54

8-3

A

54

8-1

B

53

6-2

24

V2

53

6-6

B

53

4-2

24

V2

53

4-3

A

53

4-8

24

V2

52

4-2

24

V2

52

4-6

B

51

8-2

PS

51

3-3

5V

2

52

7-1

2 5

V2

52

7-1

1 P

S

51

8-6

5V

2

51

8-3

5V

2

52

7-9

5V

2

52

7-8

PS

51

8-7

SG

ND

51

0-5

H/L

51

3-2

PS

51

0-1

1 5

V2

51

0-9

ST

AR

T/S

TO

P

51

0-8

CL

OC

K

51

0-7

CW

/CC

W

51

0-6

LO

CK

51

0-3

PG

ND

51

0-4

PG

ND

51

3-6

5V

2

51

3-4

SG

ND

51

3-1

SG

ND

54

8-6

24

V2

51

0-1

0 S

GN

D

51

0-2

24

V2

51

0-1

24

V2

51

8-4

SG

ND

51

8-8

PS

51

8-9

5V

2

51

8-1

SG

ND

52

7-7

SG

ND

52

7-1

6 D

RIV

E

52

7-1

7 2

4V

2

51

8-1

5 2

4V

2

53

9-A

5 5

V2

53

9-A

11

24

V2

53

9-A

4 2

4V

2

50

3-1

7A

DD

RV

_T

xd

50

3-1

6A

DD

RV

_R

xd

50

3-1

0A

AD

UR

_S

IG

50

3-9

A F

EX

T_

SIG

50

3-7

A H

AN

1_

SIG

50

3-6

A H

AN

2_

SIG

50

3-5

A R

EV

_S

IG

51

3-5

PS

50

3-3

A F

RL

_S

IG

54

8-2

B

54

8-4

A

53

9-B

5 P

S

53

9-B

8 P

S

53

9-A

6 P

S

53

9-B

2 P

S

51

8-1

4 D

RIV

E

51

8-5

PS

52

7-1

3 5

V2

52

7-4

SG

ND

51

8-1

2 D

RIV

E

51

8-1

3 2

4V

2

53

9-A

7 S

GN

D

53

9-B

3 S

GN

D

53

9-A

8 D

RIV

E

53

9-A

9 2

4V

2

53

9-A

10

DR

IVE

52

4-5

B

52

4-4

A

52

4-3

A

52

4-1

24

V2

53

6-4

A

53

6-1

24

V2

53

4-7

24

V2

53

4-5

B

53

4-1

24

V2

50

0-1

5B

50

0-1

6A

50

3-1

1A

RE

G_

SIG

50

3-2

A 1

2V

53

9-B

4 S

GN

D

53

9-B

7 S

GN

D

53

9-B

10

1

53

9-B

11

2

53

9-A

1 D

RIV

E

53

9-A

2 2

4V

2

53

9-A

3 D

RIV

E

53

6-3

A

53

6-5

B

53

4-4

A

53

4-6

B

53

4-9

A

53

4-1

0 A

53

4-1

2 B

53

4-1

1 B

51

8-1

0 D

RIV

E

51

8-1

1 2

4V

2

50

3-3

B T

R4

_C

W

50

3-4

B T

R4

_C

ON

T

50

0-1

7A

50

0-6

B

50

0-7

B

50

0-8

B

50

0-9

B

50

3-1

B N

.C

50

3-2

B N

.C

50

0-1

7B

24

V

50

0-1

6B

LO

CK

SD

52

4-7

N.C

52

7-1

4 P

S

52

7-1

5 S

GN

D

52

7-5

PS

52

7-1

SG

ND

52

7-3

5V

2

52

7-1

0 S

GN

D

52

7-2

PS

56

9-1

A

56

9-2

A

56

9-3

B

56

9-4

B

40

0-1

3A

5V

2

40

0-1

5A

PS

40

0-1

4A

SG

ND

40

0-1

2A

PS

40

0-4

A D

RIV

E

40

0-3

B S

GN

D

40

0-1

0B

PS

40

0-2

B T

1D

ET

(H)

40

0-1

6A

5V

2

40

0-9

B S

GN

D

40

0-1

1A

SG

ND

40

0-8

A S

GN

D

40

0-5

A 2

4V

2

40

0-6

B S

GN

D

40

0-7

B P

S

40

0-8

B 5

V2

40

0-1

6B

N.C

40

0-1

5B

N.C

40

0-1

3B

PS

40

0-1

2B

SG

ND

40

0-1

4B

5V

2

40

0-1

B S

GN

D

40

0-1

0A

5V

2

40

0-1

A N

.C

40

0-6

A D

RIV

E

40

0-7

A 2

4V

2

40

0-3

A 2

4V

2

40

0-2

A D

RIV

E

40

0-9

A P

S

40

0-1

1B

5V

2

40

0-5

B 3

.3V

40

0-4

B V

R

41

4-1

3A

5V

2

41

4-1

5A

PS

41

4-1

4A

SG

ND

41

4-1

2A

PS

41

4-1

6A

5V

2

41

4-1

1A

SG

ND

41

4-8

A S

GN

D

41

4-1

0A

5V

2

41

4-9

A P

S

15

0-1

0A

DR

IVE

15

0-9

A

EM

15

0-8

A

H/L

15

0-7

A

PG

ND

15

0-2

B

DR

IVE

15

0-1

B

EM

15

0-1

2A

H/L

15

0-1

1A

PG

ND

15

0-6

B

DR

IVE

15

0-5

B

EM

15

0-4

B

H/L

15

0-3

B

PG

ND

15

0-1

A

FIX

TE

MP

1

15

0-2

A

FIX

TE

MP

1

15

0-3

A

FIX

TE

MP

1

15

0-4

A

FIX

TE

MP

2

15

0-5

A

FIX

TE

MP

2

15

0-9

B

FIX

TE

MP

4

15

0-8

B

FIX

TE

MP

4

15

0-6

A

FU

SE

RS

ET

15

1-1

5V

2

15

1-5

L2

_D

RIV

E

15

1-6

L3

_D

RIV

E

15

1-2

S_

GN

D

15

0-1

2B

FIX

TE

MP

3

15

0-1

1B

FIX

TE

MP

3

15

0-1

0B

FIX

TE

MP

3

15

0-7

B

N.C

15

1-8

PW

RL

_D

RIV

E

(

RE

M/2

)

15

1-7

L4

_D

RIV

E

15

1-4

MR

L_

DR

IVE

15

1-3

H1

_D

RIV

E

73

4-4

73

4-5

73

3-7

73

3-8

73

1-3

73

1-4

73

1-5

73

1-6

73

1-7

73

1-8

73

3-1

73

3-2

73

0-1

0A

DE

VE

YD

CV

73

0-1

B

DE

VE

KC

LO

CK

73

0-1

A

DE

VE

CC

LO

CK

73

0-8

B

CH

GK

CO

NT

73

0-9

A

SG

ND

73

0-2

B

DE

VE

KD

CV

73

0-9

B

SG

ND

73

0-1

4A

GY

DC

V

73

0-1

3A

CH

GY

_E

R

73

0-1

2A

DE

VE

DC

Y

73

0-1

1A

DE

VE

AC

Y

73

0-3

B

DE

VE

AC

K

73

0-4

B

DE

VE

DC

K

73

0-7

B

CH

GK

DC

V

73

0-6

B

GK

DC

V

73

0-5

B

CH

GK

_E

R

73

2-1

73

2-2

73

2-3

73

2-4

73

4-6

73

4-7

73

4-8

73

2-5

73

2-6

73

2-7

73

2-8

73

3-3

73

3-4

73

3-5

73

3-6

73

4-1

73

4-2

73

4-3

73

1-1

73

1-2

73

5-1

24

V2

73

5-3

PG

ND

73

0-1

5A

CH

GY

DC

V

73

0-1

6A

CH

GY

CO

NT

73

5-2

NC

73

0-2

A

DE

VE

MD

CV

73

0-8

A

CH

GM

CO

NT

73

0-7

A

CH

GM

DC

V

73

0-6

A

GM

DC

V

73

0-5

A

CH

GM

_E

R

73

0-4

A

DE

VE

DC

M

73

0-3

A

DE

VE

AC

M

73

0-1

6B

CH

GC

CO

NT

73

0-1

5B

CH

GC

DC

V

73

0-1

4B

GC

DC

V

73

0-1

0B

DE

VE

CD

CV

73

0-1

1B

DE

VE

AC

C

73

0-1

3B

CH

GC

_E

R

73

0-1

2B

DE

VE

DC

C

M29 M54HV1

135-

1-2

135-

2-1

134-

1-3

134-

3-1

134-

2-2

133-

1-2

133-

2-1

132-

1-3

132-

3-1

132-

2-2

565-

1

565-

2

565-

3

542-

2

542-

3

547-

1

547-

2

547-

3

543-

1

543-

2

543-

3

PS25

546-

1

546-

2

546-

3

PS26

542-

1

501-

1A-1

7A50

2-1A

-17A

501-

2A-1

6A

501-

3A-1

5A

501-

4A-1

4A

501-

5A-1

3A

501-

6A-1

2A

501-

7A-1

1A

501-

8A-1

0A

501-

9A-9

A

501-

10A

-8A

501-

11A

-7A

501-

12A

-6A

501-

13A

-5A

501-

14A

-4A

501-

15A

-3A

501-

17A

-1A

501-

1B-1

7B

501-

2B-1

6B

501-

3B-1

5B

501-

4B-1

4B

501-

5B-1

3B

501-

7B-1

1B

501-

8B-1

0B

501-

9B-9

B

501-

10B

-8B

501-

11B

-7B

501-

12B

-6B

501-

13B

-5B

501-

14B

-4B

502-

2A-1

6A

502-

3A-1

5A

502-

4A-1

4A

502-

5A-1

3A

502-

6A-1

2A

502-

7A-1

1A

502-

8A-1

0A

502-

9A-9

A

502-

10A

-8A

502-

11A

-7A

502-

12A

-6A

502-

13A

-5A

502-

14A

-4A

502-

15A

-3A

502-

17A

-1A

502-

1B-1

7B

502-

2B-1

6B

502-

3B-1

5B

502-

4B-1

4B

502-

5B-1

3B

502-

6B-1

2B

502-

7B-1

1B

502-

8B-1

0B

502-

9B-9

B

502-

10B

-8B

502-

11B

-7B

502-

12B

-6B

502-

13B

-5B

502-

14B

-4B

MC6SD5

550-

6

514-

1-6

514-

2-5

514-

3-4

514-

4-3

514-

5-2

514-

6-1

538-

2

538-

5

538-

1

538-

3

538-

4

538-

6

525-

2

525-

5

525-

1

525-

3

525-

4

525-

6

537-

2

537-

5

537-

1

537-

3

537-

4

537-

6

523-

1

523-

2

523-

3

522-

1

522-

2

522-

3

526-

1

526-

2

531-

3

531-

2

531-

1

520-

1

520-

2

520-

3

532-

1

532-

2

532-

3

533-

3

533-

2

533-

1

511-

1-11

511-

2-10

511-

3-9

511-

4-8

511-

5-7

511-

6-6

511-

7-5

511-

8-4

511-

9-3

511-

10-2

511-

11-1

550-

1

550-

2

550-

3

550-

4

550-

5

515-

1

515-

2

515-

3

517-

1

517-

2

517-

3

512-

1

512-

2

512-

3

512-

4

512-

5

512-

6

512-

7

512-

8

512-

9

512-

10

512-

11

516-

1-3

516-

2-2

516-

3-1

519-

2-1

519-

1-2

521-

5-2

521-

4-3

521-

6-1

521-

2-5

521-

1-6

521-

3-4

528-

2-1

528-

1-2

529-

2-1

529-

1-2

530-

2-2

530-

1-3

530-

3-1

540-

2-1

540-

1-2

541-

2-1

541-

1-2

545-

1-2

545-

2-1

544-

1-2

544-

2-1

552-

2-2

552-

1-3

552-

3-1

551-

2-2

551-

1-3

551-

3-1

553-

2

553-

1

502-

15B

-3B

502-

16A

-2A

501-

16A

-2A

501-

15B

-3B

535-

3

535-

9

535-

1

535-

5

535-

7

535-

11

554-

2-2

554-

1-3

554-

3-1

555-

5-2

555-

4-3

555-

6-1

555-

2-5

555-

1-6

555-

3-4

556-

2-2

556-

1-3

556-

3-1

557-

2-2

557-

1-3

557-

3-1

501-

16B

-2B

501-

17B

-1B

501-

6B-1

2B

563-

2-1

563-

1-2

502-

16B

-2B

502-

17B

-1B

549-

1

549-

2

549-

3

535-

10

535-

8

535-

6

535-

4

535-

2

570-

3-2

570-

2-3

570-

4-1

570-

1-4

571-

4-1

571-

3-2

571-

2-3

571-

1-4

FT20

FT29

FT25 FT26

FT30

FT21

FT23

FT22

FT24

FT27 FT28

137-

131

91-0

1P1

504-

5

504-

6

505-

5

504-

3

504-

4

505-

3

505-

4

505-

6

8081

8283

8485

118119

120

120119

118

508-

3

508-

4

508-

1

508-

2

509-

3-1

121

506-

2B

506-

1B

506-

2A

506-

1A

9293

PS28PS27

MC5MC4

MS1

M33

PS21PS20SD4MC2

PS19

L 2 L 3

TH

4

TH

2

TH

3

TH

1

L 4

PS55

M34M30 M31

MC3 PS22 PS23

PS18

MC1

PS16 PS17

M35

M32

PS24

SD6

F/G

F/G

F/G

504-

1

504-

2

505-

1

505-

2

505-

750

4-7

509-

1-3

509-

2-2

504-

850

5-8

PAPER

FEED

CLUTCH/

BP

PRCB(2/2) 1/2FIX

ING

UP

PE

R H

EA

TE

R L

AM

P/1

FIX

ING

UP

PE

R H

EA

TE

R L

AM

P/2

TS

1

TS

2F

IXIN

G L

OW

ER

HE

AT

ER

LA

MP

FIXING

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR/4

FIXING

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR/2

FIXING

EMPERATURE

SENSOR/3

FIXING

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR/1

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G B

IAS

/Y

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G B

IAS

/M

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G B

IAS

/C

DE

VE

LO

PIN

G B

IAS

/K

CHARGER/Y CHARGER/M CHARGER/C CHARGER/K

GRID/Y GRID/M GRID/C GRID/K

ADU LOCK

SOLENOID

FRONT

DOOR

INTERLOCK

SWITCH

FRONT DOOR

OPEN/CLOSE

SENSORFIXING MOTOR

FIXING UNITFIXING PRESSURE/

RELEASE SENSORFIXING

EXIT SENSOR

WEB MOTOR

CVDB

CONVEYANCE UNITADU

PRE-

STRATION

CLUTCH

ADU

CONVEYANCE

CLUTCH/2ADU

CONVEYANCE

CLUTCH/1

REVERSE/

EXIT

SENSOR ADU

CONVEYANCE

SENSOR

ADU

REVERSE

SENSOR

REGISTRATION

SENSOR ADU

PRE-

REGISTRATION

SENSOR

REVERSE/

EXIT

SOLENOID 2nd

TRANSFER

HP

SENSOR

CONVEYANCE

LEVER

SENSOR

REGISTRATION

ROLLER

MOTOR

REVERSE/

EXIT MOTOR

LOOP

ROLLER

MOTOR

ADU

REVERSE

MOTOR

2nd TRANSFER

PRESSURE/RELEASE

MOTOR

TRAY UP

DRIVE

MOTOR/BP INTERMEDIATE

CONVEYANC

CLUTCH/3

INTERMEDIATE

CONVEYANC

CLUTCH/2

TRAY

UPPER

LIMIT

SENSOR/BP

BY-PASS

CONVEYANCE

SENSORINTERMEDIATE

CONVEYANCE

SENSOR/1

INTERMEDIATE

CONVEYANCE

SENSOR/2

PICK UP

SOLENOID/

BP

195

194

193192

191

190189

188187

186

185184

183

182181180

179

199198

197196

203202

201200

207206

205204

211210

209208

218217

216215

222221

220219

226225

224223

230229

228227

234233

232231

238237

236235

242241

240239

246245

244243

250249

248247

254253

252251

260259

258257

264263 265

262261

256255

214213

212



Appendix-14

Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location

TS1 Thermostat /1 1-C Developing bias /Y 9-E

TS2 Thermostat /2 2-C Developing bias /M 9-E

HV1 High voltage unit /1 7-C Developing bias /C 9-E

L2 Fixing upper heater lamp /1 1-B Developing bias /K 9-E

L3 Fixing upper heater lamp /2 1-B Charger /Y 7-E

L4 Fixing lower heater lamp 2-B Charger /M 8-E

M29 Fixing motor 1-D Charger /C 8-E

M30 Registration roller motor 4-H Charger /K 8-E

M31 Loop roller motor 4-H Grid /Y 7-E

M32 ADU reverse motor 4-H Grid /M 7-E

M33 Reverse/exit motor 5-H Grid /C 8-E

M34 2nd transfer pressure/release motor 6-H Grid /K 8-E

M35 Tray up drive motor /BP 6-H PRCB Printer control board 3-A

M54 Web motor 2-D CVDB Conveyance drive board 1-F

MC1 ADU conveyance clutch /2 1-H

MC2 ADU conveyance clutch /1 1-H

MC3 ADU Pre-registration clutch 2-I

MC4 Intermediate conveyance clutch /2 7-H

MC5 Intermediate conveyance clutch /3 7-H

MC6 Paper feed clutch /BP 8-H

PS16 Fixing pressure/release sensor 2-D

PS17 Fixing exit sensor 2-D

PS18 Front door open/close sensor 3-D

PS19 Reverse/Exit sensor 1-I

PS20 ADU conveyance sensor 2-I

PS21 ADU reverse sensor 2-I

PS22 Registration sensor 2-I

PS23 ADU Pre-registration sensor 3-I

PS24 2nd Transfer HP sensor 3-I

PS25 Tray upper limit sensor /BP 6-I

PS26 By-pass conveyance sensor 7-I

PS27 Intermediate conveyance sensor /1 7-I

PS28 Intermediate conveyance sensor /2 8-I

PS55 Conveyance lever sensor 3-I

SD4 Reverse/Exit solenoid 1-H

SD5 Pick up solenoid /BP 8-H

SD6 ADU lock solenoid 7-F

MS1 Front door interlock switch 3-D

TH1 Fixing temperature sensor /1 1-C






Appendix-15 2


1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

70

2-1

A

70

2-2

A

70

2-1

1A

70

2-1

2A

70

2-1

3A

70

2-1

B

70

2-2

B

70

2-3

B

70

2-1

2B

70

2-1

3B

70

0-1

3A

DR

V_

ER

R

70

0-1

2A

H/L

70

0-3

A T

B_

5V

_S

IG

70

0-2

A S

GN

D

70

0-1

A T

BO

_S

IG

70

0-1

1B

SG

ND

70

0-2

B D

BL

T_

CN

T

70

0-1

B D

BL

T_

CL

OC

K

70

0-1

2B

CH

FA

N_

ON

70

0-1

3B

CH

FA

N_

ER

44

2-9

B P

S

44

2-1

7B

24

V2

44

2-1

5B

24

V2

44

2-1

2B

PS

44

2-1

1B

SG

ND

44

2-8

B S

GN

D

44

2-6

B S

GN

D

44

2-3

B C

W/C

CW

44

2-6

A P

S

44

2-7

A 5

V2

44

2-1

2A

VR

44

2-1

4A

SG

ND

44

2-1

5A

PS

44

2-1

B H

/L

44

2-2

B E

M

44

2-4

B C

LO

CK

44

2-5

B C

ON

T

44

2-1

1A

SG

ND

44

2-8

A S

GN

D

44

2-3

A D

RIV

E

44

2-1

A D

RIV

E

44

2-1

6A

5V

2

44

2-1

3A

3.3

V3

44

2-1

0A

5V

2

44

2-5

A S

GN

D

44

2-4

A 2

4V

2

44

2-2

A 2

4V

2

44

2-1

6B

DR

IVE

44

2-1

4B

DR

IVE

44

2-1

3B

5V

2

44

2-1

0B

5V

2

44

2-7

B 5

V2

45

9-7

5

V2

45

9-1

0 5

V2

41

4-4

A D

RIV

E

41

4-3

B S

GN

D

41

4-1

0B

PS

41

4-2

B T

2D

ET

(H)

41

4-9

B S

GN

D

41

4-5

A 2

4V

2

41

4-6

B S

GN

D

41

4-7

B P

S

41

4-8

B 5

V2

41

4-1

6B

N.C

41

4-1

5B

N.C

41

4-1

3B

PS

41

4-1

2B

SG

ND

41

4-1

4B

5V

2

41

4-1

B S

GN

D

41

4-1

A N

.C

41

4-6

A D

RIV

E

41

4-7

A 2

4V

2

41

4-3

A 2

4V

2

41

4-2

A D

RIV

E

41

4-1

1B

5V

2

41

4-5

B 3

.3V

41

4-4

B V

R

42

8-1

3A

5V

2

42

8-1

5A

PS

42

8-1

4A

SG

ND

42

8-1

2A

PS

42

8-4

A D

RIV

E

42

8-3

B S

GN

D

42

8-1

0B

PS

42

8-2

B T

3D

ET

(H)

42

8-1

6A

5V

2

42

8-9

B S

GN

D

42

8-1

1A

SG

ND

42

8-8

A S

GN

D

42

8-5

A 2

4V

2

42

8-6

B S

GN

D

42

8-7

B P

S

42

8-8

B 5

V2

42

8-1

6B

N.C

42

8-1

5B

N.C

42

8-1

3B

PS

42

8-1

2B

SG

ND

42

8-1

4B

5V

2

42

8-1

B S

GN

D

42

8-1

0A

5V

2

42

8-1

A N

.C

42

8-6

A D

RIV

E

42

8-7

A 2

4V

2

42

8-3

A 2

4V

2

42

8-2

A D

RIV

E

42

8-9

A P

S

42

8-1

1B

5V

2

42

8-5

B 3

.3V

42

8-4

B V

R

45

9-9

P

S

45

9-8

S

GN

D

45

9-6

P

S

45

9-5

S

GN

D

45

9-1

D

RIV

E

45

9-2

E

M

45

9-3

H

/L

45

9-4

P

GN

D

44

2-9

A P

S

44

2-1

7A

N.C

73

7-1

73

8-1

0

73

8-9

73

8-8

73

8-7

73

8-2

73

8-1

73

8-6

73

8-3

73

7-2

73

7-3

73

7-1

1

73

7-1

0

73

7-9

73

7-8

73

7-7

73

7-6

73

7-5

73

7-1

2

73

7-4

73

8-5

73

8-4

73

9-1

24

V2

73

9-3

PG

ND

73

6-5

B

2N

D_

CO

NT

73

6-1

0A

TR

AN

SK

73

6-4

A

TR

AN

SM

73

6-6

A

TR

AN

SM

ER

73

6-1

2A

TR

AN

SK

ER

73

6-1

1B

SE

PA

_D

CI

73

6-9

A

TR

AN

SC

ER

73

6-7

A

TR

AN

SC

73

6-2

A

TR

AN

SY

I

73

6-1

2B

SE

PA

_E

R

73

6-5

A

TR

AN

SM

I

73

6-8

A

TR

AN

SC

I

73

6-1

1A

TR

AN

SK

I

73

6-6

B

2N

D_

VI

73

6-7

B

2N

D_

GA

IN

73

6-8

B

2N

D_

ER

73

6-9

B

SE

PA

_C

NT

73

6-2

B

N.C

73

6-1

B

N.C

73

6-1

A

TR

AN

SY

73

6-3

A

TR

AN

SY

ER

73

6-1

0B

SE

PA

_A

CI

73

6-4

B

GP

CO

NT

73

6-3

B

SG

ND

73

9-2

NC

39

3-7

B P

GN

D

39

3-4

B P

GN

D

39

3-5

B D

RIV

E

39

3-3

B H

/L

39

3-6

B E

M

39

3-9

B S

GN

D

39

3-8

B T

EM

P

70

6-3

B

70

6-4

B7

04

-3 2

4V

2

70

4-4

24

V2

70

5-3

B

70

4-6

PG

ND

70

4-5

PG

ND

70

6-1

A

70

6-2

A

70

6-5

24

V2

70

6-6

24

V2

70

5-1

A

70

5-2

A

71

1-8

2

4V

2

71

1-7

C

ON

T

71

1-6

2

4V

2

71

1-4

2

4V

2

71

1-3

C

ON

T

71

1-1

C

ON

T

70

4-2

SG

ND

70

4-1

5V

2

70

8-1

1 5

V2

70

8-3

PG

ND

70

8-4

PG

ND

70

8-1

24

V2

70

8-2

24

V2

70

8-1

0 S

GN

D

70

8-6

LO

CK

70

8-7

CW

/CC

W

70

8-8

CL

OC

K

70

8-9

CO

NT

72

6-3

B

72

6-8

A

72

6-1

1 2

4V

2

72

6-1

2 2

4V

2

72

6-1

0 B

72

6-4

B

72

6-9

B

72

6-1

A

72

6-2

A

72

6-5

24

V2

72

6-6

24

V2

72

6-7

A

70

2-8

B

70

2-9

B

70

2-1

0B

70

2-1

1B

70

8-5

H/L

70

0-6

B T

BK

_S

IG

70

0-5

B K

BC

L_

DR

IVE

70

0-4

B T

BK

_E

N

70

0-3

B T

BK

_C

LO

CK

72

4-1

7 E

M

70

5-4

B

70

5-5

24

V2

70

5-6

24

V2

70

5-7

N.C

71

1-5

C

ON

T

72

4-1

0 S

GN

D

72

4-1

S

GN

D

72

4-2

P

S

72

4-4

S

GN

D

72

4-5

T

LD

_S

IG

72

4-7

S

GN

D

72

4-8

T

LD

_S

IG

72

4-1

1 T

LD

_S

IG

72

4-1

3 S

GN

D

72

4-1

4 T

LD

_S

IG

72

4-1

6 D

RIV

E

(2

4V

1)

72

4-1

8 P

GN

D

72

4-1

5 5

V

72

4-1

2 5

V

72

4-9

5

V

72

4-6

5

V

72

4-3

5

V2

71

1-2

2

4V

2

39

3-1

A D

RIV

E

39

3-2

A E

M

39

3-4

A P

GN

D

39

3-3

A H

/L

39

3-5

A D

RIV

E

39

3-6

A E

R

39

3-7

A H

/L

39

3-8

A P

GN

D

39

3-9

A D

RIV

E

39

3-1

0A

EM

39

3-1

1A

H/L

39

3-1

2A

PG

ND

39

3-1

B D

RIV

E

39

3-2

B E

R

39

3-1

0B

HU

M

39

3-1

1B

5V

2

39

3-1

2B

N.C

39

1-7

B K

EY

_C

ON

T

39

1-6

B P

GN

D

39

1-8

B 2

4V

39

1-8

A F

FA

N_

ER

39

1-7

A H

/L

39

1-9

B P

GN

D

39

1-1

A 2

4V

39

1-2

A P

AT

1_

DR

IVE

39

1-3

A P

AT

2_

DR

IVE

39

1-4

A P

AT

3_

DR

IVE

39

1-5

A P

AT

4_

DR

IVE

39

1-6

A P

GN

D

39

1-9

A D

RIV

E

70

2-7

A

70

2-9

A

70

2-1

0A

70

0-7

A T

BM

_C

LO

CK

70

0-6

A T

BM

_E

N

70

0-5

A M

BC

L_

DR

IVE

70

0-4

A T

BM

_S

IG

70

2-8

A

70

2-4

B

70

2-5

B

70

2-6

B

70

2-7

B

70

0-1

0B

TB

C_

SIG

70

0-9

B C

BC

L_

DR

IVE

70

0-8

B T

BC

_E

N

70

0-7

B T

BC

_C

LO

CK

70

2-3

A

70

2-4

A

70

2-5

A

70

2-6

A

70

0-1

1A

TB

Y_

CL

OC

K

70

0-1

0A

TB

Y_

EN

70

0-9

A Y

BC

L_

DR

IVE

70

0-8

A T

BY

_S

IG

39

1-2

B H

/L

39

1-1

B P

GN

D

39

1-3

B E

M

39

1-4

B D

RIV

E

39

1-5

B K

EY

_S

ET

57

2-1

57

2-2

57

2-3

57

2-4

57

2-5

57

2-6

57

2-7

57

2-8

57

2-9

57

2-1

0

751-

1-6

751-

2-5

751-

3-4

751-

4-3

751-

5-2

751-

6-1

752-

1-3

752-

2-2

752-

3-1

753-

1-3

753-

2-2

753-

3-1

754-

1-3

754-

2-2

754-

3-1

HV2

M53

472-

2-2

472-

3-1

472-

1-3

399-

4

399-

3

399-

2

399-

1

395-

2-3

395-

3-2

395-

4-1

396-

1-4

396-

2-3

396-

3-2

396-

4-1

397-

1-4

397-

2-3

397-

3-2

397-

4-1

398-

1-3

398-

2-2

398-

3-1

395-

1-4

713-

1

713-

2

716-

1

716-

2

719-

1

719-

2

722-

1

722-

2

725-

1

725-

2

725-

3

703-

1

703-

2

703-

3

703-

4

703-

5

703-

6

709-

1

709-

2

709-

3

709-

4

709-

5

709-

6

709-

7

709-

8

709-

9

709-

10

709-

11

727-

1-6

727-

2-5

727-

3-4

727-

4-3

727-

5-2

727-

6-1

728-

1-6

728-

2-5

728-

3-4

728-

4-3

728-

5-2

728-

6-1

701-

13A

-1A

701-

12A

-2A

701-

11A

-3A

701-

10A

-4A

701-

9A-5

A

701-

8A-6

A

701-

7A-7

A

701-

6A-8

A

701-

5A-9

A

701-

4A-1

0A

701-

3A-1

1A

701-

2A-1

2A

701-

1A-1

3A

701-

13B

-1B

701-

12B

-2B

701-

11B

-3B

701-

10B

-4B

701-

9B-5

B

701-

8B-6

B

701-

7B-7

B

701-

6B-8

B

701-

5B-9

B

701-

4B-1

0B

701-

3B-1

1B

701-

2B-1

2B

701-

1B-1

3B

707-

1-6

707-

2-5

707-

3-4

707-

4-3

707-

5-2

707-

6-1

721-

1

721-

2

721-

3

718-

2

718-

1

718-

3

715-

1

715-

2

715-

3

712-

1

712-

2

712-

3

394-

1-4

394-

2-3

394-

4-1

394-

3-2

741-

1-8

741-

2-7

741-

3-6

741-

4-5

741-

5-4

741-

6-3

741-

7-2

741-

8-1

710-

1-2

710-

2-1

493-

4

493-

3

493-

1

493-

2

494-

4

494-

3

494-

1

494-

2

495-

2

495-

6

495-

4

495-

3

495-

5

495-

1

392-

1

392-

2

392-

3

392-

4

9495

9091

M49 M50 M51 M52

M48

M43 M46M45M44

M36

M47 TEMP/HUM

MC14

PS54TLD_Y TLD_M TLD_C TLD_K

MC15 MC16 MC17MS2

M37F/G

C(K)

307

-1

307

-2

307

-3

307

-4

888986

87

TEMP/HUMIDITY

SENSORWRITING

INTAKE FAN/1

WRITING

INTAKE FAN/2WRITING

EXHAUST FAN/1

WRITING

EXHAUST FAN/2DRUM UNIT

FAN

CHAGER

INTAKE FAN

TONER

LEVEL

DETECTION

SENSOR/Y

TONER

LEVEL

DETECTION

SENSOR/M

TONER

LEVEL

DETECTION

SENSOR/C

TONER

LEVEL

DETECTION

SENSOR/K

TONER

SUPPLY

DOOR

OPEN/CLOSE

SENSOR

FIXING

COOLING

FAN/2

KEY

COUNTER

FIXING

COOLING

FAN/3

GU

IDE

PL

AT

E

SE

PA

RA

TIO

N

2n

d T

RA

NS

FE

R

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R/K

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R/C

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R/M

1st T

RA

NS

FE

R/Y

INDICATOR LAMP

TSDB

TONER SUPPLY

INTERLOCK

SWITCH

TONER

BOTTLE

CLUTCH/Y

TONER

BOTTLE

CLUTCH/M

TONER

BOTTLE

CLUTCH/C

TONER

BOTTLE

CLUTCH/K

TONER BOTTLE MOTORTONER SUPPLY

MOTOR/Y

TONER SUPPLY

MOTOR/M

TONER SUPPLY

MOTOR/C

TONER SUPPLY

MOTOR/K

DCPS2DCPS1

PAPER EXIT

FAN/3

PAPER EXIT

FAN/1

(New type only)

PAPER EXIT

FAN/2

M61 M62 M63

290289

288287

294293

292291

298297

296295

302301

300299

320319

318317

324323

322321

328327

326325

338337

336335

342341

340339

353352

351350

357356

359358

355354

346345

344343

349348

347

330329

332331

334333

306305

304303

310309

308307

314313

312311

316315

269268

267266

276275

274273

280279

278277

284283

282281

286285

272271

270

PRCB(2/2) 2/2

Symbol

Crimp

Connector FastonRelay connector



Appendix-16 2


C(K) Key counter 3-D

TEMP/HUM Temp/Humidity sensor 7-D

HV2 High voltage unit /2 2-C

M36 Fixing cooling fan /3 4-D

M37 Fixing cooling fan /2 4-E

M43 Writing intake fan /1 5-D

M44 Writing intake fan /2 6-D

M45 Writing exhaust fan /1 6-D

M46 Writing exhaust fan /2 6-D

M47 Drum unit fan 7-D

M48 Chager intake fan 5-E

M49 Toner supply motor /Y 7-I

M50 Toner supply motor /M 7-I

M51 Toner supply motor /C 8-I

M52 Toner supply motor /K 8-I

M53 Toner bottle motor 9-H

M61 Paper exit fan /1 1-D



MC14 Toner bottle clutch /Y 5-I

MC15 Toner bottle clutch /M 5-I

MC16 Toner bottle clutch /C 5-I

MC17 Toner bottle clutch /K 5-I

PS54 Toner supply door open/close sensor 6-E

TLD Y Toner level detection sensor /Y 5-E

TLD M Toner level detection sensor /M 6-E

TLD C Toner level detection sensor /C 6-E

TLD K Toner level detection sensor /K 6-E

MS2 Toner supply interlock switch 4-I

Indicator lamp 5-D

Guide plate 3-F

Separation 3-F

2nd transfer 3-E

1st transfer /Y 2-F

1st transfer /M 2-F

1st transfer /C 2-F

1st transfer /K 2-E

TSDB Toner supply drive board 5-F


bizhu_C500FieldService

Documents

Transcript of bizhu_C500FieldService